Category: General

  • Get to know Javanese Market Days and the Origins of the Javanese Calendar

    Getting to Know Javanese Market Day and the Origins of the Javanese Calendar – Friends of Sinaumed’s, do you still remember about the Javanese market day during elementary school lessons? When we were still in elementary school, there used to be local language lessons which contained specifically Javanese language and culture. We don’t know whether in this millennial era there are still lessons to be learned about it, especially in the areas of Central Java, East Java and Yogyakarta.

    In the current era, many national cultures are lost and not studied thoroughly, even though this culture is one of the assets of our ancestors or ancestors that should be preserved. Well, Friends of Sinaumed’s, this article will specifically discuss culture in Javanese society, namely the Javanese calendar system.

    The Origins of the Javanese Calendar

    Sultan Agung or Susuhunan Agung.

    This calendar system was originally used officially by the Mataram Sultanate and various fractional kingdoms that were influenced by it. At that time, there were two calendar systems used by the Mataram Sultanate, namely the Gregorian calendar and the Javanese calendar. The Gregorian calendar is used so that royal administrative affairs can be aligned with the daily activities of the general public, while the Javanese calendar is used as a benchmark for holding royal traditional ceremonies.

    The Javanese calendar is also referred to as the Sultan Agungan Calendar because it was created during the reign of Sultan Agung (1613–1645). Sultan Agung is the third king of the Mataram Sultanate. At that time, the Javanese people used the Saka calendar which came from India. The Saka calendar is based on the movement of the sun (solar), in contrast to the Hijri calendar or the Islamic calendar which is based on the movement of the moon (lunar). Therefore, the traditional celebrations held by the kingdom are not in harmony with the celebrations of Islamic holidays.

    Sultan Agung wanted these celebrations to be held simultaneously. For this reason, a new calendar system was created which is a combination of the Saka calendar and the Hijri calendar. This calendar system became known as the Javanese calendar or the Sultan Agungan calendar.

    This calendar continues the Saka year, but removes the old calculation system and replaces it with a calculation based on the movement of the moon. Because these changes do not change and break the calculations of the old order, this shift in civilization does not cause chaos, both for society and for historical records.

    This calendar has a feature because it combines several systems, namely the Islamic calendar system, the Hindu calendar system, and a bit of the Julian calendar system which is part of Western culture. So, the birth of the Javanese calendar system was a collaboration of these calendars.

    Sultan Agung’s decree applies throughout the Mataram Sultanate, namely the entire island of Java and Madura, except for Banten, Batavia and Blambangan (Banyuwangi). The last three areas are not included in the territory of Sultan Agung. The islands of Bali and Palembang, which were influenced by Javanese culture, also did not take over the calendar written by Sultan Agung.

    The calendar system pioneered by Sultan Agung is also called the Javanese Candrasangkala calendar or calendar calculations based on the circulation of the moon around the earth. Although adopting the Hijri calendar system, there is an essential difference between the Javanese calendar calculation system and the Hijri calendar.

    The fundamental difference is when determining the change of day when the sasi (month) changes. The Javanese Candrasangkala stipulates that the change of day when the change of sasi time is fixed, namely at sunset ( fall between 17.00–18.00), while the change of day when the change of month in the Hijri calendar is determined by the new moon and sightings.

     

    The Cycle of Market Days in the Javanese Calendar

    Symbol of the market cycle in the Javanese calendar.

    The Javanese in pre-Islamic times knew weeks that were not only seven days long, but from 2 to 10 days. These weeks are called by the names of dwiwara, triwara, chess, pancawara (pancawara), sadwara, saptawara, astawara and sangawara. The cycles that are still used today are saptawara (seven day cycle) and pancawara (five day cycle), while the others are still used on the island of Bali and in Tengger.

    Saptawara or padanan consists of seven days connected with the lunar-earth system. This seven-day cycle coincides with the weekly cycle in the Christian calendar, namely Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday. The following solah (movement) of the moon towards the earth are the names of the seven days.

    • Radite • Ngahad , symbolizing meneng (silence);
    • Soma • Senen , symbolizing progress ;
    • Hangara • Tuesday , symbolizing retreat ;
    • Buda • Rebo , symbolizing mangiwa (moving to the left);
    • Respati • Kemis , symbolizing manengen (moving to the right);
    • Sukra • Jemuwah , symbolizing muntung (going up);
    • Stack • Setu , symbolizes descent (moving down).

    The pancawara consists of Kliwon ( Kasih ), Legi Sweet ), Pahing ( Jenar ), Pon ( Palguna ), and Wage ( Cebony ) . Pancawara is also commonly referred to as a market . This cycle was previously used by traders to open markets according to existing market days. This is why many market names are now known that use that market name, such as Pasar Kliwon, Pasar Legi, Pasar Pahing, Pasar Pon, and Pasar Wage.

    The market days are the patrap (attitude) positions of the months as follows.

    • Kliwon • Kasih, symbolizing jumeneng (standing);
    • Legi • Manis, symbolizing mungkur (turning backwards);
    • Pahing • Jenar, symbolizing madep (facing);
    • Pon • Palguna, representing sare (sleep);
    • Wage • Gibbous , symbolizes lax (sitting).

    Apart from pancawara and saptawara , there is also a six-day cycle called sadwara or paringkelan . Although sometimes it is still used in recording time, paringkelan is not used in calculating the falling time for traditional ceremonies at the palace. Paringkelan consists of Tungle , Aryang , Warungkung , Paningron , Uwas , and Mawulu.

    Lunar Cycles in the Javanese Calendar

    As in other calendars, the Javanese calendar also has 12 months. These months have borrowed names from Arabic adapted to the Javanese tongue, namely Sura , Sapar , Mulud , Bakdamulud , Jumadilawal , Jumadilakhir , Rejeb , Ruwah , Pasa , Sawal , Dulkangidah , and Besar . The lifespan of each month alternates between 30 and 29 days.

    Here are presented the names of the Islamic Javanese months. Some of the month names are taken from the Hijri Calendar with Arabic names, but some of them use names in Sanskrit such as Pasa, Séla, and possibly also Sura, while the names Apit and Besar come from Javanese and Malay.

    These names are the names of the lunar months or candra (lunar). The naming of the month is partly related to the big days in the Hijri month, such as Pasa which is related to Ramadan fasting, Mulud which is related to the Prophet’s Birthday in the month of Rabiulawal, and Ruwah which is related to Nisfu Sya’ban when the deeds of the spirit for a year are considered to be recorded. .

    No Javanese calendar Day Length
    1. Sura 30
    2. Sapar 29
    3. Mulud or Rabingulawal 30
    4. Bakda Mulud or Rabingulakir 29
    5. Early Friday 30
    6. Jumadil finally 29
    7. Regeb 30
    8. Ruwah (Arwah, Saban) 29
    9. Pasa (Puwasa, Siyam, Ramelan) 30
    10. Early 29
    11. Séla (Dulkangidah, Apit) *) 30
    12. Big (Dulkahijjah) 29/30
      Total 354/355

    The names of the months are as follows.

    • Warana • Sura, means rijal ;
    • Wadana • Sapar, means wiwit ;
    • Wijangga • Mulud, means brother ;
    • Wiyana • Bakda Mulud, meaning ambuka ;
    • Widada • Jumadilawal, means wiwara ;
    • Widarpa • Jumadilakir, means rahsa ;
    • Wilapa • Rejeb, meaning purwa ;
    • Wahana • Ruwah, means being ;
    • Wanana • Pasa, means middle ;
    • Wurana • Sawal, means form ;
    • Wujana • Séla, meaning wusana ;
    • Wujala • Big, means kothong .

    Information:

    The alternative name for the month Dulkangidah is Sela or Apit. These names are a relic of the Old Javanese names for the name of the 11th season which is called Apit Weak . Séla means rock; associated with weak which means “land”.

    The appearance of the moon in the Javanese calendar is as follows.

    • The 1st of the Javanese month, the moon looks very small-just like a line, this is interpreted as a newborn baby, which gradually becomes bigger and brighter;
    • The 14th of the Javanese month is called the full moon sidhi , the full moon represents adults who are married or married;
    • The 15th of the Javanese month is called full moon , the moon still looks full, but there is already a sign of size and light is slightly reduced;
    • The 20th of the Javanese month is called panglong , this is interpreted as someone who has started to lose his memory;
    • The 25th of the Javanese month is called sumup , this is interpreted as someone who has started to be taken care of by other people or returns like a baby;
    • The 26th of the Javanese month is called Manjing , this means that humans return to their original place again.
    • The remaining four or five days symbolize the time when humans will begin to be reborn into a new worldly life.

    The Year Cycle in the Javanese Calendar

    One year in the Javanese calendar has an age of 354 3/8 days. For this reason, there is an eight-year cycle known as windu . In one windu there are eight years, each of which has its own name, namely Alip , Ehe , Jimawal , Je , Dal , Be , Wawu , and Jimakir . The years of Ehe , Dal , and Jimakir have a lifespan of 355 days and are known as long years ( Taun Wuntu ), while the remaining 354 days are known as short years ( Taun Wastu) .). In this long year, the big month as the last month has a life of 30 days.

    In addition, there is a 32 year cycle of four windu, namely the names of the days, markets, dates and months which repeat exactly or are called mash . The four windu in the cycle are named Kuntara , Sangara , Sancaya , and Adi . Each of these windu has its own symbol, namely Kulawu and Langkir . Each symbol is eight years old, so the total cycle of the signs is 16 years old.

    Even so, there are still differences in calculations between the Javanese year and the Hijri year. Every 120 years, there will be a difference of one day in the two calendar systems. This is what made at that time the Javanese year was given an additional day. This 120 year period is called khurup .

    Until the early 21st century, there were four khurup, namely Khurup Jumuwah Legi/Amahgi (1555 J–1627 J/1633 AD–1703 AD), Khurup Kemis Kliwon/Amiswon (1627 J–1747 J/1703 AD–1819 AD), Khurup Rebo Wage/Aboge (1867 J–1987 J/1819 M–1963 AD), and Khurup Selasa Pon/Asapon (1867 J–1987 J/1936 AD–2053 AD).

    The current khurup name refers to the day that falls on the 1st month of Sura in the year Alip . On Khurup Asapon , the 1st of the month Sura of the year Alip will always fall on the Tuesday of Pon for a period of 120 years.

     

    Wuku and Neptu

    Related to the Javanese calendar, it is also known that the time period is considered to determine the character of the child being born, just as astrology is related to the Gregorian calendar. This period is called Wuku and the science of calculation is called Pawukon . There are 30 Wuku , each of which has a lifespan of 7 days, so that one Wuku cycle has a lifespan of 210 days which is called the Wuku Kitchen .

    Besides Wuku , there is also Neptu which is used to see the value of a day. There are two kinds of Neptu , namely Neptu Dina and Neptu Pasaran . Neptu Dina is a number used to mark the value of days in saptawara , while Neptu Pasaran is used to mark the value of days in pancawara . These values ​​are used to calculate the pros and cons of a day related to certain activities and the character of someone born on that day.

    The Sultan Agungan calendar begins on Friday Legi on 1 Sura in the year Alip 1555 J, or 1 Muharram 1043 H, or 8 July 1633. This event occurs on Windu Kuntara, the Kulawu symbol and is marked by a sengkala moon which reads Jemparingen Buta Galak Iku (arrows of wild giants That).

    Since then, the Mataram Sultanate and its successors have been able to hold traditional celebrations in tune with Islamic holidays. Traditional ceremonies such as the Garebeg are not an obstacle to the development of Islam, but instead are used as symbols of the religion itself.

    This new calendar system was an attempt by a far-sighted leader to combine the two currents of civilization at that time, a reconciliation between the waves of Islamic culture and pre-Islamic civilizations. The new civilization which is now known as Mataram Islam.

    Implementation of the Javanese Calendar

    Currently, the Javanese calendar is used to determine various important activities, such as activities to determine auspicious days for marriage, activities to determine days for circumcision, activities to determine events for death, activities to determine the construction of houses, and activities to determine good days for traveling.

    The general public, especially the Javanese, think that they must determine an auspicious day in advance to carry out various activities, for example wedding activities must be determined in advance on an auspicious day so that future couples who are to be married will not experience bad events, either before marriage or after marriage.

    The community views that the Javanese calendar has a sacred value. As for the characteristics of the sacred, it is respected by humans, creates fear, is held in high esteem, is characterized by ambiguity, its benefits are unreasonable, gives strength, and emphasizes the guidance and obligations for its adherents and worshippers.

    Related to the existence of belief and also belief in something in the Javanese calendar, it all depends on the views of each individual community who judges. We as editors can only take the positive side of the Javanese Islamic calendar in this contemporary life.

    Various social actions carried out by the community in announcing the existence of the Javanese calendar are a folkways (habits) related to problems in social life, a mores (code of conduct) related to social life, and also a tradition (adat).

    So, that’s a brief explanation of the Origins, Cycles, and Implementation of the Javanese Calendar System. Sinaumed’s can also visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain references about other cultures that are still being preserved in Indonesia. The following are recommendations for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to study them in full. Happy reading.

    Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

    • History, Meaning, Property, and Origin of the Umbrella Dance
    • History, Meaning, Property, and Origin of Seudati Dance
    • The History of the Origin of Serimpi Dance: Resistance Against Colonizers
    • History and Origin of Pakarena Fan Dance
    • Dance: Definition, Elements, Functions, and Types
    • Saman Dance: Definition, History, and Meaning of Movement
  • Get to Know Jambi Traditional Houses and Interesting Facts Behind Them!

    Jambi traditional house – Sinaumed’s, what do you know about Jambi? As one of the provinces in Indonesia, Jambi certainly has cultural roots in social life. The life of the population that has been going on for a long time will shape the culture and traditions in Jambi.

    This time we will review a small part of Jambi, namely the Jambi traditional house. Like other regional traditional houses, Jambi traditional houses also have certain uniqueness and philosophies. What kind of Jambi culture is reflected in the traditional house? Come on Sinaumed’s, let’s look at the reviews below together.

    As one of the ten provinces on the island of Sumatra, Jambi certainly has its own culture and uniqueness. Jambi is a province whose capital, Jambi, has the same name as Bengkulu, DKI Jakarta, DI Yogyakarta, and Gorontalo.

    When compared to the neighboring provinces, namely West Sumatra, South Sumatra and Riau, Jambi’s area is relatively small. With an area of ​​50,160.05 km2, Jambi is populated by around 3,548,228 residents. The northern part of Jambi Province is bordered by West Sumatra and Riau. While the southern part is bordered by Bengkulu and South Sumatra.

    In terms of natural resources, Jambi is one of the largest areca nut producers in Indonesia. Apart from DI Aceh, North Sumatra, West Sumatra and Riau, Jambi is Indonesia’s pillar in exporting areca nut to the international world. At the end of 2020, 28,255 hectares of areca palm land in Jambi managed to contribute 60 thousand tonnes of areca nut worth 1.1 trillion rupiah. From January to September 2021, Jambi managed to record 67 thousand tons of areca nut worth 1.7 trillion rupiah.

    Fable 34 Provinces: Jambi – The Tiger Eats Durian

    For Jambi residents, you can meet the native Jambi, Jambi Malay, Batin, Kerinci, and Kubu tribes. The Batin tribe is also known as the Penghulu tribe and the Move tribe. This tribe is still allied with Minangkabau. Many of them live in Bungo, Merangin, Tebo, and Sarolangun districts. They were originally a Malay tribe who inhabited the interior areas, especially the mountains of Jambi.

    The Kubu tribe itself is often called the Anak Dalam tribe. This mention is attributed to those who live in the lowland forests of the central part of Sumatra, especially Jambi. Because the Kubu tribe lives in the area, they are also nicknamed the Anak Dalam.

    While many Kerinci tribes occupy the Kerinci area and its surroundings. The customs, culture and language of the Kerinci tribe are still allied with or close to the Minangkabau tribe. Therefore, it is not surprising that there are many similarities between the two.

    This ethnic diversity will certainly produce a diverse culture in Jambi. From all kinds of cultural forms will produce diverse works.

    Variety of Jambi Traditional Houses and Their Meanings

    Many traditional houses in Indonesia have the concept of a stilt house. The choice of this concept is not without reason and careful consideration. This concept aims to keep the occupants of the house safe from disturbance by wild animals and floods as well as to act as cattle pens. This is adapted to the natural conditions of Indonesia, which used to be filled with forests.

    Below is an in-depth explanation of the Jambi traditional house:

    1. The Kajang Lako Traditional House

    Story

    The most famous Jambi traditional house is the Kajang Lako traditional house. This traditional house is a traditional house founded by the Inner Tribe. This tribe is known to have a strong stance to maintain their customs that have been passed down from generation to generation. Even this old building is still inhabited and its beauty can be enjoyed by the Inner Tribe to this day.

    Syahdan, there used to be a group of approximately 60 tumbi (families) who moved from their place of origin (Koto Rayo). The people who belong to 60 families are the forerunners of the Marga Batin V which is divided into five hamlets. The five hamlets are Seling Hamlet, Tanjung Muara Semayo, Kapuk Hamlet, Muara Jernih Hamlet, and Pulau Aro Hamlet which are in the same sub-district, namely Tabir District, Rantau Panjang, Sarolangun Bangko Regency.

    Shape and Roof

    The house of this tribe is called Rumah Kajang Lako or Rumah Lako. When viewed from the side, the shape of the ridge of this traditional house resembles a boat, the top of which is curved and then tapered at both ends. In a way, the roof is similar to an overturned boat.

    This connection is commonly referred to as the “Drunk Elephant”. The name is adapted to the name of the person who made and designed it. It is said that the maker of the house was intoxicated with love for someone who had stolen his heart. Unfortunately a thousand dear, his parents did not approve of that love. People think the maker was “drunk” because he was mistaken for an “overturned boat”.

    This ridge form is also often called folding kajang or cut jerambah. The roof is made of palm fiber or mengkuang which is woven from one another and then folded in half. Since it is made from natural materials, making this house takes a long time. However, in today’s era, the use of palm fiber is very rare so that traditional houses that still exist generally have ordinary tiled roofs.

    If you look at it from the side, the roof of this house looks like a triangle. The purpose of this model is for easy rain to fall, good air circulation, and as a place to store goods.

    At the end of the roof, you can find Rafter Shape. With a length of 60 cm and the same width as the length of the ridge, the rafters of this shape are made with the aim of blocking rainwater from entering the house. Rafters of this form are installed on the front and rear of the house in an inclined position. With a design like this, rainwater ingress can be minimized optimally.

    House Agency

    Like other traditional houses, this traditional house is made of boards. This house has three types of doors, which are upright doors, masinding or wall doors, and transverse back doors. Each door has a function.

    In order to enter the house, you can go through the upright door. This door is located at the far left of the building. The height of the vertical door is intentionally set low so that everyone who enters it bows their head as a sign of respect to the home owner.

    The next door is masinding. This door is located in the living room and serves as the window of the house. Through this door, you can see under the house, ventilate when a traditional event is taking place, and so that people below can see from a distance whether the traditional event has started or not.

    The next door is a transverse back door. This door is a window that is behind the transverse pillar. This door may only be used by certain people, namely house owners, traditional leaders, religious scholars, scholars, and ninik-mamak. Apart from these people, it is forbidden to pass through.

    Overall, the house is 12 meters long and 9 meters wide. The shape is in the form of a rectangle whose number is four. This form is to facilitate the arrangement of rooms that are adapted to their respective functions.

    Not only that, Islamic teachings which have become part of the Jambi Malay culture also influence the spatial arrangement of this house. Islamic teachings regulate the relationship between men and women who are not related by family (mahram). The arrangement of the rooms in the house does not allow the girls to meet outside men who are not residents of the house.

    Room

    Like houses in general, the Kajang Lako traditional house consists of several rooms, namely:

    a. Slow Room

    This room is located to the left of the building and functions as a living room. The floor is made of split bamboo which has undergone a preservation process. Between the bamboo is given a little distance so that water can flow under it.

    b. Gaho Room

    This room is located on the left side of the building which has an elongated direction. The function of this room is to store goods, kitchen and water storage.

    c. Masinding Room

    This room is at the front of the house. The function of this room is to receive guests. Then what’s the difference with the space slowdown. This masinding room can be in the form of an additional porch or terrace as a place to wait for guests who have not been invited to enter. It is also possible that guests who are received in this room are regular guests and only male guests are allowed in this room.

    d. The Back Room Holds

    This room is the inner porch of the house which consists of several more rooms. Inside there is a dining room, parents’ bedroom, and daughter’s bedroom.

    e. Living room

    This room is a room used for organizing traditional events or festivities. Generally this room may only be used by women.

    f. Penteh Room

    This room is located on top of the building and functions as a storage area for goods. This room with the room of the house building is separated by a ceiling.

    g. Bauman Room

    This room is located under a building that has no floor. Usually this room is used for cooking when there are traditional events, parties, thanksgiving, and others.

    h. Transverse Back Room

    This room is the main room in the Kajang Lako traditional house. It is located at the right end of the building and faces the living room and the masinding room. The floor in this room is generally higher than the other rooms. Only certain people are allowed in it, such as house owners, religious leaders, traditional leaders, scholars, and ninik-mamak.

    Decoration and Carving

    The Kajang Leko house is decorated with various decorations in the form of carvings on the doors, fences, windows, walls and roof to beautify its appearance. In general, the carved decorations on this house are in the form of flora and fauna.

    The floral motifs that are often found are orange bungo, cape flowers, mangosteen caps, and many other plants that thrive in Jambi. While the floral motifs are often in the form of fish because many Jambi residents work as fishermen.

    Jambi Culinary: Tracing Malay Traces, Savory Permeates

     

     

    2. Tuo’s House

    Who would have thought that Jambi had experienced a crisis of self-identity? At that time, Jambi was experiencing anxiety over how to determine their identity as a province. Until the 1970s, the governor of Jambi held a contest of Jambi Nine Lurah.

    The competition was held to determine what kind of traditional house could represent Jambi’s customs and culture. This has an impact on the enthusiasm of the people of Jambi to start a new lifestyle. If in most areas traditional houses are increasingly rare with modern life, the Jami people are actually enjoying this euphoria more and more by building houses with traditional architecture.

    You can prove this by looking at the Jambi Governor’s Office complex in Telanaipura, Jambi City. The traditional house is right next to the governor’s office building. This traditional house has many pillars, is black in color, and is equipped with crossed goat horns at the ends of the roof.

    The house is the work of an architect who won this competition. The house is adapted from an original house that is more than 600 years old. The traditional house is in Jambi’s oldest settlement. Within the settlement, there are hundreds of similar houses.

    For a house that is 600 years old, there are about sixty of them. While other houses are younger. This settlement is located in Kampung Baru Hamlet, Rantau Panjang Village, Tabu District, Merangin District, Jambi.

    Traveling to Rantau Panjang feels like going back in time. Because the nuance says so. Plus old rubber plantations and hills that you have to go through if you go to the area.

    Until now, local people still use the house as a place to live. This is of course very amazing because the people there still respect the traditional house which is the legacy of their ancestors.

    Tuo’s house is synonymous with ancient Malay customs. Inside the house one can feel the relationship between humans in a nuclear family, extended family, and community. You can also feel respect for the nini mamak, living well in the family, guaranteed protection for children, and harmonious social life in society. In that house a civilized and ethical way of life is highly respected.

    Among these houses, the oldest house is the Tuo House owned by Umar Amra (who is the 13th descendant of Undup Pinang Masak. Umar Amra is one of the Old Malay nobles who migrated from Kuto Rayo, Tabir.

    Amazingly, even though it has been 600 years old, the house still looks sturdy. The pillars and the frame are made of kulim wood. According to the narrative of the current owner, this house was built in mutual cooperation by 19 families who also migrated from Kuto Rayo. When one house has been completed, the 19 families will work on another new house. And so on until the completion of 19 houses, according to the number of families present.

    The ancestors agreed that this house was built by erecting twenty piles. At first the roof of this house was made of thatch leaves, but now the roof has been replaced with corrugated iron. Under the house can be used as a storage place for firewood for cooking, as a pen for livestock, and to protect the occupants of the house from attacks by wild animals.

    Their ancestors were very careful. So that manners and ethics are regulated through window arrangements. One that is arranged through the window is the subject matter of guests. For male guests who are still single, they are only allowed to visit up to the window on the right side. Thus, he is only allowed to sit closest to the entrance. More than that is not allowed.

    Guests who are allowed to go deeper into the second window are single male guests who come from large families, alias those who have family ties with the owner of the house. Then those who are allowed to enter the deeper parts of the house are married men and women.

  • Get to know Indang Dance, History, Functions, Floor Patterns, and Properties

    Indang Dance – If we talk about art and culture from the island of Sumatra, then of course
    it will never end.
    One of the provinces that we will discuss about traditional arts on this
    occasion is West Sumatra.

    Besides being rich in tourist and culinary destinations, the area which has the iconic Jam Gadang also has
    very diverse traditional cultures, one of which is dance.
    In general, art in this area
    describes the habits of life of the people.

    One of the most famous arts from this province is the Indang Dance which comes from the Pariaman area,
    especially the Minangkabau tribe.
    This dance was later transformed into a popular and
    well-known traditional art in Indonesia.

    The word ‘ indang ‘ in the name of this dance comes from the Minang language which means a small
    tambourine.
    The other name for the indang dance is the dindin badindin dance.

    In the dance process, this dance is almost the same as the saman dance from Aceh. The
    difference is that the indang dance has a slower or slower tempo.

    In fact, this traditional dance is a dance resulting from acculturation or a mixture of cultures between
    Islamic religious culture and local Minang culture.
    This is because the early appearance of
    this traditional art was brought by Islamic scholars from the Aceh region to the land of Padang
    Pariaman.

    At first, this indang dance existed as a means to develop Islamic religious teachings in the Minang
    community.
    This dance also has its own function to fill one’s spiritual needs.

    This is reflected because of the psychological value contained in the lyrics of the Indang dance song.
    This is believed to be able to stimulate the spiritual community, especially in the field of
    religion and also customs.

    Indang dance movements are generally dominated by dynamic, agile and varied movements. One of
    the movements that is the identity or characteristic of the Indang dance is the snap of the fingers and the
    clapping of the hands.

    As a performing art, the indang dance will not only present performances in the cultural and social context
    of society.
    But also introduce about religious values. This dance originates from
    a mosque or surau in the Minang area and is performed by boys aged 7-15 years.

    Over time, this dance continues to grow and is known by many people. The art of the Indang
    dance is guarded and preserved in the land of Pariaman.

    To find out a more complete explanation about getting to know the Indang dance, its history and properties, see
    the information below. Check this out!

    History of Indang Dance

    At the beginning of its appearance, the indang dance was first introduced by Sheikh Burhanuddin around the
    13th or 14th century.
    This happened in order to spread the religion of Islam in all corners of
    the land of West Sumatra.

    In another source, it is stated that the dance which is called the dindin badinding dance actually
    originated from Arab traders who were anchored in Minangkabau.
    Apart from trading, they also
    have the goal of spreading Islam in the West Sumatra region through this trade route.
    It was on
    this path that interactions between Arab traders and the people of the Minang land coast took place.

    After that, it is said that one of the religious figures following Syekh Burhanuddin, named Rapa’I, began
    to introduce the indang dance at a Tabuik celebration festival in Pariaman.
    This festival is a
    local celebration of the people who live in the coastal areas of West Sumatra.
    This festival
    also actually aims to commemorate the death of Imam Husein bin Ali, the grandson of the Prophet Muhammad
    SAW.

    Since then, this indang dance has always been included in every Tabuik celebration performance, even up to
    now.
    At the beginning of its emergence, Rapa’I used percussion such as tambourine (a round flat
    drum made of a wooden tube which is rather wide at the end and has a short height) as a musical
    accompaniment.

    At that time, this dance was considered a sacred dance because it contained sipatuang sirah or a group of
    parents who had supernatural powers in each dance group.

    This dance has a function as a medium of da’wah for scholars to spread Islam. Apart from that,
    this dance has rules in each performance.
    There are two types of dance staging rules, namely
    the ascending and descending indang rules.

    This rising indang dance will be performed at the beginning or the first day at night around 11-12 at
    night.
    As for the indang Bawah, it will be performed at dusk or in the evening and after the
    Maghrib prayer.
    But now, this rule is no longer used.

    This traditional dance also represents the very down-to-earth people of Padang Pariaman. They
    also respect each other and obey the commands of God Almighty.
    If at first this dance was only
    for the media of preaching, then over time, the function of this dance has turned into a dance for
    entertainment as well.

    Function and Meaning of Indang Dance

    Every traditional art from a region, must have its own purpose, function, and meaning contained in the art.
    Likewise with this traditional dance from the land of Padang Pariaman. Even though the
    Indang dance has now undergone many changes and transitions due to changing times, the core values ​​of the
    dance will still be there.

    These values ​​will actually still exist, even if seen from the outside, this traditional dance has
    undergone many changes.
    The meaning contained in this dance is a description of how Islam
    entered the West Sumatra region.
    This is reflected in the lyrics of the song and its
    movements.

    If you examine more deeply from the beginning to the end of the dance, you can see how the dancers tell
    about the greatness of the Islamic religion they believe in.
    The dancers also tell about the
    beginning of the arrival of Islam to the land of Sumatra, especially Minang.
    So it can be
    concluded that this indang dance has a meaning about the symbols of Islam in Minang land.

    At first, this traditional dance served as a means of education and providing education to the surrounding
    community about Islamic values.
    In addition, this traditional art is also useful as a means of
    preaching and conveying praise and accompaniment to the blessings of the Prophet Muhammad as contained in
    each of his Islamic verses.

    However, currently the indang dance also functions as a means of public entertainment and is often
    performed at various events.
    Both religious events, customs, to state events that are formal,
    semi-formal, to non-formal.

    In religious events, for example, this indang dance is performed at the Tabuik Pariaman Festival or the
    commemoration of the death of the Prophet Muhammad’s grandson on the 10th of Muharram every year.
    On the other hand, the Indang dance is also often performed to welcome guests, both from within and
    outside the country.

    At other events, Indang dance is also often displayed in celebrations. Such as for weddings,
    traditional ceremonies, appointment of princes, performing arts, and so on.

    Indang Dance Movement

    At the beginning of the dance performance, which has another name as the dindin badindin dance, there will
    be two groups of dancers lined up parallel from left to right.
    Then, the dancers will begin to
    perform various movements.
    Of the several dancers, some immediately sat down, but there were
    also dancers who made several movements while standing before then sitting cross-legged.

    When all the dancers have sat cross-legged, the dancer will place the indang in front of them.
    After that, the dancers will salute by bringing their palms together in front of their
    chest.

    When the musical instrument starts, the dancers will start moving and produce sounds. This
    sound can come from the indangnya or it can also be from the dancer’s clapping.
    At this time,
    dancers will adjust their dance moves to match the tempo of the music.

    The movements of the Indang dance are quite varied. Starting from the dancers who alternately
    bend their bodies to the right and left, there are also times when the dancers move alternately forward and
    backward as well.
    This movement continues to change starting from the beginning of the show, in
    the middle, until the end of the show.

    What is certain about the movements of the indang dance is that there is an implicit meaning in it.
    The following is an explanation of the meaning implied in every movement of the indang dance or
    dindin badinding dance.

    1. Offering movement

    The first movement in the indang dance performance is called the offering movement. This is
    because the movement shown has a meaning as a reminder and respect for people who have contributed to the
    spread of Islam.

    In addition, this movement also has a function and meaning as an apology to traditional leaders as well as
    mamak and ninik who were present at the performance. Not to forget,
    apologies and respect are also addressed to other dance groups that have performed or will be
    performing.

    2. Nago core movement

    In this core movement, it consists of several movements, such as elbow antak, bago baranang, and alang
    tabang.
    The meaning of this movement itself is a story that tells how one’s efforts are made to
    achieve one’s goals.

    This is also related to how the struggle was carried out by scholars and preachers in spreading the
    teachings of Islam in the past.
    Meanwhile, the movement of the alang tabang itself tells the
    story of the happiness and joy of the local people.

    3. Closing movement

    The closing movement is the last variety of movements performed by the dancers before ending the
    performance.
    This movement hints at the etiquette of apologizing to the people of Minang land.
    In addition, this gesture is also a symbol of apology to the audience who have watched the show
    before parting ways.

    Indang Dance Floor Pattern

    As with traditional dances from other regions, this indang dance also has its own floor pattern.
    The floor pattern certainly functions to form dance formations to make them more meaningful and
    more beautiful to look at.

    Based on the performance of the dance, in general this dance is presented using a horizontal floor pattern
    or a parallel form from left to right.
    In one show, usually the dancers will only form one
    formation or straight banjar.
    However, there are also those who add other floor patterns, such
    as the shape of the letters V and V inverted, zig zag, circular, up to two or three people in pairs.

    The number of dancers in the indang dance performance is actually not always the same or there are no
    special rules.
    However, generally this dance is danced by 5 dancers to more than 25
    dancers.

    Because in ancient times women were not allowed to show themselves in public, this dance was only performed
    by male dancers.
    But now, female dancers can participate in performing this dance, even at the
    same time as male dancers, provided they keep their genitals closed.

    As is known, every movement of this dance symbolizes the teachings of Islam. For example, when
    a dancer moves his hand and snaps his fingers, it is said that based on the story, this movement is signaled
    as a form of praise to Allah SWT.

    Indang Dance Clothing and Makeup

    Clothing or costumes used in a dance performance will generally describe where the dance originates from.
    This is the same as the costumes used by the dancers in the indang dance performance.

    The female dancers will of course wear traditional clothes typical of Minangkabau or Malay.
    Then various kinds of accessories will be added to support her appearance, such as loose-fitting
    clothes, loose-fitting black pants, headdresses, and don’t forget the typical Minang sarong.

    Meanwhile, male dancers are not much different from female dancers. They also wear
    loose-fitting clothes, long black pants, headdresses and typical Minang sarongs.
    Apart from
    that, for the attire of the Dhikr performers or the singers of the poems that are the accompaniment to the
    dance, they usually wear only loose koko clothes.

    The thing that distinguishes the clothing of female dancers and male dancers is that female dancers must
    wear a headscarf or headscarf.
    This is done so as not to lose the image and initial meaning of
    the Indang dance as a medium of propaganda in broadcasting Islam.

    The color of the clothing used in this dance is also free, it can be red, gold, or black.
    Meanwhile, for the make-up, both female and male dancers have no specific provisions for what their
    facial makeup should be.

    The important thing about the makeup is that the dancers become more pleasing to the eye. You
    don’t need to overdo it, but don’t overdo it either.
    In addition, the make-up should not be too
    thick or too long, but still show the dancer’s joy and grace.

    Property of Indang Dance

    The property used in the performance of one of the traditional dances from Minang is quite simple, namely
    only the musical instrument in the form of an indang.
    But now, this musical instrument which is
    also known as ripai is rarely used.

    In line with the times, this dance also made several modifications including the function of musical
    instruments.
    After no longer using indang as a sound producer, currently this wall dance uses
    the stage floor as a substitute for sound sources.

    This is because the stage floor is a bit like an indang, the stage floor can also produce sound when tapped
    by the dancers.
    In addition, if in the past there were some dancers who used tambourines as
    accessories to support performances, then even that tambourine was rarely used.
    The difference
    is, the tambourine is replaced by the dancer’s hand clapping on the body or floor.

    In addition to enlivening the show, in the past, tambourines and indang were used to set the dance tempo.
    However, nowadays the types of musical instruments used are increasingly diverse, ranging from
    marwas, percussion, tambourines, to violins.

    Meanwhile, for the strains of dance accompaniment, there are also those who use modern musical instruments
    such as the piano and accordion.
    Songs and dance verses will also be sung when the dance
    begins.

    Conclusion

    Indang dance is a dance originating from the Padang Pariaman area, especially the Minangkabau tribe, West
    Sumatra.
    This dance is also known as the badinding wall dance which later transformed into a
    popular and well-known traditional art in Indonesia.

    Based on its history, this dance is a dance resulting from acculturation or a mixture of culture between
    Islamic culture and local culture, Minang.
    According to the story, the first appearance of this
    indang dance was brought by Islamic scholars from the Aceh region to the land of Padang Pariaman.
    At that time, this dance was used as a means of developing and spreading Islamic religious
    teachings to the Minang community.

    So #FriendsWithoutLimits, that’s an explanation about getting to know the Indang dance, from history to its
    properties.
    Hopefully this is useful and can add to your understanding of traditional
    Indonesian arts.

    If you want to explore the art of dance, then you can read books about dance that can be found at
    sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always
    provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • Get to know history, basic techniques, and long jump styles

    Long Jump Style – The long jump is one of the athletic branches of jumping where long jump
    athletes run and then jump until they reach the farthest distance.
    Even though it is one of the
    branches of athletics, not everyone knows what the long jump is, the basic techniques, and the
    styles.

    To find out more about the long jump, you can see this article, Sinaumed’s. So, read this article
    to the end, Sinaumed’s.

    History of the Long Jump Sport

    Before discussing the various styles of the long jump, it’s a good idea to discuss the history of the long
    jump first.
    The history of the long jump itself is estimated to have existed since 13 centuries
    ago.
    This sport, which has existed since 708 AD, existed during the Ancient Olympics in
    Greece.

    The long jump itself is not the only jumping championship which was later included in the Ancient Olympics.
    All the competitions held at the Ancient Olympics were intended as military exercises for war.
    Then, the emergence of this long jump sport is believed to train the agility of warriors in
    breaking through existing obstacles, such as ravines or ditches.

    At that time, long jumpers were required to run with a weight. The burden that was carried was
    placed in his hands.
    The weight of the load is around 1-4.5 kg and all these activities are
    known as dumbbells.
    then required to run with a weight in both hands known as halteres with a
    weight of 1 to 4.5 kg.

    The sport of long jump has also been performed by jumpers from Sparta with a record jump of 7.05 meters.
    In the modern world, the long jump has been a part of Olympic competition since the first
    appearance of this competition in 1896.

    Finally, in 1914, Dr. Harry Eaton Stewart then recommended that a standardized running broad
    jump be made for female athletes too, so that they could also hold long jump competitions.
    These recommendations were taken into consideration and also implemented, so that long jump female
    athletes emerged and could take part in the Olympics.

    Although this sport was part of the Ancient Olympic Games, it was not until 1896, at the first modern
    Olympics, that the long jump was officially contested.
    As for the new women’s long jump which
    began in 1948.

    Basic Techniques for Doing Long Jumps

    A good long jump athlete will definitely need speed and leg muscle strength, as well as flexibility in
    moving the body in the air.
    Athletes will also start running, take off, and land in the sandbox
    to get the maximum distance.

    How to do this long jump consists of four phases, namely prefix, takeoff, hovering, and landing.
    The following below are the steps that must be taken when doing the long jump.

    1. Initial phase (run up)

    The start phase begins with a sprint then onto the takeoff board, except for the last two strides.
    The long jump athlete also has a trajectory to do the 40 meter prefix. This distance
    is an effective distance for building speed and momentum before making a jump.

    When doing this phase, you must try to keep the pace. Generally, long jump athletes will take
    about 20 to 22 steps when doing the prefix.
    Whereas. for beginners, start with at
    least 8 steps for beginners.

    2. The take-off phase

    After doing the last two steps, the next long jump athlete will do the take-off phase. At this
    stage, one of the feet will remain on the ground to support the body so that it can do the repulsion.

    This stage will produce movements that will allow the body to reach a certain height. That
    way, the long jumper will be able to fly longer and of course be able to fly farther.

    Therefore, when doing this stage, you must be able to make sure that your feet are well planted so that you
    can produce maximum repulsion.
    Long jumps on your heels will have a braking effect and also
    reduce momentum.
    Meanwhile, jumping on toes can make the body unstable or even reduce the long
    jumper’s distance.
    .

    3. The flight phase

    The attitude and movement of the body in the air will then depend on the initial speed and the strength of
    the repulsion.
    The long jump will also be carried out after leaving the pedestal beam.

    When doing floating movements, you must pay attention so that you don’t fall easily. To
    maintain body balance, this can be done by swinging both hands which will help the athlete maintain body
    balance.

    Then the movement of the legs must go when the body is in a floating position, so that it will make the
    landing distance easier.
    In addition, there are a number of things that must be considered when
    the jumper’s body is in a flying position, namely maintaining body balance and trying to fly as long as
    possible and having to prepare the feet for landing.

    4. Landing phase

    Every inch of landing itself is very important, so make sure to do the correct landing technique in the
    sandbox so it doesn’t affect the distance of the jump.
    To ensure that the landing reaches the
    maximum distance, an athlete will also perform several maneuvers when landing.

    Typically, athletes will focus on keeping their feet in front of the body. The athlete can do
    this by bringing the heels up and the head down with a full hip stretch.
    On landing, the
    athlete will also make a sweeping motion with the arms to keep the legs upright and the body forward.

    Various Long Jump Styles

    The long jump itself refers to the movement an athlete makes during the hovering phase after taking off
    from the board.
    Some of these styles include the squat style (float style), hanging style (hang
    style), and walking in the air style which have their own characteristics.
    Here’s the full
    explanation.

    1. Squat style ( float style )

    In the long jump squat style or what is also known as the orthodox style, the main goal of this style is to
    run as fast as possible from a distance of 40 to 45 m on the track.
    The long jump technique
    will start with running as fast as possible from the start of the track and not reducing speed until finally
    doing the pedestal when jumping.

    When doing repulsion, the body will be moved more, and also start with the tip of the heel, sole of the
    foot and toe of the foot.
    After that, both legs will be moved forward. While in
    the air straight arms forward along with the body, then move the hands back.
    When landing, also
    make sure to use the heel tip.
    Do not let the body fall backwards because it will reduce the
    distance of the jump.

    2. Hanging style ( hang style )

    Hanging style or hang style is one of the styles of the long jump whose speed cannot be changed when it is
    resting on a pedestal or on a wooden board.
    This hanging style long jump technique is performed
    with the body bouncy forward, then the position of the hands next to the ears and the position of the feet
    tightly behind while in the air.

    For prefix, repulsion or pedestal and landing techniques the same as the above technique. As
    with the squat style, the body position in this style itself is more upright.
    In the hanging
    style, backward and forward swings will be applied to the legs, along with the arms which are also swung
    backwards and forwards.

    Then, when landing, both legs will straighten forward and land using both heels first to maintain body balance.

    3. Walking style in the air ( walking in the
    air style )

    Long jump gait in the air is a long jump style in which the long jump movement will look like you are
    walking in the air.
    When the body is floating in the air leg movements as if running or walking
    in the air.

    When doing a pedestal that can be used on the left foot or right foot according to the jumper’s habits, you
    should use the leg that has the dominant strength.
    When your feet rest on the block, your body
    must be leaning forward to maintain balance.

    Foresight with both arms that are on the sides of the body and when resting on speed which is then
    developed through an uninterrupted start.
    After the jumper rests on the pedestal beam, the body
    can also be lifted into the air.
    By doing the attitude of walking in the air, the two legs will
    take turns pedaling in the air.

    Before this foot lands, you should be in a position in the air as long as possible, so that later you can
    produce a maximum jump.
    At the time of landing the jumper must also try to extend both hands
    forward and pulled backwards.
    Meanwhile, the legs are launched forward as far as possible.
    Land both feet simultaneously so that later to avoid injury, drop your weight forward.

    The form of the long jump sports field

    The long jump sports field itself consists of two main parts, namely the running track for the start and
    the sandbox for landing.
    The standard size of the long jump field in official competitions is
    as follows.

    1. Running track. The runway starts with a hard concrete surface with a minimum length of 40
      meters.
      At the end of the running track, there is then a block for takeoff with a thickness
      of 5 cm, a width of 20 cm, and the distances between the blocks and the sandbox are 1 meter.
    2. Sandbox. The landing area which is then filled with sand is 9 meters long and between
      2.75 and 3 meters wide.

    Long Jump Sports Branch Regulations

    The International Association of Athletics Federations or IAAF or currently known as World Athletics has made a
    number of regulations, ranging from the jumping process to athlete equipment as follows:

    1. All jumps must then be completed within one minute of stepping onto the running track.
    2. The jumper’s leg must not cross the edge or foul line which is then located right after the takeoff
      block.
      If any part of the foot crosses the line of infringement, then the jump becomes
      invalid.
    3. In a race, jumpers will generally have three chances to jump. Unauthorized jumps will
      then reduce the opportunity.
    4. The judge will also measure the distance of the jump from the edge of the foul line to the first landing
      point which the jumpers then make.
    5. Somersault movement techniques are not allowed when making jumps.
    6. It is not allowed to wear running shoes with a sole thickness of more than 13 mm.
    7. Apart from these points, there are other more specific regulations that long jump athletes need to pay
      attention to.
      In determining the winner, the jumper with the farthest jump distance, then
      he is the winner.

    Long jump style is one of the athletics sports which is still being contested, especially in the Olympic
    championships.
    After knowing more about the sport of long jump and long jump styles, are you
    interested in becoming a long jump athlete?

    Related Books

    1. 50 Healthy Tips to Ward Off Disease with
    Exercise

    Health sports have started to be recognized in the community and have become one of their lifestyles to maintain
    health, even to cure an illness that has been felt for a long time with a planned program.

    This book, Tips on Warding Off Disease with Exercise, discusses the interrelationship of various types of
    exercise to ward off certain diseases.
    For example, exercise has to do with people with high
    blood pressure, heart disease, diabetes, bone and muscle disorders, pregnancy disorders, stomach ulcers,
    stress and so on.

    This is also the case with vigilance in carrying out certain sports, because in essence exercise can cause heat
    stroke or other “red flags” to watch out for.

    This book also discusses sports under certain conditions, for example when it’s raining, suffering from
    menstruation, after recovering from heart disease, and so on.
    There are also several
    illustrations of case examples in everyday life as well as those that appear in medical practice related to
    health sports.

    Therefore, this book can be a guide in everyday life, for all ages, as an effort to optimize health conditions.

    2. Healthy and Fit During Ramadan & Eid
    Fasting

    Fasting in the month of Ramadan is an obligation for Muslims. However, not all Muslims can
    always live it smoothly.

    Many people are forced not to fast because of health problems which are actually easily overcome by certain
    diets.
    In fact, under certain conditions, fasting is highly recommended for people with high
    blood pressure, hypercholesterolemia, and diabetes mellitus.

    This book, written by a health expert, intends to help you, both those who are healthy and those who have
    certain diseases or are elderly, in maintaining your health during Ramadan fasting so that you can carry it
    out in an excellent and perfect manner.
    Happy fasting.

    3. Healthy Sports Smart Book:
    Bablas Disease with Exercise

    In the last few decades, research has shown that the level of physical activity in daily activities
    continues to decline.
    The influencing factors include the long distance to the workplace,
    reduced daily physical activity at home or in the garden, even traveling to various places that can only be
    reached by motorized vehicles.

    Although the proportions of factors will differ in each region, the risk of non-communicable health arising
    from poor physical health in almost every region remains high.
    WHO estimates that, apart from
    the area around the Sahara Desert, chronic non-communicable diseases, such as cancer, are the number one
    cause of death in the world.

    WHO states that there are four chronic diseases which are the highest cause of death in low- and middle-income
    countries, namely heart disease, cancer, respiratory disorders, and diabetes.

    The next question is how can sports overcome these various health problems? Find everything in
    this book.

    4. Healthy Living Recipes

    Have you ever had a headache until it felt like the earth was spinning? Or, have you suddenly
    had hives all over your body after eating shrimp?
    How often do you become emotional, sensitive,
    and angry for no reason?
    Did you know that there is a safe way to look beautiful and
    charming?

    This book presents various writings about health, as well as tips and tricks for choosing drugs.
    All the writing in this book is very useful for those of you who yearn for true health.

    It is common that exercise can improve body health. If you are still unsure about exercising,
    then you can read books about sports that can be found at
    sinaumedia.com .
    To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so
    that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • Get to know Greek Mythological Creatures and Their Explanations

    Greek mythological creatures – Hey Sinaumed’s friends! This time we will discuss about the creatures in Greek Mythology, surely some of you already know a little about the names of the creatures in Greek Mythology stories, but of course you are curious about the stories of these creatures for sure. Let’s discuss!

    In the story of Greek mythology, it is quite famous through the stories of the gods who have special powers but are tangible and can interact like ordinary humans. However, in Greek Mythology there are also heroes, monsters, including supernatural beings who become friends, pets and even the main enemies of the Greek gods, this certainly makes the story even more exciting and very interesting.

    So, Sinaumed’s friends, what are the stories of the creatures in Greek Mythology like? Let’s talk!

    Greek mythology is a story from one of the most popular ancient civilizations in the world. Legendary stories of gods and creatures such as monsters and others are still often told today, which have now been adapted into books, either in the form of stories or modern fiction films. It is possible that almost everyone has heard of this Greek mythological story through films and story books.

    Creatures in Greek Mythology

    1. Chimeras

    The Chimera was a monstrous creature from Greek Mythology, said to have the head and body of a lion, a goat’s head protruding from its back, and a tail that ended in a snake’s head. It is one of the most iconic creatures in Greek Mythology, and its terror and ferocity have been the subject of many ancient stories and legends.

    The Chimera is first mentioned in Homer’s Iliad, where it is described as a fire-breathing creature that terrorized the Greek city of Lycia. It is said to have descended from Typhon, a monstrous giant with 100 dragon heads, and Echidna, half woman and half snake. According to Greek mythology, the Chimera were sent by the gods to punish the Lycians for their arrogance and arrogance.

    The Chimera was said to be a powerful and fearsome beast, with the body of a lion, the head of a goat and the tail of a snake. His fire-breathing abilities make him even more terrifying, and it is said to be able to scorch entire fields with his breath. As well as being fire-breathing, the Chimera is said to be extremely strong and fast, able to outrun a horse and cause immense destruction with its claws and teeth.

    The Chimera was finally defeated by the hero Bellerophon, who rode on the winged horse Pegasus. He used a large spear to pierce the Chimera’s heart, killing it instantly. After the death of the Chimera, Bellerophon became a hero and was praised for his bravery and skill in killing monsters.

    The chimera has since become a symbol of fear and terror in Greek mythology, and continues to be an important part of Greek culture and literature. It is often used as a metaphor for powerful and dangerous beings, or for problems or challenges that seem impossible to overcome. In addition, the chimera is a popular figure in modern art and literature, as it is a creature that has fascinated readers and viewers for centuries.

    Chimeras are examples of monstrous creatures in Greek mythology, and their legacy endures throughout history. It is a powerful symbol of fear, strength, and courage, and its story continues to captivate and inspire readers and viewers today. His strength and ferocity have been the source of many tales and legends, and would continue to be an important part of Greek mythology for many years to come.

    2. Medusa

    In Greek mythology, Medusa was a hideous female creature with the form of a venomous snake that lived instead of her hair. He has the power to turn anyone who looks into his eyes into stone. Medusa was killed by the hero Perseus, who then used her head as a weapon until she gave it to the goddess Athena to place on her shield.

    According to Hesiod’s Theogony, Medusa was born from the sea monsters Ceto and Phorcys. She is described as having a beautiful face and hair of a live venomous snake. Some myths say that she was originally a beautiful woman, but was cursed by Athena to turn her hair into snakes.

    Medusa was one of the three Gorgon sisters, along with Stheno and Euryale. The brothers were born to the sea god Phorcys and his sister-wife Ceto. They were powerful monsters, each with snake hair, sharp claws, and the ability to turn people to stone with their gazes.

    The Gorgons are eventually defeated by the hero Perseus, who uses the reflection of Medusa’s face on his shield to avoid looking directly at her. He then beheaded her with his sword and used her head as a weapon. After that, he gave it to Athena to place on her shield, Aegis.

    The story of Medusa has been retold in various forms over the centuries, and she is a popular figure in both Greek mythology and the modern world. She serves as a symbol of female power, and her stories have been used to explore themes of gender, power, and transformation.

    3. Centaurs

    In Greek mythology, centaurs were a race of creatures that were half human and half horse. They say he lived in the mountains and forests of Thessaly.

    The centaurs are believed to have been born from the union of Ixion, king of the Lapiths, and a cloud shaped like a horse that Zeus sent to replace him. They are wild and unruly creatures, prone to drunkenness and violence. They were known for their fighting skills and were often depicted in Greek art in conflict with the Lapiths.

    Their leader was the wise centaur Chiron, known for teaching many Greek gods and heroes, including Achilles, Heracles and Jason. Chiron was known as the most civilized of the centaurs, and was a figure who was respected and loved.

    The most famous story involving the centaurs is that of the marriage of the Lapith kings Pirithous and Hippodamia. The centaurs invited by the king became drunk and tried to take the bride and other women at the wedding. The Lapiths defended the women and fighting broke out. In the end, the Lapiths won, and many centaurs were killed, including Chiron.

    4. Cerberus

    In Greek mythology, Cerberus is a dog with three heads and a snake tail who guards the entrance to the underworld and keeps the dead from leaving. He is the child of the monsters Typhon and Echidna.

    Cerberus is a loyal guardian and serves Hades, god of the underworld. Hades tasked him with preventing the living from entering the underworld and the dead from leaving. In some myths, Cerberus is even given the power to judge the souls of the dead.

    Cerberus is said to be nearly impossible to defeat. He is believed to be so fierce that even the gods fear him. He was known to breathe fire and was described as having many snake heads and tails.

    One of the few people to ever pass through Cerberus was the hero Heracles. The story goes that Heracles was sent on a mission by Eurystheus, king of Mycenae. He was ordered to bring Cerberus back to the king alive. Heracles went to the underworld and fought Cerberus, finally conquering him with his strength and wisdom. He then brought Cerberus back to the king and returned him to the underworld.

    The story of Cerberus is an important part of Greek mythology. He serves as a reminder of the power of the gods and the importance of loyalty. It also serves as a warning to humans not to try to enter the underworld or face the wrath of Cerberus.

    5. Cyclops

    The story of the Cyclops begins with the story of the Greek god Zeus. According to Greek mythology, Zeus is the king of the gods and ruler of the universe. He had three sons, Hades, Poseidon, and Zeus, each of whom had different territories to rule.

    Poseidon, the god of the sea, was given the task of creating creatures that would inhabit his realm. He created many creatures, but one of the most famous is the Cyclops.

    Cyclops is a very strong and powerful one-eyed giant monster. They live in the far reaches of the sea, far from the gods and other humans. They were famed for their strength and ferocity, and they were often used by Poseidon as his personal bodyguards.

    The most famous story involving the Cyclops involves Odysseus, the hero of the Odyssey. According to the story, Odysseus and his crew were sailing past an island inhabited by Cyclops. Odysseus and his crew were able to sneak past the Cyclops, but they were soon discovered. Cyclops then trapped them in his cave and ate several crew members.

    Odysseus was able to devise a plan to escape and he tricked the Cyclops into getting drunk. When the Cyclops fainted, Odysseus and his crew managed to escape. The Cyclops then hurls a boulder at the fleeing ship, but it misses, and Odysseus and his crew manage to escape.

    The story of the Cyclops is a classic example of the power of cunning and reason. It teaches that even the strongest monsters can be defeated with a little intelligence.

    6. Pegasus 

    In Greek mythology, Pegasus is a divine winged horse who is the descendant of Poseidon, the god of the sea, and Medusa, a chthonic monster.

    Pegasus was born when Perseus beheaded Medusa. As Perseus flew with Medusa’s head, the blood from her neck fell to the ground, forming a stream that was later called the “spring of Pegasus”. When Poseidon saw the newborn Pegasus, he was so enthralled that he immediately took him to Olympus, the home of the gods.

    On Olympus, Zeus gave Pegasus to his son Bellerophon as a gift. With the help of Pegasus, Bellerophon was able to perform extraordinary feats, such as killing Chimeras and flying over Mount Olympus.

    Pegasus later became the mount of Zeus, who used it to bring his thunderbolts. Pegasus also serves as a messenger of the gods and is seen as a symbol of power.

    In some versions of the myth, Pegasus is eventually killed by the giant, Typhon. But in the end, Zeus turned Pegasus into a constellation or constellation that remained in the night sky.

    7. Minotaurs

    The Minotaur myth can be traced back to ancient Greek mythology. According to myth, the Minotaur was a creature with the head of a bull and the body of a human. It is said to live in a labyrinth on the island of Crete, and is a descendant of the Cretan Queen Pasiphae and the white bull sent by the god Poseidon.

    The Minotaur was said to be kept in the labyrinth by King Minos of Crete, who would feed him with human sacrifices. These sacrifices were made to appease the gods, and usually young men and women were chosen by lot. The most famous sacrifice was that of the Athenian hero Theseus, who finally succeeded in killing the Minotaur and escaping the labyrinth. According to the myth, Minos promised to sacrifice the bull for Poseidon, but instead kept it for himself.

    As revenge, Poseidon caused Pasiphae to be infatuated with bulls and she gave birth to the Minotaur. To house the beast, Minos had the architect Daedalus build a labyrinth to house it.

    The Minotaur was eventually killed by the hero Theseus, who entered the labyrinth with the help of Ariadne, daughter of Minos. He managed to find his way out of the labyrinth by following the thread given to him by Ariadne

    The Minotaur myth has been interpreted in various ways over the centuries. In some versions, the Minotaur is seen as a symbol of the dark and chaotic forces of nature that civilization must tame and control. On the other hand, it is seen as a symbol of the power of human reason and ingenuity, as Theseus was able to defeat the Minotaur using his intelligence and courage.

    The Minotaur myth has also been interpreted in various ways over the centuries. It has been seen as a symbol of human pride and the consequence of opposing the gods, or as a metaphor for man’s struggle against his own animal nature. It has also been used as a symbol of the power of love, with Theseus’ victory over the Minotaur representing his victory over fear and death.

    The Minotaur myth is also a symbol of the power of story and history. The myth of the Minotaur can be seen as a harbinger of historical ideas written by the victors. In this interpretation, the Minotaur is the embodiment of a power that the heroes of the past were unable to defeat, but eventually yielded to the will of the human spirit.

    8. Hydras

    In Greek mythology, the Hydra was a snake-like monster with many heads. Hydra lives in a swamp near Lake Lerna in Argolis. He was the son of the giant Typhon and Echidna and was said to be the brother of Cerberus, Chimera, Sphinx and Ladon. Hydra lives in a swamp near Lake Lerna in Argolis, Greece. It is said to be so poisonous that its breath can kill any creature that comes too close. Its blood is also deadly and cannot be touched by humans without causing death or serious illness.

    The main feature or advantage of the Hydra is its many heads. It is said to have five to a hundred tails. Each Hydra head was said to be immortal, so when one was cut off, two more would grow in its place. The Greek hero Heracles was sent by the goddess Hera to kill the Hydra as one of her Twelve Labors. He was accompanied by his nephew Iolaus who helped him by using a flaming torch to burn the neck stump just after Heracles cut off the head with his sword.

    Hydra’s most famous story is his fight with Heracles (Hercules). According to legend, Heracles had been sent on his second labor by King Eurystheus of Tiryns to slay the beast. He arrived at Lake Lerna with his nephew Iolaus and found the Hydra lurking in its murky depths.

    Heracles attacked him with his sword but soon noticed that every time he cut off one head, two more grew back in its place! In desperation he sought help from Iolaus who suggested burning each head as soon as it emerged from the water before it could grow two more. This worked and eventually Heracles managed to kill the monster by cutting off all nine heads at once and burying them under a rock where they would never grow back.

    The Hydra were eventually defeated by Heracles, but it was a tough battle. Hera, angry at Heracles for succeeding in his task, sent a giant crab to attack him. Heracles was able to crush a crab under his feet, thus completing the second of his Twelve Works.

    The Hydra’s blood was a deadly poison, and its teeth were said to be so sharp and dangerous that Heracles used them to make arrows. Its breath is said to be so foul and poisonous that it can kill anyone who approaches it.

    The Hydra is still remembered today as a symbol of strength and perseverance in the face of danger. It is said that when Heracles finally defeated the Hydra, it was a triumph of courage and tenacity over evil.

    Conclusion

    Based on the above review, we can now find out about some of the creatures, both monsters and animals, who are the pets and guardians of the gods and kings. The creatures in Greek mythology also represent symbols of power, wisdom, firmness, greed, of course there are many more creatures in Greek mythology that are not discussed in this article.

    Well, Sinaumed’s, our article about Greek Mythology creatures has been completed, after knowing what creatures exist in Greek Mythology, are you friends, Sinaumed’s interested in knowing more about Greek Mythology? Or are you interested in learning the great and wise stories of ancient Greek heroes?

    sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits, participates in providing knowledge and information, therefore sinaumedia presents books that can add to the knowledge and information that readers need.

    If sinaumedia friends are interested and want to learn more about Greek mythological stories, sinaumedia.com is ready to accompany and fill your reading with books available at sinaumedia.com. Make life with #MoreWithReading.

    Author : Reksa

    Reference:

    • https://www.rukita.co/stories/creatures-mitologi-yunani-dan-kisahnya/
  • Get to Know FIFA as the Parent Organization of International Football

    Parent International Football Organization – Exactly on December 18, 2022, the World Cup match which was held in Qatar, officially ended. Did Sinaumed’s join the euphoria of the international football tournament which has been taking place since 20 November 2022? The 2022 FIFA World Cup which hosted Qatar was won by Argentina with a final score of 4-2 against France. Even though the qualification for the FIFA World Cup was postponed due to the Covid-19 pandemic that spread throughout the world, in fact the tournament was successfully held.

    FIFA (Federation Internationale de Football Association ) is the parent organization for football at the international level. This means that all football organizations in each country will remain “subject to” FIFA regulations as the parent. Apart from holding a World Cup tournament which includes several countries, FIFA is also a non-governmental organization, aka an NGO, which of course stands independently.

    So, what are the dynamics, organizational structure, along with the goals and missions of FIFA as the parent organization for soccer at the international level? What is the role of FIFA as a tournament in the world of sports for countries in the world, including Indonesia? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

    What is the main organization of football at the international level?

    In Indonesia, the highest football organization is held by PSSI (All Indonesian Football Association) which of course becomes a national federation. Then, is there a football organization at the international level? The answer is of course there is, namely FIFA which acts as the parent organization for football at the international level.

    Apart from acting as the parent organization for football at the international level, FIFA has also contributed to the development of modern football in all countries of the world, which started in England.

    At the beginning of the development of modern football, an organization was established as a container for all football activities called the Football Association Freemason’s Tavern in London, England. This organization began with a meeting of 11 representatives from several countries and then made a single rule in the game of football.

    Furthermore, another organization called the International Football Association Board (IFAB) was established which was formed by 4 associations to regulate world football regulations.

    Over time, finally the parent organization for international football was born, namely under the name FIFA ( Federation International de Football Association ) which stood in France, on May 21, 1904 to be precise. The initial meeting to establish FIFA was attended by only 7 countries, namely the Netherlands, Belgium, Denmark, France, Spain, Sweden and Switzerland. At that time, the football championship tournament organized by FIFA was still within the scope of the Olympics only, then its membership continued to grow. Until finally, FIFA was considered the parent organization of football for many countries in the world, including Indonesia.

    Since FIFA acts as the parent organization for international football, they also have the right to organize international football tournaments which only member countries can participate in.

    Apart from that, FIFA also has full authority to form regulations in football matches throughout this country. Until now, the FIFA organization already has a total of 211 member countries. Indonesia and its national organization PSSI are also a member of FIFA, so it is not uncommon for PSSI and FIFA to have meetings to discuss matters regarding football.

    Just a little trivia , PSSI is also a member of the AFC as a football organization in the Asian continent as well as a permanent member of AFF as a football organization in the Southeast Asian region. That is why, the formation of regulations and organizational structure at PSSI must still follow the provisions of FIFA. In short, PSSI must not act indiscriminately in violation of FIFA rules.

    Get to Know FIFA as the Parent Organization of International Football

    History of the Founding of FIFA

    Apart from being the parent organization for international football, FIFA is also a world football federation which certainly plays a major role in the development of this sport throughout the world from time to time. FIFA ( Federation International de Football Association ) was first established in France, precisely on May 21, 1904.

    The initial meeting to establish FIFA was attended by 7 countries, namely the Netherlands, Belgium (Louis Muchlinghaus and Max Kahn), France (Robert Guerin), Spain (Andre Espier), Sweden, Denmark and Switzerland (Victor E. Schneider).

    Robert Guerin from France was appointed as FIFA’s first resident, from May 1904 to June 1906 to be precise. At that time, the football championship tournament organized by FIFA was still within the scope of the Olympics, then its membership continued to grow.

    When FIFA was just established, several countries representing the European countries had invited the English Football Federation (FA) to join together, but the offer was rejected. Then, at the first FIFA meeting, a statute, aka basic regulation, was made that football players were not allowed to defend two countries and clubs at the same time until there was recognition of player sanctions by the federations of other countries. The Statute entered into force on September 1, 1904.

    At the same time, the German Football Federation also stated that they agreed with the statute and joined the parent organization of this international football.

    As previously explained, the FIFA statutes were first drawn up with the following points:

    • Reciprocal recognition of the football associations of countries that are present or represented.
    • Players are banned from playing in two countries and clubs at the same time.
    • The banning of players who have been registered with a country association will be announced by FIFA.
    • The game rules are based on the Law of the Game of the Football Association Ltd.

    FIFA Organizational Structure

    Since FIFA is the parent organization of international football, then of course in the process it still requires an organizational structure with different obligations. So, here is the structure that exists within the FIFA organization.

    1. President

    The highest authority in FIFA is the President who is elected to serve for 4 years. The process of electing the FIFA president is carried out through elections by the members of the association who are present at the congress and of course the previous president can also take office again if indeed elected.

    Later, the FIFA president will represent and lead congress activities, executive meetings, and emergency meetings of other committees. As with FIFA executive members, the president also has the right to vote in every election activity.

    Currently, the position of FIFA president is held by Gianni Infantino from Switzerland. Before becoming president, he had served as general secretary of UEFA ( Union of European Football Associations ) since October 2009.

    2. Congress

    The FIFA Congress is the highest body in the parent organization of this international football. When the congress takes place, there will be many articles that regulate what matters must be discussed and what decisions will be taken.

    The FIFA Congress is responsible for developing games whose nature has changed in recent years. Each member will have one vote at this congress.

    The FIFA Congress is the most important meeting and is held every 2 years. However, since 1998, regulations have been enacted that this congress will be held annually as a global meeting agenda that allows the ‘football parliament’ to influence decisions on a number of issues that are constantly evolving.

    3. Council

    The FIFA Council consists of 37 members, with 1 president elected by the FIFA Congress; 8 vice presidents; and 28 members who are elected every four years. At this FIFA Council, it has a rule that there must be at least one elected female representative in each confederation.

    4. Executive Committee

    FIFA’s Executive Committee is tasked with determining strategy in a forum in which all confederations can play a direct role. The executive committee’s decisions will be assisted by the recommendations of 22 special committees. This executive committee will consist of the Council, the General Secretariat, the Advisory Board and the Independent Committees which carry out their duties under the FIFA statutes.

    5. Finance

    In accordance with the FIFA Statutes article 69 paragraph 2 which states that “FIFA revenues and expenses must be managed so that they can be balanced in the financial period”. Well, about 90% of FIFA’s financial revenue is derived from the sale of television rights, marketing, hotels and other licenses for FIFA World Cup tournaments. The revenue will also be used to fund various programs for organizing international tournaments.

    FIFA Vision & Mission

    As is the case with organizations in general, FIFA as the parent organization for international football also has a vision & mission that has been stated in the FIFA Statutes. So here’s the review!

    Fifa Vision

    1. Positively to promote the game of football in any way it sees fit.
    2. Promote friendly relations among national associations, confederations, officials and players by organizing football matches.
    3. Guiding the football community in taking the necessary steps to prevent violations of the FIFA Statutes.
    4. Prevent methods or practices deemed inappropriate in the game and to protect against misuse.
    5. Promote the elimination of discrimination against any nation or individual on grounds of race, religion or politics in sport.
    6. Provide statutory regulations as a reference for resolving differences that may arise between national associations.

    Fifa Mission

    1. Developing football anywhere and for anyone.
    2. Organizing tournaments.
    3. Care for society and the environment.

    Fifa Competition

    For ordinary people, the competition organized by FIFA is only the World Cup. In fact, FIFA has held many tournaments for both men and women. There are various tournaments held for men, namely:

    • World Cup, once every 4 years.
    • Confederations Cup, once every 4 years as the preliminary tournament of the World Cup.
    • U-20 World Cup, every 4 years for players aged 20 years.
    • U-17 World Cup, once every 4 years for players aged 17 years.
    • World Cup between clubs, every year by bringing together each champion from their respective regions.
    • Beach Soccer World Cup, every 2 years.
    • Futsal World Cup, every 4 years.
    • The Olympics, held when the Olympics took place.
    • Junior Olympics, held when the Junior Olympics takes place.
    • Junior Club World Cup, every year.

    Meanwhile, there are also various soccer tournaments for women held by FIFA, namely:

    • World Cup, once every 4 years.
    • U-20 World Cup, every 4 years for players aged 20 years.
    • U-17 World Cup, once every 4 years for players aged 17 years.
    • The Olympics, held when the Olympics took place.
    • Junior Olympics, held when the Junior Olympics takes place.

    FIFA’s Position As An International Organization According To International Law

    As INGOs

    It should be noted that apart from being the parent organization for international football, FIFA is also INGO, aka the International Non-Government Organization . This means that FIFA does not want the direct involvement of the government to “interfere” with their organizational structure and activities.

    Yep, INGOs are the same as NGOs, namely independent organizations that have no connection with the government in a country. However, at a certain level, these INGOs can be given observer status and are also allowed to provide recommendations when UN, IPU (Inter-Parliamentary Union ) and IOC (International Olympic Committee ) sessions take place.

    As part of INGO, of course its membership and scope are narrower than IGO (International Governmental Organization) .

    But keep in mind that this is normal because FIFA only manages sports, namely football. FIFA already has a legal entity in Switzerland which aims to manage football professionally in the world as well as the interests of the world community. FIFA is also a non-profit organization so there is no single owner.

    Example of Enforcement of FIFA Statutes in Several Member Countries

    It should be noted that FIFA has a statute called Lex Sportiva which relates to the existence of an international sports federation and plays an important role for the world of football, especially in this era of globalization.

    The statute “seems” to have become part of international law that applies to the governments of each member country, the media, and other third parties. In carrying out this Lex Sportiva statute, FIFA does not see the country’s status as big or small.

    Even a big country like England has also been subject to threats of punishment from FIFA regarding violations committed by the British government. The following are examples of several countries that have received FIFA sanctions.

    1. Indonesian

    In 2015, FIFA suspended PSSI which resulted in the Indonesian national team being unable to play in international tournaments.

    Not only that, even the U-16 and U-19 national teams who had been training in preparation for the AFF Cup also failed to compete because of the sanctions. At that time, FIFA sanctions were the final aftermath of a major conflict between PSSI and Kemenpora.

    2. Brunei Darussalam

    In 2009, FIFA imposed sanctions on a neighboring country, Brunei Darussalam after government intervention.

    Yep, the government of Brunei Darussalam intervened unilaterally by dissolving BAFA (Brunei Darussalam Football Federation) and replacing it with a new association formed by the government itself. This sanction is in the form of banning the Brunei Darussalam football team from participating in the Singapore Super League event.

    3. Kuwait

    In October 2007, FIFA also imposed sanctions on the state of Kuwait due to government intervention during the election process for the chairman and board of directors. At that time, the Kuwait Football Federation (KFA) even held elections for a number of important positions in FIFA.

    Of course, FIFA and AFC rejected the election due to obvious interference from Kuwait’s sports governing body. Remember, that FIFA is INGO being an independent organization without government intervention. As a result, all members of the club get suspended from various international competitions.

  • Get to know Fauna Decorative Patterns, Techniques, and Examples

    Fauna Ornamental Patterns – As an archipelagic country, Indonesia has different decorative styles and the uniqueness of each region. This diversity is influenced by the natural environment, such as variations in plants (flora) and animals (fauna). So, this time we will find out what kind of ornamental fauna there are in Indonesia.

    Before that, do you know what decoration is? Generally, decoration is known as ornament. Ornament comes from the Greek word ” ornare ” which means decoration or decoration. This word was absorbed into English to become ” ornament “. Can Sinaumed’s explain the types of ornaments that generally exist in various countries?

    Decoration is a work of art that aims to add beauty to objects both for decoration and functional objects. As with other arts, decoration is a form of art that is inherent in the identity of the Indonesian nation. Therefore, you can find decorations or ornaments in traditional houses, living rooms, modern buildings, and textile products.

    Archipelago decorative motifs are usually accompanied by a load of traditional values ​​and characters from each region. Although each region has different motifs, there are similarities in the basic form of decorative motifs, arrangement patterns, coloring, and their symbolic value. Several types of motifs that are often used are decorative flora (plants), fauna (animals), figurative (humans), and geometric shapes.

    Usually, decoration is a repetitive pattern made in a work of art. Ornamental art is made with the aim of filling the surface void of a work. The existence of this art component also serves to beautify the work of art. The variety of decorations in a work can increase its selling value, as quoted from Cultural Arts for Class VII Middle Schools/MTs by Sri Sudaryati and Boiman.

     

    Definition of Decorative Variety of Fauna

    Fauna decoration is a decoration that uses the form of fauna (animals) as the object of the decorative motif. Most of the depiction of fauna in ornaments is the result of composition or stylization, rarely in the form of natural animals, but the results of these compositions are still easy to recognize the shape and type of animal composed, in visualization animal forms are sometimes only taken in certain parts (not completely) and combined with motifs other.

    In his visualization, animal forms are often only taken in certain parts (not completely), some are combined with other motifs. Generally, the types of animals that are used as objects of composition are birds, lions, snakes, monkeys, dragons and so on.

    The animal shown in the picture is a form of decoration in general which has undergone a change in shape or style. The various decorative motifs of fauna have undergone a lot of deformation but have not left their original shape. Usually the decorative fauna is combined with floral motifs in various forms.

    Decorative animal motifs like this are often found in batik works, carvings, embroidery, plaits, embroidery, weaving, and embroidered fabrics. Various decorative forms of fauna are often used as a means to introduce local wisdom from a certain area in Indonesia, such as birds of paradise in Papua, Komodo dragons in East Nusa Tenggara, and elephants in Lampung.

    Purpose of Decorative Variety of Fauna

    In fact, the purpose of making fauna ornaments is not much different from flora decorations. Together to fill in the blanks in the field of works of art and also make a work even more interesting. Of course, the purpose of this manufacture is for commercial purposes, increasing the selling price.

    However, behind the objectives mentioned earlier, there are several other purposes, namely because of the magical element. Some areas often privilege certain animals because they are considered to have magical elements. As a concrete manifestation of this privilege, they usually express it in the form of works of art. In addition, another purpose of making this decoration as a regional characteristic. For example, in Papua, it is famous for its bird of paradise, some of its works of art use this bird as an icon.

    Drawing Techniques for Decorative Flora

    Because each region has its own characteristics, to draw decorative fauna, the first step you should take is to determine which area you will make the target for drawing ornaments.

    Following are the steps and techniques for drawing decorative fauna that you can do according to the Class VII Middle School Cultural Arts Module compiled by Kirno Widarso (2020), namely:

    1. Prepare Tools and Materials in Advance

    Before starting, it would be nice if all the tools that will be used are available near you. This is intended to facilitate the processing process. The tools that can be used are paper, pencils, erasers, colored pencils and others. Selection of tools and materials of course need to be adjusted to the selection of media.

    2. Determining the Motive to be Created

    Before starting, we should already have an approach to what we want to make. Whether fish, elephants, lions or other animals. If you are still a beginner, you should choose an animal that is easy to make.

    3. Make a Motive Sketch

    After determining the motive, the next step is to start sketching. Sketching can be done by deformation, stylization or a combination of the two.

    4. Arranging Motifs According to the Specified Pattern

    Begin to arrange the motif according to the previously determined pattern. For example symmetrical patterns, irregular or other patterns. The use of patterns will facilitate the work being done.

    5. Coloring and Adding Fills

    The next step is to color the image that has been created. After that, we can beautify the image by adding a fill. Filling can be done in the form of thin lines or dots.

     

    Examples of Easy-to-Draw Fauna Ornamental Patterns

    The following are examples of decorative images that are often found and are easy to draw or make:

    1. Decorative Variety of Butterfly Fauna

    This form of butterfly image is generally shown with wings spread from above and is usually also found in the cement and fried corn motifs. The butterfly motif is the most common motif we encounter. Apart from being easy to make, this motif also gives a beautiful impression. Because, butterflies are always identified with beauty.

    2. Decorative Variety of Bird Fauna

    There are three kinds of bird ornaments that are often used in decoration. Examples are peacocks, phoenixes, the latter is a strange bird or an imaginary bird. Bird ornaments are also used as filler ornaments in addition to the main ornaments

    3. Decorative Variety of Dragon Fauna

    The dragon is an imaginary mythological creature in the form of a large snake and has extraordinary and powerful powers. Most of the dragon ornaments depicted are in the form of a giant head with a crown, sometimes with wings, and not infrequently also with wings and legs.

    4. Decorative Variety of Four-Legged Animals

    The four-legged animals here that are often used as images are oxen, deer, elephants, lions or tigers, which are depicted in a unique way, for example, elephants with wings or having a flowering tail.

     

     

    5. Garuda Ornamental Variety

    Apart from being a characteristic of Indonesia, the Garuda bird seems to have an important position in Javanese society. This is because of the story of a god who rides an eagle. For this reason, the Garuda bird is identified as a symbol of virility because it is ridden by a sun god. The reason for this motif being used is that it contains history, it turns out because the way it is made is easy and does not have many variations. This motif only consists of the tail, wings and body of the eagle.

    6. Ornamental Dragon Asoq

    As previously explained, each region has its own animal icon. One of them is the asoq dragon which is the motif of the Dayak Bahau tribe of Kalimantan. This type of motif is a combination of dragon and dog shapes. On the head, it looks more like a dragon while the band looks like a dog.

    In general, this motif is displayed on the doors of their homes. Because, the Asoq dragon is believed to be able to ward off misfortune such as crime and other bad things. Meanwhile, the decoration is believed to be a savior and guide to the natural path after death.

    The dragon asoq motif in the artwork looks like it is swimming. This is a form of respect for the Dayak Bahau tribe towards the river. The river that has given life to the Dayak Bahau tribe.

    7. Coral Ornamental Variety

    Coralliness is one of the results of a variety of decorations that mimic the shape of animals. The basic form is in the form of imaginary fauna, even tends to be abstract. Examples of coral fauna are goak coral, sae coral, and asti coral.

    Coral is the result of an imitation of a crow’s head. Meanwhile, coral asti is an imitation of an elephant. In general, the shape of the essay mimics one type of fauna from the head, but fauna corals are also usually combined with flora corals.

    8. Dragonfly Ornamental Variety

    In addition to the use of butterfly motifs, there are also those who use dragonfly motifs. However, this motif is often juxtaposed with plant motifs. This aims to further beautify the work of art.

    9. Ornamental Fish Variety

    We also often encounter fish motifs in various works of art, especially in batik cloth. Several times, we must have seen batik motifs on school uniforms, if we don’t use plants, we will definitely use fish. Apart from having a simple motif, this type of motif also gives the impression of peace because fish is synonymous with water.

    One of the fish motifs that is often used is “three fish with one head” or trimina. This motif is a decoration in the form of a picture of three fish intersecting on the head, so that it appears to have a single head.

    This decoration can be found in many places in the world, such as Egypt, France to Japan. In Indonesia, the application of this decoration is mostly found in Javanese coastal texts and is closely related to the Syattariyah Order. Some sources consider the three fish with one head a variation of the trikueta and represents the holy trinity.

    The three fish one head symbol is a symbol that is quite common in various parts of the world. This ancient decoration is said to be seen on the walls of a temple in Bodh Gaya, India where it is believed the Buddha received enlightenment. This motif also appears on gilded coffins from the Huan Dynasty in China. In addition, this symbol is also mentioned as appearing on ancient Egyptian pottery.

    The earliest traceable examples of the use of the three fish and one head symbol on the island of Java are two manuscripts in the collection of Colonel Colin Mackenzie who worked during the British colonial period in Java from 1811 to 1813. Both of these manuscripts contain the Syattariyah genealogy, one of which dates back to 1790, comes from the Mataraman area in Batavia, today’s Jakarta.

    In Indonesia, the decoration of three fish with one head can be found in ancient texts, but can also be found in batik. One of the batiks that has this decoration in its design is the Ceplok Kasatriyan batik. The decoration of three single-headed fish is stylized and placed in a flower-shaped field. The appearance of this symbol indicates the influence of Islamic Sufism in batik making.

    10. Lizard Ornamental Variety

    We will find this type of motif in one of the regions in Indonesia, namely East Nusa Tenggara and West Nusa Tenggara. Lizards are one of the endemic animals on the island. Therefore, there are many works of art that use lizards as a motif for making art.

    Other decorative motifs that are often found in this area are the Rukun Kupang, Teguh Bersatu, A Pair of Horses, Kupang Horses, and so on. These batik motifs are generally developed from geometric motifs from Kupang woven fabrics. The Rukun Kupang motif depicts togetherness and mutual cooperation that unites the upper and lower classes of society who respect each other, get along well, work together, are interrelated, support each other, help each other, and contribute to each other in a social system.

    The Teguh Bersatu motif symbolizes the strength of the community because of a sense of unity in customs and culture, but remains open to good newness and respect and tolerance for different customs and cultures. The pair of horses motif depicts mutual love to work together with all their might to build a happy household, in a harmonious and united society, mutual compassion and care between husband and wife, because a harmonious household is the initial foundation of solidarity and unity of the community.

    The Kupang Horse motif symbolizes the togetherness of the Kupang people in the nuances of harmony and kinship to preserve a proud culture by utilizing it for the prosperity of society and the glory of the region, nation and state.

    Thus, some explanations about the decorative fauna. Hopefully it can add insight to all readers. Don’t forget to share with other friends to make it even more useful.

    In essence, fauna ornaments are decorations whose objects use animals. There are many examples of this type of decoration such as elephants, fish, butterflies and so on. For the drawing technique, we need to pay attention to some provisions. One of them is the application of sketches.

    Decorative fauna is a decorative variety that is closely related to life. This is because we often encounter objects that are used in everyday life. Making this type of decoration can provide several advantages such as bringing in money.

    In addition, usually the animal that is drawn is one of the animals that is used as an icon in that area so that each region has its own characteristics of various decorative fauna objects. An example is the islands of East Nusa Tenggara and West Nusa Tenggara which are synonymous with Komodo dragons or the Papua region which is synonymous with birds of paradise. Interested, to start wrestle it? Therefore, start drawing animals that are around us.

  • Get to know examples of organic hard waste and how to process them

    Examples of Organic Waste – Sinaumed’s, organic waste or trash are things that many people often miss and don’t pay attention to. Even though organic waste is waste that comes from households which of course produces a lot of dangerous organic waste if it is not treated properly.

    Usually, this organic waste comes from vegetables, leftover fruit, and leftover food from households. All this wet waste usually has quite a lot of water content.

    However, does Sinaumed’s already know what organic solid waste is? In this article, we will discuss more fully about organic solid waste.

    Definition of Organic Waste

    Organic waste is residual material or waste that can and can be recycled and comes from living things, such as food waste, living things’ waste or even plant waste. Organic waste is residual material obtained from production or activities, both household and industrial. This organic waste is also waste that is easily decomposed through several natural processes.

    This is because the organic waste in it has chemical substances that can be said to be stable, so that organic waste is more easily buried and settles in the soil, rivers or sea.

    However, this organic waste will cause an unpleasant odor and can even cause disease if not managed properly. Therefore, so that organic waste does not accumulate, organic waste is usually used as compost.

    Characteristics of Organic Waste

    If you are still confused about how to distinguish organic waste or not, then you can remember that organic waste has the following general characteristics:

    1. Has a High Water Content

    Organic waste has a high or a lot of water content. During the decomposition process, the water content in the waste will evaporate until it finally dries.

    2. Derived from Natural Materials

    Organic waste comes from the remains of natural materials or is processed by humans, organic waste does not go through a long decomposition process and contains many chemical substances.

    3. Easier to Decompose

    Waste tends to decompose easily, without the need to go through various processing processes. This can be proven when you have found trash or waste that is almost destroyed, even if it is only left for a while without undergoing processing.

    4. Microbes Can Destroy Waste

    Microbes or decomposing germs that are in the soil or the soil base, are able to destroy waste or garbage. In other words, if you bury or bury organic waste in the soil in the right way, such as in or at the bottom of the soil, there will be no pollution.

    Benefits of Organic Waste

    Maybe you think that organic waste has no benefit, because it easily decomposes and just disappears. However, there are benefits that you can find in organic waste, even some of which you can make as a source of income. Here are the benefits of organic waste.

    1. Organic Waste can be Processed into Compost

    Does Sinaumed’s have a gardening hobby? if Sinaumed’s has a hobby of gardening maybe occasionally he can try turning waste at home such as leftover vegetables, leftover fruits into compost. Compost is believed to increase plant fertility.

    Making it is also included in the easy category, Sinaumed’s only needs to prepare a container that has been given enough soil, then flush it with water and pile it with organic waste that has been separated.

    Then add water that has been mixed with EM4 (liquid fertilizer). Then add more soil which functions as a cover for the waste. Then let it sit and cover the container for up to 3 weeks. So, the compost is finished and ready to be used on your plants.

    2. Organic Waste as Livestock Feed

    Organic waste can also be used for animal feed. You can directly use leftover food waste for livestock such as goats, buffalo or cows.

    In addition to animal feed such as goats, buffalo or cows, organic waste can also be used as pellets for chicken and fish food. The nutrients possessed by organic waste can help the process of growing animals to be healthier.

    3. Organic waste becomes a source of electricity and biogas

    Apart from being used as animal feed and compost, organic waste can also be used as a source of electricity and biogas. Examples of waste that can be used as a source of electricity and biogas are animal manure, tofu and tempeh.

    The trick is to first prepare media or a closed container that is used as a gas reservoir that has been added to water. Then stir the two mixtures so that the manufacturing or processing process can go well.

    4. Organic waste can be handicrafts

    Maybe Sinaumed’s thinks that only inorganic waste can be used as handicrafts. However, it turns out that organic waste can also be used as handicrafts, Sinaumed’s.

    Waste such as water hyacinth that is dried and burned can be turned into a beautiful bag. In addition, there are coconut shells that can be processed into cutlery such as bowls, cups and drink jugs.

    What is Organic Solid Waste?

    Hard waste is waste that is hard or solid which is easy to change. So, it can be said that organic hard waste is a type of waste that is difficult for microorganisms to decompose. Organic hard waste itself is hard waste originating from biological organisms.

    Types and Characteristics of Organic Hard Waste

    When viewed from its characteristics, this organic solid waste has the following characteristics:

    • Solid and hard
    • Hard to change shape
    • Generally not harmful to health or the environment
    • Derived from plants or animals
    • Hard to change shape

    Organic hard waste can be broken down by microorganisms quickly but depends on the size and hardness of the waste itself.

    • Food waste can decompose within 2 weeks
    • Paper decomposes within 10-30 days
    • Cotton fabrics can decompose within 5 months
    • Wood can decompose within 10-15 years
    • Wool material can decompose within 1 year

    Example of Organic Solid Waste

    When viewed from the texture and water content, organic hard waste has less water content than organic wet waste. This is because the water content is less, resulting in hard organic waste that takes a long time to be processed and destroyed or decomposed. The following are examples of organic hard waste that are around you and that you are rarely aware of:

    1. Coconut Shell

    Coconut shell has less water content and a firm texture. When you go to the beach, you will surely see lots of coconut shells that are dry but still hard and not completely crushed.

    2. Eggshell

    Have you ever realized that eggshells are actually Sinaumed’s organic hard waste? Maybe we rarely realize it because egg shells come from household waste. Tough egg shells can mean that the recycling process takes longer, so care needs to be taken and handled with care.

    3. Logs

    The logs from felled trees also turn out to be one of the hard organic wastes. Logs are not easily crushed, especially logs that have a large size. Therefore, it takes a long time to decompose even though you have buried it in the ground. However, you can speed up the decomposition process by cutting it first into smaller pieces.

    4. Sea Shells

    Various types of shellfish with various forms also live in the rich waters of Indonesia. Clams or whose Latin is mollusca , are aquatic animals that have shells. Of course, the hard shell is not consumed by humans.

    Therefore, the shell will be thrown away and become waste if left alone. Clam shells come from living things, clam shells also contain a little water so they have a hard texture and take time to decompose properly

    5. Hard Fish Scales

    Even though fish scales come from living things, fish scales also contain a little water, Sinaumed’s. As we know that fish scales have a hard texture and are also difficult to decompose properly.

    6. Fish Bones

    As with fish scales, fish bones also contain little water, so fish bones will also be difficult to decompose. Fish bones themselves have a hard texture, Sinaumed’s.

    7. Four-legged Animal Bones

    Does Sinaumed’s know fossils? Animal bones have to go through a long time to decompose properly. The animal’s soul is buried so the last thing that remains is the bones. Therefore, many ancient animal fossils (especially quadrupeds) have been found because, even after hundreds of years, the bones have not decomposed properly.

    8. Rice Husk

    Rice husk comes from milled rice, husk is dry, scaly and inedible sheets. This rice husk serves to protect the inside of the morning. Rice husk is not the same as rice which, if cooked, will turn into rice, rice husk has less water content, so it will take longer to decompose.

    9. Corncob

    Corncob has a large size, of course. Corn cob that is left for a long time will become dry but cannot decompose quickly because of the small water content and large size.

    10. Paper

    Paper is included in the category of organic hard waste, why is that? Because paper itself uses wood as a manufacturing material. Paper decomposes well if treated well too. However, in some cases, paper cannot be processed and decomposed properly because chemicals are used in the manufacturing process.

    11. Animal Fang

    As with animal bones, animal fangs or teeth are also very difficult to decompose because they have a dense and hard nature, this makes animal fangs take time so they can decompose properly.

    Example of Organic Hard Waste Material Craft

    As explained above, organic hard waste is not as easy to decompose as wet waste. Therefore, proper processing or recycling is needed, so that hard organic waste can be put to good use. Here are some examples of crafts from organic hard waste that you can make.

    1. Necklace of Leather and grain
    2. A display of an arrangement of shells
    3. Tissue holder decorated with shells or pieces of wood
    4. Key chains made of shells or pieces of coconut shell
    5. Lampshade from shells or coconut shells
    6. Earrings from fish scales
    7. Necklace from fish scales
    8. Miniature of fish bones
    9. Bracelet from fish bones
    10. Sambal container or glass from coconut shell
    11. Coconut shell belt
    12. Coconut shell sandals
    13. Bowls, glasses and teapots from coconut shells
    14. Tissue holder decorated with egg shells
    15. Egg shell bedroom lamp
    16. Bag of water hyacinth that has been burned and dried
    17. Straws from recycled paper

    Processing of Hard Waste Materials

    In general, the waste treatment process is usually the same. Waste can be processed through manual processes or using machines. However, the simple treatment process used for hard material waste generally has 6 process stages as follows:

    1. Sorting of Waste Materials

    In this stage, a selection of hard waste materials will be carried out before finally entering the production process. This needs to be done to ensure the material is suitable for the craft to be used.

    2. Waste Cleanup

    Usually, hard waste is dirty or unsanitary and has the potential to contain hazardous substances. Therefore, it is necessary to wash using detergent until it is clean so that food residue or other harmful substances can be dissolved and the dry waste becomes clean.

    3. Drying

    Washing will of course involve water, so drying is needed because it is still related to hygiene and work safety because usually if the main ingredient gets wet it has the potential not to last and will cause bacteria. Drying can be done in various forms such as using direct sunlight or using a dry cloth and dryer.

    4. Coloring

    After drying and cleaning, the waste can then be included in the coloring process. Hard waste is usually colored by spraying or using a brush. The type of paint used must also be adapted to hard waste materials so that they can adhere properly to hard waste materials.

    5. Drying after dyeing

    After entering the coloring process, the colored waste must be dried again in the sun or aired or put in a dryer.

    6. Refining Materials

    Hard waste material that has finished the production process then enters the final stage, namely finishing so that it is easier to process into works. This finishing stage can be in various forms such as gluing, sanding, grinding, cutting until finally it reaches the desired shape and work.

    Well, Sinaumed’s is an explanation of examples of organic hard waste and how to process it so it doesn’t pollute the environment too much. We must be diligent in selecting and sorting waste so that it can be processed properly. That way, an environment will be cleaner and healthier.

    Hopefully all the discussion above is useful as well as adds insight to Sinaumed’s. So, have you treated organic solid waste?

    If Sinaumed’s wants to read about books about waste or other books, then Sinaumed’s can read and buy his books at sinaumedia.com. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

    Author: Christin Devina

  • Get To Know Echoes And Other Kinds Of Reflective Sounds

    Recognizing Echoes – In today’s daily life, does Sinaumed’s realize that all the sounds that Sinaumed’s often listens to actually reflect?

    Yup, like a ball that is reflected on the ground, the sound produced by humans, animals, or inanimate objects can also reflect, it’s just that the appearance of the reflected sound has no form because sound also has no form. Sinaumed’s needs to know that sound is also a form of energy.

    Then, what are the kinds of reflected sounds? Come on, let’s look at the following review so that Sinaumed’s can understand the reflected sound well!

    What Is Meant By Sound?

    Before discussing the types of reflected sounds, Sinaumed’s must first understand what sound is. Sound actually has the same meaning as sound. This sound or sound can be produced by anything including humans, animals, and even objects that are around Sinaumed’s .

    Adapted from the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) sound has the meaning that something is heard or heard by the human ear. If made as an illustration, the sound has a wave shape. Well, as previously explained that sound is also a form of energy. Sound energy usually comes from a vibrating object and the vibrations that propagate are commonly referred to as waves.

    Sound is a longitudinal wave that propagates in a density and stretching manner formed by intermediary particles (air molecules) and also generated from sound sources that experience vibrations. The sound that propagates will eventually reach the ears and eventually be heard and understood by the brain.

    In general, sound can be measured in Hertz (Hz) and loudness can be measured in decibels.

    What Is Sound Energy?

    Sound energy is all abilities that occur as a result of the influence of sound. Even when Sinaumed’s speaks or walks, it will make a sound. Well, all of these sounds are of course produced by a sound source.

    Sound Source

    Sound sources are all objects that can produce a sound and have various types because not all sounds can be produced from just one source. An example is a guitar instrument, the source of the sound is in the form of strings. In addition, the way the sound source works in order to produce a sound also varies.

    Discussion about the source of the sound will not be separated from the presence of resonance. Resonance is the vibration of an object caused by another object, so that the sound produced becomes stronger and louder. The existence of this resonance is generally used in musical activities, using a tool called a resonator.

    It should be noted that the sound will sound loud or loud if Sinaumed’s’ ear is near the sound source. Well, the resulting sound will be strong, weak, shrill, and also low-pitched.

    Based on the strength and weakness of the sound (frequency), the sound can be divided into 3 types, namely:

    1. Infrasound

    Infrasound is a very weak sound that has a number of sound vibrations of less than 20 Hz per second. The human ear is generally unable to hear the sound, only certain animals can hear it, such as dogs, cats, crickets, and so on.

    2. Audiosonics

    Audiosonics is a type of sound that has vibrations ranging from 20-20,000 Hz per second. With this number of vibration sizes, of course the human ear is able to catch and hear it.

     

     

    3. Ultrasonic

    Ultrasonic is a type of sound that has a very strong frequency, even at a level above audiosonic. The number of sound vibrations is more than 20,000 Hz per second. However, even though it has strong sound vibrations, the human ear is unable to perceive and hear it. Only certain animals can hear it, such as dolphins and bats.

    Kinds of Reflective Sounds

    It should be noted that the reflected sound is the sound that occurs due to a sound wave hitting a reflective surface and then the sound wave is reflected back by the reflecting surface. There are several types of reflected sounds, namely echoes and echoes.

    1. Echoes

    An echo sound is a type of reflected sound that sounds less clear, not even as clear as the original sound. This echo sound can occur because the original sound has been mixed with the reflected sound.

    Reverberation usually occurs at a distance between the reflecting walls of about 10 to 20 meters, and occurs inside buildings, such as conference halls, cinema halls, and concert halls.

    For example, Sinaumed’s is watching a concert of his favorite artist, then the vocalist calls out the word “Search”, later as a result of the echo sound, Sinaumed’s will listen to the word “search” with a pause. Here’s an illustration:

    Original sound: ca – ri

    Reflected sound: ca — ri

    Sounds heard : look for ———— ri

    2. Echo Sound

    Echo sound is a type of reflected sound that appears after the original sound. This means that the sound of the reflected sound will only be heard with a pause that is not too long after the original sound has been created. Echoes can occur because the sound source and the reflecting wall are far enough away.

    Unlike the sound of echoes, this echo sound often occurs in caves, cliffs, hillsides, and also in football stadiums. The similarity of these places is that the distance between the reflecting walls is more than 20 meters. For example, when Sinaumed’s is in a cave, when Sinaumed’s shouts the word “Hello”, then the reflected sound of the word “Halo” will come out after the original sound disappears.

     

     

    3. Amplify Original Sound

    The next type of reflected sound is that which strengthens the original sound. In contrast to the types of reflected sound that have been described previously, in this type the reflected sound will actually amplify the original sound, because the distance between the sound source and the reflecting wall is very close, so the time needed for sound to reflect back is also relatively short. .

    Therefore, this type of reflected sound will be heard and considered at the same time as the original sound, even the original sound can sound louder. Usually this happens when Sinaumed’s is singing in the bathroom.

    Whether the sound is strong or not depends on several factors, namely:

    • Resonance
    • Amplitude (maximum deviation of a wave that will affect the sound strength) of the sound source
    • The distance between the sound source and the listener
    • The distance between the listener and the reflecting wall
    • Benefits of Reflected Sound
    • Can be used to measure the depth of the sea, especially in ultrasonic sound.
    • To detect the fetus in the womb, usually using infrasound.
    • To detect damage to a metal.
    • There are speakers on the radio, television, to cell phones. Usually using audiosonic sound.
    • For the search for ships or metal treasures on the seabed.

    What are the Properties of Sound Energy?

    Sound energy has special properties, namely it can move to another place, by propagating through certain media. Not only that, sound can also be reflected and absorbed.

    1. Sound Can Travel Through Solids, Liquids, and Gases

    Many people think that sound can only travel through solids, when in fact, sound can also travel through liquids and gases, you know…

    The vibrations produced by sound will later propagate in the form of waves, therefore they are called sound waves. Well, sound waves can travel through solids, liquids, and gases. Even the fastest propagation is when through the air. An example is when ringing a bell.

    Through solid objects, for example when playing telephone using strings and cans. Sound waves will propagate through the strings to Sinaumed’s’ ears .

    Through liquid objects such as when two stones are dropped into water

    Through gaseous substances, for example when birds sing and the sound vibrations enter Sinaumed’s’ ears . Then, there is also the sound of thunder during the rainy season.

    You also need to know, Sinaumed’s , that sound cannot travel in a vacuum. A vacuum is a room that has no air in it.

    2. Sound Can Be Absorbed and Reflected (Reflection)

    When a sound wave propagates in a solid object and hits the surface of the object, the sound will be absorbed or even reflected. For example, sound hitting the surface of a cave will reflect off to form an echo.

    The types of reflected sounds have been discussed in the previous point, namely there are echoes, echoes, and sounds that are heard after the original sound. Even though the sound is reflected and causes the original sound to not be heard clearly, there are many benefits, you know, from the existence of this reflected sound, one of which is to detect a potential fetus in a mother’s womb.

    3. Sounds Can Experience Refraction (Refraction)

    Not only light can experience refraction, but also sound. This is because light and sound both have waves, where the main characteristic of the wave is to experience refraction.

    An example of a sound refraction event is when the sound of thunder can be heard at night which is louder than during the day.

    This can happen because during the day, the upper layer of air tends to be colder than the lower layer. Therefore, the speed of sound is slower in colder temperatures than in hotter temperatures, so the speed of sound in the upper layers of air is lower than in the lower layers.

    4. Sound Can Experiencing Flexion (Diffraction)

    Sound waves are very easy to experience bending or diffraction because sound waves in the air have wavelengths in the range of centimeters to several meters.

    An example of this sound diffraction is when Sinaumed’s can already hear the sound of a vehicle’s engine at a corner, even though Sinaumed’s has not seen the vehicle because it is blocked by the buildings around the corner.

    5. Sounds Experiencing Mixture (Interference)

    It turns out that sound waves can experience symptoms of combination or interference. Well, this interference is divided into two types, namely constructive interference (sound amplification) and destructive interference (sound attenuation).

    An example of sound wave interference is when Sinaumed’s is between two loudspeakers with the same frequency and amplitude, then later Sinaumed’s will hear alternating loud and weak sounds.

    Sound Requirements

    Even though anyone and anything can produce sound, in order for it to be heard by human ears and animal ears, it also requires several conditions, namely there must be a medium, a source of sound, and a listener.

    1. There is Medium

    Previously, it was explained that sound can travel through solid, liquid, and gas objects. Well, these objects can become a medium for sound propagation to occur. Therefore there is a statement that sound cannot be produced in a vacuum.

    The existence of the medium also influences the speed of sound. An example is the sound of thunder. The sound of thunder can be caught by human and animal ears because it propagates through the air. If air has a temperature of around 20०C then the speed of sound is 343 m per second.

    Another thing if the medium is a liquid, then the speed of sound is around 1,500 m per second. The speed of sound is usually used to search for treasure or ships on the seabed.

    Then in the medium in the form of solid objects, especially steel, the speed of propagation is around 6,000 m per second. This experiment on the speed of propagation of sound in a solid medium can be done simply by tapping the table with a pencil.

    2. There is a Sound Source

    The source of the sound is the vibration of the object that produces the sound. If Sinaumed’s’ ear is closer to the sound source, the sound will be clearer and louder. An example of a sound source is the sound of a guitar coming from plucked strings, the sound of a drum coming from animal skins being beaten, and so on.

    3. There is a Listener

    So, those who can hear various sounds around Sinaumed’s are humans and animals. How can sound be heard? Namely by relying on the sense of hearing in the form of ears.

    Sound Characteristics

    • Tone is a sound that has a regular frequency
    • Wheezing is a sound that has an irregular frequency
    • Timbre is the color of sound, which is in the form of the overall auditory impression obtained by Sinaumed’s’ ear from the sound source.
    • A boom is a sound that has a large amplitude and is heard suddenly.

    Benefits of Sound for Human Life

    The presence of sound is of course very beneficial for human life in various fields, even including in the health sector though. So, here are the benefits of sound:

    • Detects the presence of tumors in the human body.
    • Destroys kidney stones in the human body.
    • Ultrasound (Ultrasonography), which is a method for detecting a fetus in a mother’s womb. In this case, it will usually use ultrasonic waves.
    • To measure the depth of the sea, detect the presence of mines, search for sunken ships, and locate fish groups using SONAR (Sound Navigating Ranging) tools.
    • To detect the oil and mineral content in the earth, especially using ultrasonic waves.
    • To measure the length of cave passages and investigate metal damage, using sound reflection.
    • Tones sung by humans can be used to study the expression of human thoughts, motivations and emotions.

    Well, that’s an explanation of the types of reflected sounds and the benefits of sound for everyday human life. Even though sound is closely related to Sinaumed’s’ life , without realizing it, it turns out that the existence of sound is very useful, isn’t it?

  • Get to know Business Goals, Benefits and Types of Business

    Understanding the Definition of Business and Its Purpose that We Must Know – To fulfill
    their needs, humans must work to earn income so that they can meet their needs for clothing, food and
    shelter.
    Many efforts are made by humans to get income that can meet their needs, such as being
    an employee as an office worker, or starting their own business by becoming an entrepreneur.
    Starting a business for someone does not always run smoothly, sometimes there are many obstacles
    that hit businessmen, whether the capital is not returning, the business is lacking interest, or marketing
    methods are not quite right so that the business becomes quiet and results in bankruptcy.

    However, however, of the many types of business carried out by humans, almost always have the same main
    goal.
    What is the main goal? For this reason, for those of you who want to know
    what the main purpose of a business is, in this discussion we will try to discuss business and its
    goals.

    We will present this discussion below!

    Definition of Business

    The word “business” comes from English, namely business, while the word business comes from the development
    of the word busy which means busy.
    “Busy” in this case means it can happen to individuals,
    communities or society.
    Interpreted in a simple context, entrepreneurship can be interpreted as
    an attempt to carry out an activity or work that can benefit someone.

    A business, when defined in the context of an economic entity, can be defined as a business or organization
    engaged in professional, industrial or commercial activities.
    The aim of all these activities
    is to make a profit.

    Business is a commercial enterprise in the business world. In economics, a business is an
    organization that sells goods or services to consumers or other businesses for a profit.
    Referring to the introduction of modern entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship is an activity in the
    economic field.
    Business in a broad sense is a general term that describes an activity and
    institution that produces goods and services in everyday life.

    Trade or commerce is an activity in which goods or services are bought and sold for profit. In
    economics, a business is an organization that sells goods or services to consumers or other businesses for a
    profit.
    Historically, the word business comes from the English word business, from the root
    word busy which means “busy” in relation to individuals, communities or society.
    In a sense,
    preoccupied with activities and work that brings profit.

    In a capitalist economy, where most businesses are privately owned, businesses are established to generate
    profits and increase the wealth of their owners.
    Business owners and operators are rewarded
    based on the time, effort or capital they expend.
    But not all businesses seek such profits,
    such as cooperatives trying to improve the welfare of all their members, or government agencies trying to
    improve people’s welfare.
    This business model is different from the socialist system, where
    large companies are mostly owned by the state, society or trade unions.

    Etymologically, business refers to a situation where a person or a group of people do hard work that
    generates profits.
    The word “business” itself has three uses, depending on the scope – the
    singular use of the word business can refer to an economic entity, namely a legal (judicial), technical and
    economic entity, whose purpose is profit or benefit.
    Broader usage may refer to a specific
    market sector, such as the “television business”.
    The widest possible use refers to the
    activities of the entire community that provide goods and services.
    However, the precise
    definition of “business” remains a matter of debate to this day.

    Types of Business

    There are many types of businesses, and as a result, they can be grouped differently. One of
    the many methods that can be used is to group businesses according to their profit-making activities.
    Examples of types of business as follows:

    1. Manufacturing

    A manufacturing business is a business that produces products from raw materials or components which are
    then sold for a profit.
    An example of a manufacturing company is a company that makes physical
    goods, such as cars or pipes.

    2. Financial companies

    This one business is a business that benefits from investment and capital management.

    3. Information business

    This type of business is a profitable business primarily from the resale of intellectual property rights.

    4. Utilities

    These businesses are companies that provide public services, such as electricity and water, and are usually
    funded by the government.

    5. Real estate business

    It is a business that makes a profit by selling, renting and developing real estate, houses and buildings.

    6. Freight companies

    A freight company is a company that makes a profit by transporting goods or people from one place to another.

    7. E-commerce

    E-commerce is business conducted online via the internet. Any commodity can be traded in
    online business or business in general.
    There are many tools that can be used to do business
    online, one of which is a website, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Path, blogs and others.

    8. Agriculture

    Agriculture is the most common industry in Indonesia. This business includes businesses such
    as agriculture, plantations, fisheries and animal husbandry.

    9. Industrial Companies

    Industrial companies are activities that produce goods from raw materials by processing semi-finished goods
    and then processing them into finished goods.
    Business activities in this area are value added
    activities.

    For example, companies in the domestic sector, small, medium and large business sectors.

    10. Trade

    Trade is the main branch of the economy, in which the sale of goods is carried out for profit.
    Money is a measure of buying and selling transactions. For example, grocery stores,
    kiosks, traders.

    11. Service Sector

    Service Business is a company engaged in the service sector. This company provides services
    that others need.
    Examples include schools, hospitals, transportation and education.

    12. Mining

    Mining is a very profitable business because it can have a significant impact on government revenues.
    For example, trade in coal, gold, oil, sand, stones for some quarrying.

    13. Tourism Business

    The tourism industry is a business that utilizes nature, social order, customs and art as a tourist attraction.

    Types of business are
    also divided into four based on their use, namely:

    • Form utility

    Use of form is the activity of a commercial company that transforms and processes an object in a different
    form from the original to make it more useful.
    to consumers. For example,
    furniture companies, restaurants, bakeries, clothing, etc.
    Location advantage

    • Location advantage (place utility)

    Location advantage is the act of a trader moving an item from one location/place to another
    location/location with the aim of making the item more useful.
    For example, a transportation
    company.

    • Time utility (Time utility)

    Is the act of a trader storing products so that when a given product is not useful for consumers, the
    product is stored and released again when it is useful for consumers.
    For example warehouses at
    ports, Bulog and others.
    Own profit

    • Proprietary utility (use of
      ownership/property)

    The use of property is the activity of an entrepreneur who creates or produces and realizes his own product
    or service.
    For example businesses, shops, etc.

    Business Purpose

    The main goal of business is basically to make a profit. But actually, business goals are not
    only that, there are other goals as well.
    Therefore, to make it easier to understand the
    company’s goals, the business goals are divided into two parts, viz.
    general business goals and
    merchant business goals.

    Here are some business goals:

    1. Benefits

    As many people know, the main purpose of starting a business is to get benefits. Almost all
    companies and operators try to make a profit from the business they build.
    Therefore,
    entrepreneurs must be smart to find ways to develop the business they are developing properly and make a
    profit.

    2. Company Progress and Development

    Every company founded by individuals or groups really wants their business to progress and develop further.
    The more developed and developed the company, the higher the profit and the more jobs.

    3. Achieve Achievements

    Who does not want to achieve achievements, every company that is established must have a goal to achieve
    achievements.
    This is because the achievement is a kind of acknowledgment that society trusts
    the company and that its goods and services are better than those of its competitors.

    4. Pay attention to the needs of the community

    The company was built not only for profit, but also to meet the needs of society. It is
    difficult to meet the needs of society if there is no one who produces the goods and services needed by
    society.
    That’s why communities and businesses are connected. Businesses benefit
    from the goods and services they sell, while society can meet their needs.

    5. Improving community economic growth

    Community economic growth must be increased so that people are more prosperous. In addition,
    the state also needs economic growth to advance the life of society and the state.
    Economic
    growth can be achieved by starting a business venture.
    In short, if we build a business, the
    goal of that business must be to increase economic growth, be it the economy of the community or the
    country.

    6. Creating jobs

    The more jobs there are, the closer people’s lives are to prosperity. Employment opportunities
    can be increased by building and developing businesses.
    The purpose of this business can be
    said to be very good because it can provide income or income to other people so that someone can live a
    better life.

    7. Indicate the existence of the company

    The existence of the company is the goal of the company. Without a business, public and
    consumer trust will weaken, making it difficult for businesses to develop.

    Business Goals from the Businessman’s Side

    • To meet the needs of life

    Entrepreneurs must have the goal of earning income from the business they have started.
    Therefore, entrepreneurs are looking for various ways to gain profits from sales so that their
    living needs can be met properly.

    • Successful family life

    Entrepreneurs with families depend on their business for income or income. With this income,
    entrepreneurs can provide welfare for their families.

    • Continuing the family business

    For some Indonesian businessmen, this is the result of previous generations, so many entrepreneurs want to
    continue their long-running family businesses.
    Continuing the family business, companies that
    have existed for a long time will not disappear anywhere.

    • Create innovation and add experience

    The following traders aim to develop innovation and gain experience in the business world.
    Innovation is needed in business to compete with other companies. In addition, the
    emergence of innovation shows quite a lot of ideas from those who are in business.

    • Want to start own business

    Entrepreneurs who build their own business should be proud because they can build their own business.
    In addition, individually structured companies are free to set policies.

    Business Benefits

    The benefits of a business founded by an individual or business unit definitely have several advantages, namely:

    • Become a leader and boss

    By creating and developing, we can become leaders or bosses. Especially if the company to be
    established is self-owned, not group-owned.
    As leaders and bosses, we can engage in politics as
    we wish.
    However, it would be even better if the instructions were made with a joint decision
    of the company’s employees, in this case communication between employees and managers could develop
    properly.

    Some people dream of being manager and boss since childhood, so they try their best, but others become
    manager and boss because of the company’s excellent performance.
    Where the desire to be a
    manager and boss is important, having the ability to grow a business is also important.

    • Can manage your time well

    The next obvious benefit of running a business is the ability to manage it well. This means
    that we can determine when to work and when to rest.
    However, such problems are more common in
    companies built by individuals than by groups.

    If the company is structured in groups, it is better to agree on time with the group members.
    This must be done to prevent misunderstandings between team members, so that innovative businesses
    can develop and last longer.
    A thriving business indicates that an ongoing business is
    generating sufficient profits.

    • Increase self-confidence

    Increasing self-confidence is very important in one’s life. Basically, there are many ways to
    increase your self-confidence, one of which is to build a business.
    It turns out that trading
    can increase self-confidence, because we believe that products in the form of goods and services can be sold
    in the market.
    The more confident, the more ideas for business development.
    Therefore, business profits must be maximized as best as possible.

    • Receive rewards

    Those who make business either as a group or individually, you can receive benefits in the form of gifts.
    Awards can be for companies or individuals. The more awards a person receives, the
    greater the consumer’s trust in the company or individual.

    Consumer trust is very important for the sustainability of the company. In other words,
    consumer trust is the key to business success.

    • Encouraging Entrepreneurship

    The following business benefits are the birth of an entrepreneurial spirit. Entrepreneurship
    is very much needed when building and developing a business.
    Without an entrepreneurial spirit,
    it is very difficult to develop a company.
    Currently, businesses must be built because we can
    create jobs.

    • Gain experience and understanding

    The final benefit of starting a business is gaining experience and understanding. The more
    experiences we have in life, the more solutions we can find to solve problems.
    Likewise when
    building a business, business problems can be solved more easily if we already have a lot of business
    experience.

    Conclusion

    That’s all for a brief discussion of the definition of business and its goals that we should know.
    Not only discussing the definition of business, but also discussing how to do business, types of
    business, what are the business functions, as well as the goals and benefits of business.
    Understanding the concept of business and its goals gives us knowledge about business that we did
    not know before and encourages us to know the various types of business we can do as well as to know the
    advantages and risks of a business itself.

    This is a review of the definition of business and its goals. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn everything
    about the definition of business and its goals in science, its various types, characteristics, and other
    economics-related knowledge, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.
    As
    #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest
    information for you.

    Author: Pandu Akram

    Related article:

    Understanding the Definition of the Digital Economy, Benefits, and Business Opportunities

    Cash Equivalent Assets: Definition, Types, Purpose, and Their Functions in the Business World

    Understanding Property: Benefits and Benefits of the Property Business

    Business Management: Understanding. Functions, Planning, Elements and Components

    Definition of Agency: Types and Advantages of Running Agency Business

  • Get to know Bonang Musical Instruments: Types, Functions and How to Use

    Bonang musical instrument – ​​Indonesia has many cultures stretching from Sabang to Merauke. With these different cultures, it becomes the identity of a tribe that makes it unique and different from the others. We can find that diversity in different languages, clothes, and even musical instruments.

    With the existing wealth, it is necessary for us to continue to preserve and maintain our cultures amidst the onslaught of foreign cultures. One way to maintain our culture is to start knowing our culture.

    For those of you who like gamelan, you must be familiar with this traditional musical instrument. As an ensemble instrument, gamelan consists of several musical instruments including the bonang instrument. What is a bonang instrument? let’s look at the explanation below.

    Yuk Coloring Series: Traditional Musical Instruments

     

     

    What is Bonang Musical Instrument?

    The bonang musical instrument is a traditional musical instrument from Central Java. The bonang musical instrument is one of the instruments used in Javanese, Balinese and Sundanese gamelan music performances.

    The bonang instrument is a percussion instrument made of metal, such as brass, bronze or iron. The distinctive feature of this instrument is that it has a protrusion on it which is also called pencu or penclon which is hit with two special beaters. This bat is usually made of layered sticks which are also known as bindhis.

    Historically, this musical instrument will certainly have a lot to do with the Hindu-Buddhist transitional era. The bonang instrument is named according to its sound, namely nong-nang which in Javanese means a signpost ” here and there “.

    according to the origin of the word, namely nong-nang, its main function is as a guide for the direction of a piece or gamelan song. Apart from that, there are also those who interpret it as an abbreviation of bon which means baboon and which means winner which means master of victory.

    Terms in the Bonang Musical Instruments Section

    1. Soko is wood that acts as a supporting leg for waditra
    2. String threads are the ropes as a support for clones
    3. Papalayu is the front and back of the waditra
    4. Pongppok is the end of ancak
    5. Palipid is a wooden slat above the pongpok, as a barrier to clones
    6. Rancal is a wooden frame on a bonang
    7. Brunjung is the first row
    8. Dhempok is the second line.

    Types of Bonang Musical Instruments

    The most popular bonang instruments can be divided into three different types. Where these types are distinguished by function and also the pitch. Here are the types of bonang.

    1. Successor Bonang

    The successor bonang is a bonang musical instrument that has the highest pitch when compared to other types of bonang. This bonang has the smallest size compared to the other two types of bonang. In the wasps pipilan technique, the bonang panerus has twice the speed of the bonang barung.

    Successor bonangs can reach notes of up to two octaves in typical solo instruments. Because it has a high speed and pitch, the successor bonang can only be used for lead songs. Usually, this successor bonang will be played together with bonang barung in intertwining song patterns.

    2. Bonang Barung

    Bonang barung is a bonang musical instrument that has a tone with medium to high octave sizes. This bonang has a medium size. In the Ensemble, the Bonang Barung is one of the leading instruments who are the prosecuting instruments and are able to anticipate upcoming notes such as the pepper song technique of the pipilan song.

    Bonang barung is also commonly used as an opening and guide in gendhing. In gendhing bonang, bonang barung plays the opening gendhing (determines the piece to be played and guides the flow of the piece.

    In the reciprocal percussion technique, the bonang barung does not function as a lead song, but it will form interweaving song patterns with bonang panerus. On important accents, bonang may make sekaran (ornate songs) which are usually at the end of song sentences.

    3. Bonang Panembung

    Bonang panembung is a bonang musical instrument that has a tone with medium to low octave sizes. This bonang has the largest size compared to the two bonang above.

    Apparently, not every karawitan artist has a bonang panembung, Sinaumed’s. Bonang Panembung is rarely owned by the general public except for the royal family. Usually this bonang is in Yogyakarta style gamelan instruments.

    Bonang Musical Instrument Structure

    Bonang has many clones, namely between 14 to 16 pieces, starting with the highest note 1 to the lowest note 1 of 3 octaves.

    These clones are arranged on a support by placing the smallest clone on the right end of the player, the smallest clone is the clone with the highest pitch, sequentially until the biggest clone which is also the lowest note is placed on the far left of the player.

    The bonang form of the slendro barrel generally consists of 10-14 different tones with the same or parallel position. Meanwhile bonang laras pelog, consisting of 14-18 notes which are also placed in parallel positions. This is adjusted to the sequence of notes on the Degung scale or scale.

    Bonang musical instrument function

    In general, the bonang is indeed more synonymous with traditional music playing in Indonesia, for those of you who like gamelan, you will often see this musical instrument at several events. However, to find out more, here are the functions of the bonang musical instrument, which is often used as accompaniment.

    1. Accompaniment in art performances of wayang kulit, wayang golek, and wayang orang.
    2. Participate in a parade or competition
    3. Accompaniment of sacred state ceremonies (in the past, bonang was used as an accompaniment during wars as mardagga)
    4. Accompaniment of traditional customary events such as seven monthly and circumcision
    5. In addition, in ancient times this instrument became an accompaniment during wars.

    Techniques for Playing Bonang Musical Instruments

    To produce a beautiful sound, this instrument is played using wood that has been covered with cloth at the ends, commonly known as bindhi. The bonang player usually sits in the middle on either side of a row of low octave gongs, and holds a bindhi in both hands.

    Here are the various techniques for playing the bonang instrument.

    1. Two Tones Beating Simultaneously

    The first technique is to beat two notes together. This technique has 2 kinds of punching techniques, namely gembyang kempyang.

    In the gembyang technique, the bonang player hits the same two notes simultaneously at different octave ranges. For example, a low tone of 2 hits with a high tone of 2, or a low tone of 1 is hit together with a high tone of 1.

    In contrast, for the kempyung technique, the bonang players hit two different notes simultaneously

    2. Tones Beat One by One (Mipil)

    Derived from the word pipil which in Javanese means taking corn kernels one by one. Similar to the name, in this technique, you hit the bonang one by one the notes of the pencon.

    The mipil pattern for each type of bonang is done in the opposite way. For example, when Bonang Barung was hit using the Mipil Lombo technique, the successor Bonang used the Mipil Lados technique.

    3. Mipil Lombo Technique

    This technique is when the bonang barung instrument is in rhythm one, then the successor bonang uses mipil dados.

    4. Mipil Dados Technique

    This technique occurs when the bonang barung is in rhythm two, so that the successor bonang will play the triangular pattern.

    5. Mbalung

    In this technique, the bonang instrument is beaten with a pattern resembling a balungan musical instrument.

    6. Ramp

    In the propagation technique, the bonang instrument will follow the standard pattern of the gender instrument. But propagation is usually done before the propagation patterns on gender instruments. This technique is played before certain notes to produce a sound that is more pleasant to hear. This propagation style is often used for several sacred and special cultural customs events.

    7. Rewards

    This compensation technique is simply similar to the technique used in the balungan musical instrument. The wasp pattern of rewards is performed by playing a pair of bonang musical instruments, namely the bonang barung and bonang successors. This compensation technique is often used in a traditional or cultural event such as a procession, musical performance or circumcision event.

    8. Hanging Gembyang

    Gembyang Hanging is a technique that is usually applied to parts of the drum where there are twin tones or certain balungan tones. This technique is also often combined with genderan twisting. If the drum is crooked, then the technique for playing the bonang also uses a hanging gembyang pattern.

    9. Gembyung and Kempyung

    Of course, this technique is different from the first one, Kempyung is 2 notes that are separated from 2 other notes. While Gembyung means 2 notes that are 1 tone apart from the others.

    Playing bonang with this technique is done together. means the technique of beating the bonang using 2 hands on 2 different notes at the same time.

    10. Gembyang Midak

    This gembyang technique is generally applied or played in the buko section and the suwuk gending section by bonang barung. This bonang barung musical instrument is especially in the style of Jogja or the area of ​​the Matraman sultanate. Gembyang midak has 2 models that are commonly used, namely gembyang midak lombo and dados.

    Dhalang, Wayang, and Gamelan

     

     

    Steps to Play the Bonang Musical Instrument

    Well Sinaumed’s, we already know the techniques commonly used on this musical instrument. The following are the steps for playing the bonang instrument.

    1. Prepare in advance a beater or drummer made of wood that has been wrapped in cloth and yarn.
    2. Then hold the bat in your left hand as well as your right hand.
    3. Hit the Bonang music in the middle of the penlock to produce the right tone or sound.
    4. Bonang music can also be played by hitting two Bonang keynotes at once.
    5. Use the mipil technique, namely by hitting the notes one by one on the Bonang clone.

    How to Make Bonang Musical Instruments

    In addition to knowing the meaning, techniques and types. See the explanation below about how to make a bonang instrument.

    1. Prepare in advance a block with a predetermined size, where the block will be used as the body of the Bonang musical instrument.
    2. Then for the legs of Bonang music, we will use 4 smaller blocks.
    3. The four small blocks will be used as legs, then later attached to the body of the bonang, which is the large block.
    4. Then prepare 12 spheres and cylinders, and combine them. This section is used as a disc for this Bonang music.
    5. Then make 2 beaters for the Bonang music. The way to make it is by combining two spheres with one to create a cylinder that has a long and flat shape.
    6. Make cylinders with small and large sizes, make as many as two. Where on each base the cylinder will be joined by two spheres.
    7. Bring together all the body parts of Bonang music, be it from the right side or the top left side.

    Gamelan Types

    Bonang is a musical instrument that is played with other musical instruments in a gamelan performance. We already know what a bonang is in more detail. Now, we need to know that the gamelan itself has several differences that distinguish both the composition of the musical instruments and their needs. Here is an explanation.

    1. Big Gamelan

    This type of gamelan consists of a complete ricikan, starting from slendro tunings to pelog tunings. This type of gamelan is commonly used in concerts or musical performances or uyon-uyon.

    2. Wayang Gamelan

    As can be seen from its name, this type of gamelan is usually used to accompany wayang performances. Gamelan laras pelog is also used for gamelan that accompanies wayang madya and wayang gedog performances.

    3. Gamelan pakcermat

    This gamelan is divided into three parts, namely, monggang, caribbean and kodhok ngrek. This gamelan is usually used as an accompaniment to ceremonies honoring Javanese culture such as Grebeg Mulud, welcoming guests, and circumcisions or weddings in the royal family.

    4. Gamelan Sekaten

    In the Yogyakarta and Surakarta palaces, the sekaten type gamelan will be used once a year. Namely to commemorate the birth of the Prophet Muhammad SAW on 6-12 Mulud (Javanese calendar) and the sekaten gamelan is played in the courtyard of the Grand Mosque.

    5. Gadhon gamelan

    Gamelan Gadhon consists of a composition of drums, zither, gender, slenthem, xylophone and gongs only. This type of gamelan is used for the needs of people who have climen (simple) intentions, namely circumcision, 5 after the child’s birthday, moving house, birthdays and so on.

    6. Gamelan Cokekan

    Is a type of gamelan that is used for singing. The musical instruments in this gamelan only consist of zithers, drums, and gongs made of wood or gongs.

    7. Gamelan Senggani (Sengganen)

    Senggani gamelan is made of iron and brass in the form of smaller blades and is more practical. This gamelan consists of bonang barung, bonang successor, demung, saron, slenthem, drums, kempul and kenong. This type of gamelan is usually used for musical practice in villages to accompany the tayub dance.

    Mini Encyclopedia – Indonesian Musical Instruments

     

    This is a review of the bonang musical instrument that Grames needs to know about as an effort to recognize and preserve Indonesian culture. Is Sinaumed’s interested in learning this instrument? If you want to find out more about books on traditional musical instruments, you can get them at sinaumedia.com so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • Get to know Banten Traditional Clothing, Meanings, and 6 Types of Woven Fabrics

    Banten traditional clothing – Banten traditional clothing consists of traditional clothing typical of the Sundanese and Baduy tribes. The following below is a more complete review, both the Sundanese and the Baduy tribe who are also known as the Kanekes people, or the indigenous tribes that inhabit one of the areas in Lebak Regency, Banten.

    The Baduy people themselves live in very strong customary rules and are far from modern life. In addition to his behavior, the items used, also include traditional clothes that are worn every day, also have their own characteristics.

    Typical Baduy Banten Traditional Clothing

    The Baduy tribe itself consists of two groups, namely the Inner and Outer Baduy. These two groups then have the most striking difference is the style of dress. In appearance, the Inner Baduy will wear all-white clothes and headbands, while the Outer Baduy will wear black clothes and blue headbands. For more details about Banten traditional clothing, including the Baduy, below is a more complete review:

    Baduy Dalam Men’s Typical Banten Traditional Clothing

    Men of the Banten tribe, around the Inner Baduy generally wear long-sleeved clothes in all white. Because of its white color and how to use it only by hanging it or attaching it to the body, this shirt is also known as jamang sangsang.

    The design is very simple, only holes are made in the neck area to the chest area, no collars, buttons are not used, and are not equipped with clothing pockets. In the manufacturing process, it must be sewn by hand, cannot be sewn using a machine, and the basic material must be made of real cotton that is woven directly.

    At the bottom then use a similar cloth with a black-blue sarong and only wrapped around the waist. So that it is strong and does not often sag, the sarong is then tied using a piece of cloth. They do not wear pants, because it is considered a taboo.

    Baduy men themselves often use white headbands and also function as a covering for their long hair. In addition, it is also equipped with a scarf that is worn around the neck area. The color of the clothes of the Inner Baduy is all white which also symbolizes their holy life and is not influenced by outside culture.

    Banten Traditional Clothing Typical of Baduy Dalam Women

    According to the West Java Cultural Value Preservation Center, Banten women’s clothing around Baduy Dalam is similar to a sarong, which is also called a side hideung. Side hideung itself is a woven cloth with a black color that can be used as clothing also by the men and women of the Inner Baduy.

    But still more worn by women. Because the Baduy Dalam tribe is then prohibited from wearing clothes from the outside, so that the beside hideung is the only thing they wear. Hideung side itself is made by sewing both ends of the wide side by hand. So that it resembles a sarong. The side model of hideung is also made to resemble a sarong, to make it easier for them to move, walk and do activities.

    Banten Traditional Clothing Typical Outer Baduy Men

    The rules for dressing the Outer Baduy are generally made looser when compared to the Inner Baduy. They then wear machine-stitched clothes made of non-sticky materials, only pure cotton. This then also shows that their lives have been influenced by outside cultures.

    Banten traditional clothing typical of the Outer Baduy tribe for men is black. Therefore it is also known as bat clothes or shucks clothes. Kampret clothes are generally worn by Baduy men together with a dark blue headband with batik patterns. The design of this shirt is then split in two downwards, like the usual clothes worn by people, also equipped with pockets and buttons.

    When traveling, men generally carry a weapon in the form of a machete at their waist, as well as a handmade knitted bag that is attached to the shoulder area. This bag also usually contains a knife, betel nut, white incense and flint. Sometimes the inside of the bag contains kejo ​​lead, white rice with a little salt as provisions on the trip.

    Banten Traditional Clothing Typical of Outer Baduy Women

    Traditional Clothing Women from Banten in the Outer Baduy Tribe wear a dress similar to a blue-black sarong from the heel area to the chest. These clothes are also often used for everyday clothes in the house.

    There are significant differences in clothing between married and unmarried women. Married women generally leave their chest area open, while for girls the chest area must be closed. For traveling clothing, Outer Baduy women usually wear kebaya, a woven cloth with a black-blue sarong, karembong, and a belt and scarf.

    Unlike women in the Inner Baduy Region, they often wear a bit of jewelery made of white steel or silver metal, such as bracelets, rings, necklaces and earrings. Meanwhile, children’s clothes are also similar to their parents. Boys often imitate their father’s clothes while girls often imitate their mother’s clothes.

    Banten Traditional Clothing for Brides

    The picture above is a description of the clothes that are often used by a pair of brides who will hold a wedding reception. Basically, Banten traditional clothes are indeed similar to Sundanese traditional brides. This is because formerly Banten traditional clothing was quite influenced by Sundanese customs, so it’s not surprising that this clothing later bears a resemblance to Sundanese traditional clothing.

    In addition to traditional clothing for men, they generally have additional bridal clothing, such as a koko shirt with a collar as the top, and side cloth as the bottom. Head coverings, belts and belts made of batik cloth with similar patterns are also often used, in addition to Keris slippers or machetes used as accessories.

    Meanwhile, in Banten women’s traditional clothing, they often use bridal accessories that are commonly used, such as kebaya clothes for parts with side cloth tops or can also be batik for subordinates, shawls that are slung over the shoulders as head coverings also generally consisting of rocking flowers with golden colors and there is an arrangement of jasmine flowers which are generally tucked into the bun.

    Modern Banten Traditional Clothing

    The people of Banten often use their own traditional clothes, which are generally also used for weddings. The Banten wedding dress itself consists of traditional men’s clothing which is also equipped with various other accessories, namely head coverings, koko shirts, side cloths, belts and slippers.

    While for women there are decorations in the form of rocking flowers, jasmine flower arrangements, kebaya, lower clothes, slippers and scarves. For today’s modern Banten traditional clothes, there are additional accessories with the aim of beautifying the appearance. However, basically the materials and motifs used are the same as Banten traditional clothes.

    Understanding the traditional Banten clothes typical of the Baduy tribe in white and black colors, sometimes there is also a touch of dark blue in the clothes worn. These colors themselves are symbols of life. Black is a symbol of darkness or before there is light. While the white color symbolizes after there is light, purity and honesty.

    In addition, the Baduy tribe also uses dominant colors, especially in the manufacture of woven fabrics, such as red. For the Baduy people, red is also the color of fire or blood.

    Pangsi clothes are not only known in Banten because these clothes are also known in other areas of West Java as well as the Betawi area. The pangsi shirt itself is generally used as a black garment called Salontreng, as well as pants with the same color or pangsi. The length of these pangsi pants generally reaches the ankles and is only worn by men.

    These traditional clothes are also often worn for various daily activities when working or can also be worn to practice martial arts. This pangsi shirt also has a deep meaning and philosophy. For example, on the buttons which symbolize the pillars of Islam and the pillars of faith. Coupled with the hope for every wearer to use a firm stance, always be humble and have faith.

    Variety of Woven Fabrics of the Baduy Tribe

    In addition to traditional clothing, the Baduy tribe also has a variety of woven fabrics of their own making. Weaving activities are often done at home in their free time by women, but the tools are made by men. The various weaves of the Baduy tribe are as follows.

    Diadem

    Jamang is a plain white woven cloth used by the Inner Baduy tribe. This jamang weaving itself is often used as a top dress which is also called jamang kampret, headbands are also used to make rectangular cloth to make it easier to carry things.

    Next to Hideung

    Samping Hideung is a black woven cloth that is generally used to make various clothes, both for the Inner Baduy and the Outer Baduy. However, most of those who wear beside hideung are women.

    Next to Aros

    The aros side is a black woven cloth with thin white lines. Side aros itself is only used by the Baduy Dalam tribe and is used by men. Adu Mancung This is also a shawl with a plain black and white motif, and decorated with geometric motifs with threads in red, blue and bright colors. Adu mancung is a shawl used by men at wedding ceremonies for the Outer Baduy tribe.

    Suwatan

    Susuwatari with a shawl and long plaid cloth. The colors used are also not limited, in other words, there are no special rules that are used to determine the color, size and material. Susuwatan itself can only be used by men from the Outer Baduy tribe.

    Side Suat

    Samping suat does not have special rules or standards from the ancestors in its use. Side suat itself is a motif that has developed from suwatan. With geometric motifs on the cloth, it underwent a slight change from the shrinkage which was only plaid.

    Related Books

    My Country Encyclopedia: Traditional Clothing

    Did you know that every region in Indonesia has its own characteristics for each of its clothes? Indonesia is indeed rich in cultural heritage, and traditional clothing is also one of them. This book will make you acquainted with traditional clothes that have existed in Indonesia since ancient times.

    All the question marks in your head about traditional clothes in Indonesia will be answered through this book, accompanied by pictures that make it easier for you to imagine the shape of the clothes, and complete with historical explanations and the function of the clothes. Equipped with a map where traditional clothing originates.

    Come on, get to know the cultural diversity of the archipelago by getting to know the clothes typical of the region! You must know because you are the heirs of Indonesian culture!

    Saba Baduy

    Imagining visiting the Baduy and exploring it, our imagination will be led to a secluded and peaceful place, surrounded by green groves, the distinctive sounds of nature, the rustling of the wind between bamboo groves, the sonorous and melodious chirping of birds and the sound of the river’s currents.

    It is there that a traditional indigenous community lives that is unique and completely different from urban society. However, the Baduy also have a hidden charm that can satisfy our sensory desires and our curiosity.

    It is easy to see the customs, culture, and traditions that live in the Baduy people from the three main things that color their daily lives. Namely, a simple life attitude, friendship with nature and the natural, and the spirit of independence. All three of them present an interesting mix of variations to watch, explore, and enjoy.

    This book is a record of cultural tourism which is enriched by in-depth exploration of the Baduy community while still respecting their customs, culture and traditions. This book is equipped with watercolor illustrations and photos of the beauty of the Baduy earth so that readers can feel and see the uniqueness of the people and as if they were brought there directly.

    In the midst of the crush of modernization, the Baduy persist in simplicity. However, in their simplicity, they are actually “rich”.

    Badujs Moslims-Ethnographic Study of Indigenous Peoples in Lebak Parahiang

    This book is a translation of Nicolaas Johannes Cornelis Geise’s dissertation, which was originally written in Dutch. In this book, Geise examines the cultural details surrounding the relationship between the Baduy community and the Muslim community in South Banten.

    He examines, for example, the divisions between the Kajeroan (inner) and Pendamping (outer) regions along with the details of their institutions, the differences in religious beliefs between the successors of the pre-Islamic tradition and the Muslim community, the forms of ceremonies, stories concerning the origins and conditions of the environment. adat, especially in relation to rice cultivation in huma.

    Those are some of Banten’s traditional clothes and various woven fabrics from the Banten or Baduy people which are so beautiful. Sinaumed’s can read books related to traditional clothing and life and other customs of the Baduy and Banten tribes at sinaumedia.com, so you have information #MoreWithReading.

  • Get to know Bangka Belitung Traditional Clothing

    Bangka Belitung Traditional Clothing – Hello Sinaumed’s friends, is there any Sinaumed’s here who know the traditional clothes of Bangka Belitung? Of course there are those who have and have not. Well, of course we will talk about the traditional clothes in Bangka Belitung. Sinaumed’s friends who have never been there must have not seen the beauty and characteristics of the art, right? Take it easy, on this occasion, we will discuss more about Bangka Belitung traditional clothing.

    However, before discussing Bangka Belitung traditional clothing, it is better if we discuss traditional clothing first. So, keep reading this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

    Traditional clothes 

    Each region in Indonesia certainly has its own characteristics. Not only from culture, but also from traditional clothing. The traditional clothes of each region are arguably the official clothes of a region which are usually used for traditional ceremonies or important events such as weddings.

    This is in line with the definition of traditional clothing based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI). In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) traditional clothing is formal clothing typical of the region.

    Traditional clothing itself is usually very complete. In other words, from head to toe, they certainly have their own characteristics. Each characteristic is in accordance with the characteristics of the people of a region. In addition, each traditional clothing accessory usually symbolizes something or has its own meaning.

    After discussing traditional clothing, the next discussion will be about Bangka Belitung first and then we will discuss traditional Bangka Belitung clothing.

    Overview of Bangka Belitung

    The Bangka Belitung Archipelago is a province in Indonesia consisting of two main islands namely Bangka Island and Belitung Island as well as hundreds of small islands, a total of 470 named islands and only 50 of which are inhabited.

    Bangka Belitung is located in the eastern part of Sumatra Island, close to South Sumatra Province. Bangka Belitung is known as a tin producing area, has beautiful beaches and inter-ethnic harmony. The provincial capital is Pangkalpinang. The provincial government was ratified on February 9, 2001. After the inauguration of Acting. The Governor, namely H. Amur Muchasim, SH (former Secretary General of the Ministry of Home Affairs) marked the start of the activities of the provincial administration.

    The Bangka Strait separates Sumatra Island and Bangka Island, while the Gaspar Strait separates Bangka Island and Belitung Island. In the northern part of this province is the Riau Archipelago provincial sea, in the south is the Java Sea and Kalimantan Island in the eastern part which is separated from Belitung Island by the Karimata Strait.

    The Bangka Belitung Islands Province was previously part of South Sumatra, but became its own province along with Banten and Gorontalo in 2000. The Bangka Belitung Islands Province was established based on Law Number 27 of 2000 concerning the Establishment of the Bangka Belitung Islands Province on 21 November 2000 consisting of Regencies Bangka, Belitung Regency and Pangkalpinang City.

    In 2003, based on Law Number 5 of 2003 dated January 23, 2003, regional expansion was carried out with the addition of 4 regencies, namely West Bangka, Central Bangka, South Bangka and East Belitung. The Bangka Belitung Archipelago Province is a regional division of the South Sumatra Province, quoted from Wikipedia.

    However, the impact of the formation of the Bangka Belitung Islands Province and the division of regencies on Bangka and Belitung Islands did not only have an impact on the welfare of the people in the Bangka Belitung Islands Province, but also opened up employment opportunities for sons and daughters on Bangka and Belitung Islands to compete with each other to become civil servants in the regional government, the central government in the regions, as well as the TNI and Polri. In fact, the private sector is also growing quite rapidly, both in the tourism sector, industry and other sectors.

    Bangka Belitung, which was previously only known to people because of the existence of PT Timah (persero) which later changed to PT Timah Tbk, as development developed in the Bangka Belitung Islands Province, Belitung Island became famous for its Rainbow Troops.

    Therefore, making Belitung Island a tourist destination in Indonesia. This is what makes the Bangka Belitung Islands Province a tourism area that is better known both at the national and international levels. Especially with the joining of the Bangka Belitung Islands Province into the KEK area and making Bangka Island a tourism destination. This really gives a very extraordinary effect.

    Bangka Belitung is very famous for its tourist destinations. Therefore, there are already many people who want to go there to spend time on vacation. However, sometimes there are still some people who don’t know where to go on vacation or amazing places in Bangka Belitung. Through the book Amazing Bangka Belitung by Gagas Ulung, you will find out some recommended tourist destinations in Bangka Belitung.

    Bangka Belitung Traditional Clothing

    After we have explored the brief history of the Bangka Belitung Islands, there are interesting things that are the main theme of this article, stay tuned, friends. Got to the end.

    The name of the Bangka Belitung traditional clothes is a set shirt and cual cloth. These traditional clothes are used for events of greatness and bridal wear. The following is an explanation of the setting clothes and cual cloth. Setting clothes and cual cloth are the names of Bangka Belitung traditional clothes. This traditional dress is a blend of Arabic and Chinese culture. Generally, setting clothes and cual cloth are worn for weddings.

    Based on the Archipelago Clothing Encyclopedia: East Kalimantan to West Nusa Tenggara , according to the beliefs of the people of Bangka Belitung, these traditional clothes were originally brought by Arab merchants. Then the Arab merchant married a Chinese girl around Muntok City. This belief makes the indigenous people of Bangka Belitung make the same type of clothing. Therefore, the set clothes and cual cloth are acculturation from Arabic, Chinese and Malay cultures.

    It would be nice to introduce Indonesian traditional clothes since they were children. At present, there are already many media that can be used to introduce traditional clothing, one of which is through posters. With traditional clothing posters, it will be easier for children to recognize Indonesian traditional clothing.

    Bangka Belitung Traditional Clothing

    1. Setting clothes

    Set clothes are typical Bangka Belitung tops made of silk or velvet. This Seting shirt is in the form of a bracketed shirt decorated with golden yellow beads. In use, this setting dress is used as a bride’s dress in Bangka Belitung, friends.

    This set dress is then combined with accessories, namely golden beads which are very numerous. In addition, the bride’s traditional dress is also equipped with a belt and shoulder ornaments and a necklace. If the bride wears the setting dress, then what kind of traditional clothes do the men wear?

    Bangka Belitung men will wear dark red Arab robes. The robe will be combined with a shawl or sash that is draped over the right shoulder. Meanwhile, for their subordinates, they can use pants with colors that are combined.

    The accessories used by the groom are only head coverings whose color matches the color of his shirt. Bangka Belitung men also use sandals or Arab sandals on their feet for footwear.

    2. Bangka Belitung cual cloth

    The next Bangka Belitung Traditional Clothing is Cual Cloth or it can also be called lasem cloth or besusur cloth. Cual cloth is made using the traditional woven method, so it takes a long time due to the high level of complexity.

    Because of this, cual cloth has a high price and because it is made with special expertise from polyester, silk, cotton, wood fiber and 18 carat gold thread. There are 2 cual cloth motifs, namely the Penganten Bekecak motif   (full pattern) and  the Jande Bekecak motif  (empty space motif). The meaning of the cual cloth motif, namely:

    • floral motifs as a symbol of purity, the majesty of sustenance and all goodness
    • duck motif as a symbol of unity and oneness
    • dragon motif which symbolizes might
    • motifs of flora or fauna that describe natural wealth

    In addition, regarding the use of setting clothes and cual cloth, according to the history of the setting clothes and cual cloth which were originally worn for weddings, nowadays Belitung traditional clothes are also more often used as traditional wedding clothes. For the bride, the traditional dress worn consists of a red baju kuning made of velvet or silk.

    Then, for the bottom it is combined with cual cloth which mostly consists of two motifs. The first motif is the  bekecak bride motif  or the full pattern. The second motif is called the  jande bekecak motif  or the empty space motif. The beauty of the cual cloth is reflected in the picture of the Bangka Belitung traditional clothes below.

    Meanwhile, for Bangka Belitung men, the traditional wedding attire that is worn consists of a long robe with an Arabic pattern in dark red. The use of this robe is equipped with a scarf that is slung over the right shoulder to the left side.

    At the bottom, the groom will wear trousers that match the color of his robe. Regarding the motifs worn by the men, they are also adjusted to the motifs of the bride’s clothes so that they will look more harmonious.

    However, apart from being used for wedding ceremonies, Bangka Belitung traditional clothes, especially cual cloth, have been used for school uniforms for both elementary, middle and high schools. In fact, it is also used for uniforms in government offices on certain days.

    3. Bridal Footwear

    The footwear of the Bangka Belitung traditional clothing is called  pending sandals  or Arabic sandals. This footwear usually has a characteristic sharp-shaped end like a boat. Usually this footwear is used at bridal events. However, sometimes there are also those who wear it on traditional occasions.

    4. Pakistani clothes

    This Bangka Belitung traditional dress is known to be a blend of Arabic and Chinese culture. Reporting from the  Wonderful Indonesia page , Paksian traditional clothing originated when Arab merchants traded in the Bangka Belitung area.

    The merchant then married a Chinese woman and introduced traditional clothes for weddings with Arabic and Chinese patterns. Then, the local indigenous people started wearing the same clothes onwards because the clothes looked beautiful and attractive. However, of course the clothes were combined with the local Bangka Belitung cultural pattern so that Paksian traditional clothes appeared. In conclusion, Paksian traditional clothing is a form of acculturation of Arabic, Chinese and Malay cultures.

    Some time ago, our president, Mr. Jokowi, wore the Bangka Belitung Traditional Dress at the 2022 Annual Session. The Bangka Belitung traditional dress is called the Paksian dress. Mr. President Jokowi is wearing a Paksian shirt which is a traditional dress from Bangka Belitung for men.

    The clothes worn by Jokowi are predominantly green and have a “bamboo shoots” motif. The clothing consists of a calf-length robe, trousers, a sash and a typical Bangka woven cloth. As for the head cover, a sungkono is worn.

    Apart from traditional clothes, Indonesia is also known for its regional songs. However, some people don’t know Indonesian folk songs. Through the book Collection of Indonesian and Regional Children’s Pop Songs , you can find out various kinds of Indonesian folk songs or even sing them.

     

    Bangka Belitung Traditional Wedding Clothing Accessories

    The Bangka Belitung traditional clothes that are worn by the groom usually have a shape like a long robe with red or sometimes dark blue colors. Then, the shirt is accompanied by a sash or shawl that is draped over the right shoulder. Another accessory that the groom uses is a turban ( sungkon ).

    Meanwhile, on the lower part, this Bangka Belitung traditional dress wears pants of the same color. Starting from the robe and trousers, these are accompanied by several accessories and motifs that are the same as the Bangka Belitung traditional clothes specifically for the bride. Not only that, the groom will also wear typical Arabic sandals or what is called pending slippers.

    Traditional clothing worn by both men and women will definitely look polite, elegant for women and dashing for men and also really reflects the cultural values ​​of the archipelago. Additional accessories for the bride are added with a golden crown ( paksian ) which is equipped with special ornaments in the shape of a lotus flower.

    Other accessories used are lotus or breast covering worn on clothes, cempaka songs, goyang songs, bamboo leaves. Then there are the cempaka buds, the tenggalung fence, the moon essence, the bun lid which is also called the hong flower as a headdress, the long necklace with earrings. There are also shrimp pincers used for decoration which are placed on the left and right ears, and Pending bracelets used for belts.

    Closing 

    Traditional clothing that we know in Indonesia, of course, has a history. the long one. This also applies to clothes in other regions or other parts of the world.

    However, this traditional attire may slowly start to fade or even the younger generation may not recognize the traditional attire of their area. Therefore, it should be for all local people to always try to preserve traditional clothes from their area. That way, there will be many young people who recognize Indonesian traditional clothing.

    So, there’s nothing wrong with introducing traditional clothing since childhood or while still attending elementary school. Sinaumed’s, we have finished our discussion regarding the traditional clothes of West Sumatra. Hopefully all the discussion above can be useful as well as add to your insight.

    sinaumedia will continue to maintain the spirit to become #Friends Without Borders by presenting our best books at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

    Author: Mochamad Aris Yusuf

  • Get to know about Srikandi and role models that you need to know

    Srikandi is the second daughter of King Drupada. Even though she is a woman,
    Srikandi really likes kanuragan (martial arts) and is known to have various skills in archery.
    The visualization of Srikandi is often depicted complete with arrows, always a term for any woman
    who then looks strong and independent.

    Srikandi is not a story from the West and there are many traits that you can emulate from Srikandi.
    To find out more about Srikandi, you can see this article till the end, Sinaumed’s.

    About Heroine

    Srikandi (Dewanagari: शिकण्ढी; IAST: Śikhaṇḍī ) is an androgynous character in the Indian epic
    Mahabharata.
    In this story, she is the daughter of King Drupada and Persati of the Panchala
    Kingdom.

    In the Adiparwa and Udyogaparwa sections of the Mahabharata, it is explained that she is the reincarnation of a
    Kasi royal princess named Amba, who died with a vengeful heart for Bisma, prince of the Kuru dynasty.

    Later, Amba too was reborn as the daughter of Drupada. However, due to the word of the gods,
    he was raised as a boy.
    Another version then tells that he changed sex with a yaksa or a
    supernatural being.

    In the Javanese wayang version that adapts the Mahabharata, there is also a story that is almost the same.
    However, in this Javanese wayang it is told that Srikandi later married Arjuna and this is a very
    big difference when compared to the Indian version of the Mahabharata story.

    The etymology of the name Srikandi itself is the Indonesian version of Śikhaṇḍin in Sanskrit.
    Moreover, it is the feminine form of
    Śikhaṇḍinī .
    Literally, the word Śikhandin or Śikhandini means “having tassels” or “those with
    crests”.

    Previous Life

    In the Mahabharata book itself, in a previous life, Srikandi was born as a woman
    named Amba.
    This story about Amba is then published in the first volume of the Mahabharata,
    namely Adiparwa, and in the fifth volume of the Mahabharata, Udyoga Parwa.

    In this Adiparwa it is told that Bisma, as the prince of Hastinapura, the capital of the Kuru Kingdom, then
    brought Amba from a competition in the Kasi Kingdom, to marry Wicitrawirya, his half sister.
    Arriving in Hastinapura, Amba then confessed that he had chosen King Salwa as his future
    husband.

    Because Bhishma did not want Amba to marry forcefully, he then sent Amba back so he could marry King Salwa.

    However, King Salwa, who felt his pride had been stepped on by Bisma, did not want to marry Amba.
    Amba returns to Bisma’s residence to marry her, but Bhishma refuses because he has vowed to live
    celibate forever.

    Feeling humiliated, Amba then persuaded the knights in Bharatawarsha to help him subdue Bisma, but none of
    the knights dared to do so.
    Amba then asked Parasurama, one of Bisma’s teachers, for
    help.

    However, Parasurama was unable to force Bisma to marry Amba, even though he resorted to violence.

    Finally, Amba decided to pray to the gods so that they would find a way to kill Bhishma. It
    was Begawan Narada who stopped the fight between Bisma and Parasurama, which was caused by Bhishma refusing
    Parasurama’s request to marry Amba.

    According to the Mahabharata which was rewritten by C. Rajagopalachari, Lord
    Subramanya then gave him puspamala and said that anyone who wanted to use it would become the killer of
    Bhishma.
    Amba is also looking for people who are willing to use it, but no one dares even
    though there is a guarantee of success from the god.

    After being rejected by various knights, finally Amba arrived at King Drupada’s palace, and got the same
    result.
    Desperate, Amba then threw the puspamala over the palace gates and no one dared to
    touch it.
    From Drupada’s palace, Amba then went and prayed to Lord Shiva with the wish to be
    the cause of Bhishma’s death.

    Amba’s request was granted by the god. However, as a woman who had never received military
    training, Amba asked Lord Shiva about a way to kill Bisma.
    Lord Shiva replied that the killing
    did not occur in Amba’s life at that time, but in Amba’s next life.

    The god also said that Amba would then be reincarnated to be the one who caused Bhishma’s death.
    After hearing the god’s answer, Amba confidently then took his own life. Amba was
    reborn as Srikandi, daughter of King Drupada.

    Gender

    In the Mahabharata , Srikandi is also an androgynous
    figure . The story of the determination of this gender occurs
    in various versions.
    In one version it is said that when Srikandi was young, she then found
    a puspamala (a gift from Amba) hanging above the gate of her palace.

    This Puspamala is a gift from the gods which then makes the wearer the cause of Bisma’s destruction.
    Srikandi, who still remembers her reincarnation, wears the puspamala around her neck.

    Seeing this, Drupada was worried that Srikandi would later become Bisma’s enemy, so he expelled Srikandi so
    that his kingdom would not become Bisma’s enemy.
    In the middle of the forest, Srikandi then
    prays and changes gender to male.

    According to another version, he then ran away from Pancala, then met a yaksa who then changed his gender
    to Srikandi.
    It is said that before being blessed with offspring, King Drupada wandered into
    the forest.
    There he later found a baby girl.

    When he was picked up, a magical voice echoed from the sky ordering Drupada to take care of the baby like a man.

    The child was also given the name Srikandi. As an adult, Srikandi was then married to Raja
    Dasharna’s daughter.
    However, the princess complained to her father that the Srikandi she
    married was a woman.
    When the king acts to confirm the truth, Srikandi panics and flees into
    the forest.

    There, he met a yaksa who was willing to change sex with him. The Yaksa king also knew this,
    then he cursed that the yaksa would remain a woman until finally Srikandi died.

    Death

    In this epic Mahabharata it is told that Srikandi continued to survive until the war
    ended on the 18th day, which was then marked by the defeat of Duryodhana in a duel against Bima.
    Before he died, Duryodhana then appointed Aswatama as the leader of the rest of the Korawa
    warriors, and then launched a revenge attack on the Pandawa camp.

    In this Sauptikaparwa book it is also told that Aswatama carried out his guerrillas
    when the Pandawa army was sleeping, and succeeded in killing many knights.
    After
    Drestadyumna, Yudhamanyu, Utamoja, and Draupadi’s five sons were killed, Srikandi then attacked Aswatama
    with arrows.
    However, Aswatama, who was given strength by Shiva, was then able to
    counterattack, and cut Srikandi’s body into two parts with his sword.
    According to one
    version, after his death his masculinity was then returned to the ogre.

    Javanese wayang

    Srikandi as a wayang character in Javanese. In the Javanese wayang play that adapted the
    Mahabharata script , it is also told that Srikandi was born because her
    parents, namely Prabu Drupada and Dewi Gandawati, wanted a normal child to be born.
    Her two
    older siblings, Dewi Draupadi and Drestadyumna, were born through meditation puja.

    Draupadi who was born from the embers of worship, while the smoke from the fire then transformed into
    Drestadyumna.
    Dewi Srikandi is very fond of soldiering and is proficient in using arrows.
    She got this skill when she studied with Arjuna, who later became her husband.

    In this marriage, he did not have a son. Dewi Srikandi later became a role model for female
    warriors.
    He acts as the responsible safety and security kesatrian Madukara with everything in
    it.

    In the Bharatayudha war, Dewi Srikandi also appeared as the commander of the Pandawa war who replaced Resi Seta,
    the warrior Virata who had fallen in the face of Bisma, the great senapati of the Kaurava army.

    With Hrusangkali’s arrow, Dewi Srikandi was also able to kill Bisma, in accordance with the curse of Dewi
    Amba, the daughter of Prabu Darmahambara, the king of Giyantipura, who then took revenge on Bisma.
    At the end of Dewi Srikandi’s history, it is told that she was later killed by Aswatama who
    smuggled into the Astina palace after the end of the Bharatayuddha war.

    Srikandi’s example

    Maybe you know more about Wonder Woman than Heroine. Srikandi is the second daughter of King
    Drupada.
    Even though she is a woman, Srikandi really likes martial arts and is also an expert
    in archery.

    Meanwhile, Srikandi is described as a woman who looks strong and brave in facing anything, especially to make her
    wish come true.

    Heroine is also not a story from the West and this is a trait that you can emulate from it.
    Here are some examples of Heroine or what is called Wonder Woman Indonesia that you need to
    know.

    Performing Best in Fields Mastered by Men

    Warrior skills are almost never taught to women like Srikandi but her enthusiasm for learning proves that
    Srikandi’s archery skills are very difficult to match by anyone.
    In fact, he is also believed
    to be responsible for the safety and security of the Madukara kingdom and everything in it.

    He also proved his skill by killing Bhishma. Even though sometimes a field is more entrusted
    to men, it doesn’t mean you women have to immediately back down.
    If indeed your ability is
    there then prove it by giving your best.

    Teaches Us to be Firm and Courageous
    in All Things

    Wayang Srikandi is depicted with an upturned figure, thus indicating that he is a firm and brave person.
    It doesn’t matter to men or to each other, Srikandi is also known to always be firm and brave in
    all things like Wonder Woman Indonesia.

    Becoming an Independent Woman Begins with
    Learning

    Heroine can be that strong not without effort, everyone knows that Srikandi’s skill in archery is the
    result of her timeless learning.
    She studied with Arjuna who later made her fall in love and
    they eventually married even though they were not blessed with sons.

    Even though “Strong” Heroine
    Can Still Look Beautiful as a Woman

    Dewi Wara Srikandi in the appearance of the shadow puppets is then described as very beautiful with
    beautiful eyes and a sharp nose and a sexy mouth.
    She is also decorated with a crown and
    princess clothes complete with accessories.
    Evidence that Srikandi appears as a strong figure
    and she also maintains her beauty, so that she is known to be very elegant and pleasing to the eye.

    Related Books

    The Psychology of Raos in Wayang

    There are many secrets related to raos in wayang characters. Wayang is a representation of
    raos psychology.
    Raos, can be divided into two groups, namely raos njaba and raos njero.
    Raos njaba is physical, bodily, which has physical demands. In wayang plays, there are
    often state struggles, weapons, revelations, and wars.
    As if to say that the wayang play builds
    conflict.
    Meanwhile, raos njero is more mystical in nature, has spiritualistic demands.

    This kind of raos is manifested by the actions of wayang characters who want to be perfect, meaning they
    are trying to find the essence of life.
    For example, the character Abimanyu studied
    spiritualism with Begawan Abiyasa.
    Speeches in wayang, such as Begawan Wisrawa’s Literary
    Jendra Hayuningrat, a gift from the gods, also embodies the raos njero direction.
    From
    Kumbakarna, the son of Begawan Wisrawa and Dewi Sukesi, we can learn that there are giants who are virtuous.
    Meanwhile, the lessons we can take from the figures of Begawan Wisrawa and Dewi Sukesi are not to
    give up trying, to be willing to be concerned, to meditate and meditate to atone for sins, so that the fruit
    of their patience is born, namely the perfect Gunawan Wibisana.

    Catholic Puppet: A Smart Way to Art

    Wayang Catholic or Wayang Wahyu has been around since 1960, but not many people know about it.
    Indeed, there have been several people who have written about it, but only limited to schools and
    universities as papers, theses, and theses.
    This book is an attempt to introduce Wayang Wahyu
    to the wider community.

    Recently, Wayang Wahyu has also been introduced and republished via the internet, newspapers, radio,
    television, and others, but as a reference, no one has heard of it being opened.
    That is
    another reason for writing this book about Wayang Wahyu.
    Hopefully this book will be useful for
    readers, especially for the development and preservation of Indonesian culture.
    For Catholics
    themselves, I hope this book will set an example of how to catechize intelligently through local
    culture.

    Dhalang, Wayang, and Gamelan

    Dhalang, Wayang and Gamelan In ancient times, the role of dalang was very important in social life.
    The puppeteers are not only seen as teachers or community educators, but also as ‘ old
    people ‘. That’s why he is highly respected and glorified by the
    community.

    According to Seno Sastroamidjojo (1964), a good puppeteer is required to have expertise in five things:

    1. Gendhing (mastering gendhing lesagoning )
    2. Gandheng (able to gerong or kur choir in accompaniment of gendhing and able to
      protect)
    3. Confident (confident)
    4. Gendeng (‘crazy’; self-righteous)
    5. Gandhang (cetha lan exclamation, wijang wijiling speech ; his voice is clear and good)

    One of the symbols in wayang that is known by ‘Javanese people’ from generation to generation until now is
    the lesson of monotheism.
    The puppeteer is a symbol of God, while the wayang represents all
    mankind.
    In this life, humans -as wayang- are expected not to disobey God’s commands, meaning,
    from this point of view, the role of dalang, wayang, and gamelan actually implies the concept of
    ‘Manunggaling kawula-Gusti’.

    Conclusion

    Many people then admire Srikandi and want to emulate her in various ways, regarding her independence and
    beauty at the same time.
    She has also succeeded in becoming a role model not only for women but
    also for men, on how to be strong and gentle at the same time, and to be independent but also
    respectful.

    Of course, some of the Indonesian Heroines or Wonder Woman examples above can be role models for you!
    So you don’t have to be oriented towards Western women to be independent. That’s all
    for reviews about Srikandi, I hope all the discussion above is useful!

    Want to know more about Javanese culture? You can find out by reading a book. You
    can find books about Javanese culture at
    sinaumedia.com . To
    support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s
    has #MoreWithReading information.

  • Get to know a collection of heretical sects in Indonesia and the world

    Indonesia and the World’s Deviant Sects – Heretical sects or heresies are theological or religious views or doctrines that teach or believe in things that are considered contradictory and contradictory to beliefs, or systems of any religion that are considered orthodox or legally considered true teachings.

    In the sense of this heretical sect, heresy is a view or doctrine on politics, philosophy, science and art that is different from what is present in general and is considered authoritative. These heretical sects had appeared in the world and in Indonesia. Then what are these cults? Listen to the end of the article, OK!

    Definition of Etymological Heresy

    Heresy comes from the Greek, namely heresy, hairresis, which means the choice of belief or faction of adherents who fight. The word heresy is widely used by Irenaeus in his treatises, especially on Contra Haereses or against heretics.

    Irenaeus describes his position as an orthodox and his position which later developed into that of the early Christian Church, from which the word orthodox originates.

    Thus, the assumption appears that heretical teachings actually do not have a fully objective meaning. This category, however, only appears as the opposite of the position of certain sects that have previously defined themselves as orthodox.

    Therefore, any non-conformist views in any field, not only religion, can also be considered heresy, by other disciplines who believe that their views in certain fields are correct or orthodox views. People who believe in these heretical teachings, usually do not think that the beliefs they profess are heretical.

     

     

     

    Heresy in the World

    Adherents of heretical teachings believe that the existing religious system is inadequate and not in accordance with the values ​​that should exist. Therefore, the adherents of these heretical teachings, try to change the world by presenting values ​​that are supposed to exist.

    However, some of the thoughts of adherents of these heretical teachings are extreme and full of normalized criminal acts that are dangerous.

    Even though they are dangerous and extreme, in fact these cults are mushrooming and are present in many parts of the world. Here are some cults that are considered dangerous.

    1. Children of God stream

    The Children of God cult is spread across America and is known as the most dangerous cult in the world as well as one of the most heinous sex cults.

    The Children of God cult requires its followers to have free sex with other members of the Children of God. not only that, followers of the teachings of the Children of God also require their followers to have sex with children.

    Followers of the Children of God sect believe that the ritual will bring them great merit. Because of this belief, the followers of this cult do not even hesitate to torture, kidnap and even kill many young women.

    2. The Ku Klux Klan

    The KKK is a heretical sect that is considered dangerous and was originally a collection of Christian extremists who only had a small number in Europe.

    Even though at first it was very small and had only a few members, The Ku Klux Klan eventually grew rapidly after the civil war broke out and even the KKK had around four million followers at that time.

    This stream is known for having a uniform that is quite conspicuous, white robes with masks that cover the entire body to hide the identity of its members.

    As the ruling sect at that time, the KKK had taken extreme measures. Like killing religious leaders, killing people with different beliefs to killing black people.

    3. Branch Davidians

    Adherents of the Branch Davidians believe that they are intermediaries for the coming of the end of the world on earth. Because they believe in intermediary doomsday, the adherents of the Branch Davidians also try to bring about the doomsday on earth.

    The method is to do anarchic things, such as causing chaos, killing, burning, and bombing in American territories.

    Because of the chaos and anarchism created by the Branch Davidians, the followers of this cult became fugitives in America. Then this cult ended, when the last 76 members decided to commit mass suicide by blowing themselves up in a building.

    4. Order of the Solar Temple

    This cult first appeared in 1984, its leader named Joseph di Mambro and Luc Jaouret who led this sect secretly. However, in 1994, the two cult leaders of the Order of the Solar Temple spread their teachings openly.

    This cult is considered as one of the most dangerous cults, because a case occurred. The case was when the followers of the Order of the Solar Temple killed a baby, because they thought that the baby was the incarnation of the anti-christ.

    Since the infanticide case, many members of the Order of the Solar Temple have committed suicide. They consider the suicide act as the main ritual, so they can enter heaven.

    After killing many of its members, about 100 other members were found dead because the leader himself killed the members in cruel ways such as being poisoned, shot and burned.

    5. The Peoples Temple

    The Peoples Temple was founded by a communist named Jim Jones who spread the teachings he believed in. However, Jim Jones had stumbled on cases of violence and immoral acts that made Jim Jones change his course of teachings.

    After stumbling upon the case, Jim Jones moved and then settled in Guyana and changed the mission of his sect to become heretical, and spread hatred of high-ranking officials in America.

    Because of this heretical understanding, Jim Jones and his followers at The Peoples Temple wanted to kill American officials. However, the assassination mission ended in mass suicide by 900 members of The Peoples Temple by drinking poisoned liquid.

     

     

    6. Heaven’s Gate

    One of the teachings that is considered dangerous in the Heavens Gate cult is that humans can enter heaven, if they die before the doomsday occurs. Because of this teaching, many members of Heavens Gate have chosen the easiest way to die by committing suicide.

    Heavens Gate at that time was one of the most phenomenal cults in America. This cult, founded by former marshals from the US military named Herff Applewhite and Bonnie Nettles, were nuns interested in divinity and Bible prophecy. The two founders of Heavens Gate, met in 1972 and since then the two have known each other for a long time.

    From Nettles’ meeting with Applewhite, Nettles then felt that he had been revelations about meeting Applewhite. Until both of them felt that they had known each other in a previous life.

    The two then studied the King James Version of the Bible together, the Bible from the English translation and the Bible for the Church of England. By studying the Bible, both explore the new covenant and claim to have a mission in the prophetic and has a level of intelligence that exceeds other people.

    Heaven’s Gate believes that the earth will be recycled and then cleaned and renewed. This cult also requires its members to forget the attachment that each member has with the world. Like friends, family, sexuality, work to money.

    In 1997, it was reported that around 39 members of Heavens Gate committed mass suicide, due to teachings and orders from the head of Heavens Gate.

    From this mass suicide case, many media started to say that Heavens Gate was one of the most dangerous cults in the world, especially around 1997.

    7. Aum Shinrikyo

    Apart from being present in the west, heretical sects were also present in Asia. Aum Shinrikyo is a cult that once existed in Japan and spread teachings about the destruction of the earth.

    Before becoming a cult, Aum Shinrikyo was originally a group that was active and focused on meditation and yoga. However, slowly the Aum Shinrikyo group led by Shoko Asahara began to change direction.

    The followers of Aum Shinrikyo hoped that the end of the world would appear for humans. The reason is because Aum Shinrikyo members believe that death for mankind is like a ticket that can take mankind to go and go straight to heaven.

    In order to realize what the members of Aum Shinrikyo believed in, they then caused chaos and committed various crimes. The crimes committed were not too much different from other deviant sects, namely in the form of bombings, murders, robberies and kidnappings.

    To eradicate the crimes committed by Aun Shinrikyo members, the Japanese government then intervened to handle this sect so that it would not develop further.

    The Japanese government then arrested Ashara as the leader of Aum Shinrikyo. However, when he was tried, Ashara did not give any statement and never pleaded guilty. In 2004, Ashara was sentenced to death, but his execution was postponed until 2012.

    Heretical sects in Indonesia

    Not only do they appear in neighboring countries, heretical sects also often appear in Asia and even in Indonesia. Here are some cults that have existed in Indonesia.

    1. The Jellyfish Kingdom

    The cult of the jellyfish kingdom was first founded by a husband and wife named Rudi and Aisyah and then had a leader in Serang, Banten named Nurhalim.

    Aisyah, as the founder of the jellyfish kingdom, believes that she is the figure of the Queen of the South who recognizes the Koran and Allah. However, he adheres to a religion called Sunda Wiwitan.

    As the founder of the jellyfish kingdom, Aisyah admitted that she could take money from across countries by accessing banks overseas.

    Initially, this sect spread its heretical teachings through social media, such as Facebook and Youtube. Through this social media, the jellyfish kingdom revealed a quite controversial statement that God has a tomb.

    Not only that, the jellyfish kingdom also gave a statement that the Prophet Muhammad was actually female. The members of the jellyfish kingdom do not believe that the Kaaba is the direction of Qibla for Muslims, but that it is a place of idol worship. Because of these statements, the MUI then issued a fatwa against the Jellyfish Kingdom in 2018.

    2. Puang La’lang or Supreme Master

    Puang La’lang is considered a heretical sect in Indonesia, because Puang La’lang appointed himself as an Apostle. Not only claiming to be an Apostle, he also spread that there is God the Father, God Mama, God the creator, God Jin, God Satan, God Satan and God lust.

    Maha Guru or Puang La’lang also spreads the belief that humans who have died will be raised by God to become gods. He also spreads that he has supernatural powers and claims to be able to extend the life of his followers.

    It didn’t stop there, the Supreme Master had married several of his followers without guardians and without registration at the KUA. for members of the Puang La’lang each individual has a mandatory contribution from heaven’s chaos of IDR 10,000 to IDR 50,000, each member is also burdened with zakat funds of IDR 5,000 per kg of follower’s body weight.

    Each member is required to deposit the dues as much as 2.5 percent of their income to the Supreme Master. Puang La’lang is also seen as arbitrarily interpreting the verses of the Koran and believing that there are other holy books besides the Koran.

    3. Fajar Nusantara Movement or Gafatar

    The Gafatar sect was founded by Ahmad Musadeq, in their Gafatar they combined Christian, Islamic and Jewish teachings. Masadeq as the founder of Gafatar admitted that he was a prophet by the name of Al-Masih Al Maw’ud and continued the teachings previously declared heretical by the MUI in 2007, namely Al Qiyadah Al Islamiyah.

    Gafatar taught various deviant teachings in Islam, these deviant teachings were eliminating the obligation to pray the five daily prayers, then replacing the five daily prayers with night prayers and praying at sunrise and sunset.

    Gafatar also replaced the shahada sentence, ignored the obligation of fasting as in the month of Ramadan, paid a sum of money to Ahmad Musadeq as the founder of Gafatar as penance.

    This sect originates from West Kalimantan, precisely in East Mempawah Regency and the MUI has given Gafatar a heretical fatwa in 2016.

    4. Salamullah or Community of Eden

    In 1997, the Eden community was founded, which was first initiated by Lia Eden or Lia Aminuddin because she claimed to be Imam Mahdi and a spreader of God’s revelations.

    Apart from claiming to be a spreader of God’s revelation, Lia Eden also admits that she is the reincarnation of the Virgin Mary, while her son, Ahmad Mukti, is the incarnation of Jesus Christ.

    At first, Lia Eden invited a hundred people to become followers of Salamullah or the Eden community she initiated. However, the MUI immediately issued a heretical fatwa in December 1997 when Eden tried to find followers.

    Due to the spread of heretical sects and cases of religious blasphemy, Lia Eden was in and out of prison in 2006 and 2009. Even so, until the end of her life, Lia Eden continued to adhere to the beliefs she carried.

    Those are seven cults that have existed in parts of the world, starting from America, Asia and Indonesia. These cults are mostly extinct now, because people have realized that the teachings brought by these sects are cults.

    Apart from the heretical sects that have been mentioned in this article, there are also other cults that are quite well-known in Indonesia as well as people who claim to be false prophets. If Sinaumed’s is curious and wants to know more about cults and others, Sinaumed’s can buy related books at sinaumedia.com.

    As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books on a variety of topics. So what are you waiting for? Buy and own the book right now!

  • Get to know 18 Sundanese Traditional Ceremonies for Marriage and Birth

    Sundanese Traditional Ceremonies – There are various Sundanese traditional ceremonies which are still often carried out today. One of them is the Seren Taun traditional ceremony which is mostly carried out in the Kuningan area, West Java.

    This traditional ceremony itself is carried out as a form of gratitude for the harvest obtained. Apart from being an event to convey gratitude, this traditional ceremony will also be carried out as a form of conveying a request to God.

    Check out a more complete explanation of the following Sundanese traditional ceremony.

    Sundanese Traditional Ceremony for Marriage

    Marriage, as a sacred ceremony to tie the knot before the law, religion, and society. With so many customs and cultures in Indonesia, then make Indonesia with a variety of traditional marriages.

    Sundanese traditional weddings themselves include those that have quite a long procession. This is because the series of wedding processions are then not only carried out on the D-day of the wedding, but within a period of several days to a week before the wedding day and have been opened through several traditional Sundanese pre-wedding processions.

    The following is a series of ceremonies, rituals and complete processions for traditional Sundanese weddings.

    1. Neundeun By the way (Keeping Promises)

    The first traditional Sundanese wedding procession is also known as Neundeun Omong or keeping promises or sayings. This procession itself can then be carried out to ensure that the bride has not received a proposal from someone else. Both parents from the male side will then approach the two parents from the female side in asking this.

    This ritual was actually more often done at old marriages because at that time there were many children who were not going to be married even though an agreement had been made between the two parents beforehand.

    2. Narosan or Nyeureuhan (Application)

    In following up on Neundeun Omong, an application procession was then carried out. In this traditional Sundanese wedding procession, the groom’s family will then hand over the complete Sirih along with the binding money as a sign that the man is then willing to participate in paying for the wedding.

    In addition, the groom will also give a meneng ring or rattan split ring as a sign of bond.

    3. Nyanggakeun (Gift)

    The next procession is Nyandakeun or offerings where the groom then hands over some of the equipment for the wedding such as money, clothes, household furniture, food, and so on.

    Likewise from the prospective bride who will reply with the offerings given to the man.

    The handover procession at a traditional Sundanese wedding is usually also carried out seven to one day before the wedding day takes place. The right decoration will then make the wedding atmosphere more romantic and warm.

    4. Ngeuyeuk Seureuh

    The Ngeuyeuk Seureuh procession led by Pangeuyeuk. Pangeuyeuk will then invite the two bride and groom when they ask for permission and a blessing from their parents accompanied by the Pangeuyeuk hymn.

    The bride and groom will then be harvested with rice which means a prosperous life. Then they were rubbed with a broom stick accompanied by advice, the white cloth covering Pangeuyeuk was opened.

    Then proceed with the cleavage of mayang jambe and areca nut by the prospective groom. This procession will then be ended by the prospective groom striking the pestle into the mortar three times.

    5. Making Lungkun

    Ngeuyeuk Seureuh can be done within a day before the wedding takes place. This procession may then only be attended by the parents of the two prospective bride and groom and their immediate family.

    The bride and groom will be presented with two betel leaves that are stalked and rolled up lengthwise. After that, it will be tied with kanteh thread, and followed by both parents and invited guests.

    This traditional Sundanese wedding procession then has a meaning so that one day you can get excessive fortune which will be shared with relatives.

    6. Fight over money

    The procession then continued with Fighting for Money. The procedure for this Sundanese traditional wedding procession itself is carried out under a mat with a sawer. The meaning itself is competing in seeking sustenance and being loved by the family.

    7. Ngebakan or Wedding Splash

    Approaching the wedding, a splash procession was carried out. This procession aims to purify the prospective bride physically and mentally. Usually the event takes place during the day at the residence of the prospective bride.

    8. Bake Aisan

    This procession will then begin with the exit of the bride from the room and being carried symbolically by the mother. While the father then walked in front with a candle to the place of sungkeman.

    9. Ngaras

    Ngaras is an application for permission from the prospective bride which is then followed by the sungkem method and washing the feet of both parents.

    10. Mixing splash water

    Then the process continues with both parents mixing water from seven kinds of fragrant flowers or also known as the setaman flower.

    11. Splash

    This process will be accompanied by lute and flute music. The bride and groom will head to the splash area by stepping on 7 pieces of cloth beforehand. The siraman procession will also begin with the mother and father, to be continued by the elders. The number of sprinklers themselves must be odd and range from 7, 9, to 11 people.

    12. Scratching or Haircut

    In this traditional Sundanese wedding procession, the hair of the bride and groom will be cut slightly as a symbol to beautify themselves physically and mentally and then proceed with the Ngeningan procession, namely by removing all fine hairs on the face, neck, forming sinoms, and making godeg and turi flowers.

    Sundanese Traditional Ceremonies for Birth

    Indonesia is the largest archipelagic country in the world with a diversity of tribes and a rich cultural heritage of the archipelago. Even though technological developments and advances are increasing, it turns out that some people still preserve and uphold their customs as ancestral heritage.

    The Sundanese people who come from West Java are no exception. The Sundanese people themselves then carry out traditional ceremonies by expressing gratitude and asking for welfare and safety in the afterlife.

    Usually, this traditional procession will be carried out at the most important moments in life, one of which is at the moments of the birth of a baby. There are 7 traditional Sundanese ceremonies after welcoming the birth of the baby into the world. What are they? Here are some of them.

    1. Ceremony of Caring for the Mother of God

    The first traditional ceremony is to care for the afterbirth or after childbirth so that the baby is safe and happy. Tembuni itself means the baby’s placenta or also known as the placenta.

    According to the beliefs of the Sundanese people, afterbirth is a baby’s sibling so it cannot be thrown away carelessly and must be carried out through a special ritual when burying or when washing it away.

    Simultaneously with the birth of the baby, the afterbirth is then cleaned and placed in a pencil or jug ​​and then given spices, namely salt, tamarind and brown sugar. Finally, the pendil is covered with a white cloth and given a small bamboo so that it can still receive air.

    The paraji (traditional birth attendant) will then carry and cover the pencil until they are buried in the yard area or thrown into the river according to custom. The burial ceremony itself is accompanied by reading a prayer to ask for safety.

    Near the grave of the afterbirth, a lamp or light will be given which will continue to burn until the baby’s umbilical cord is released from the stomach area

    2. Nenjrag Earth Ceremony

    The nenjrag bumi ceremony is the custom of striking a pestle, or a thick wooden stick, towards the earth. This ritual itself is carried out so that the baby will later become brave, not easily scared and surprised.

    There are two ways to choose from, namely hitting the ground with a pestle seven times near the baby or by laying the baby on the calf (bamboo floor split into pieces), and continue with the mother stamping her foot on the calf near the baby.

    3. Puput Puseur Ceremony

    Puput puseur ceremony begins with cutting the baby’s umbilical cord. After it is released, the mother or ovary will then place the umbilical cord in a kanjut kundang or cloth bag and cover it with a gauze bag filled with coins and tie it to the baby’s stomach, meaning that the navel does not stick out.

    The ceremony itself is held simultaneously with giving names, reading prayers of congratulations, and distributing red and white porridge to the surrounding residents.

    4. Ekahan Ceremony

    Maybe you are already familiar with the Ekahan or Aqiqah traditional ceremony. This ceremony itself is carried out to indulge gratitude to God as an expression of gratitude for having been blessed with a baby. In practice, this ceremony is generally carried out after the baby is 7 days, 14 days, or 21 days old.

    The child’s parents must provide a sheep or goat to be slaughtered with the provisions of two sheep if it’s a boy and one lamb if it’s a girl.

    This slaughtering procession is also accompanied by reading prayers of congratulations and the hope that one day the child will become a pious person who can help his parents in the afterlife. After slaughter, the meat will then be cooked and distributed.

    5. The nurunkeun ceremony

    The nurunkeun ceremony is a ceremony to introduce the baby to the surrounding environment. Paraji will then take the baby to the yard for the first time and at the same time inform the neighbors that the baby can be taken out of the house or taken for a walk.

    This ceremony is also held on the seventh day after the Puput Puseur ceremony. Not only that, the host will also provide a variety of dishes. Snacks and fruit will be wrapped and hung on bamboo crosswise, while heavy food is placed underneath.

    In the same bamboo, cloth swings are also made to be able to hold the baby while the paraji recites the prayer. After the procession ends, the host will then invite guests to eat the food provided and snacks that are hung are also distributed to the guest children.

    6. Shaving Ceremony

    Shaving the baby’s hair is then done when the baby enters the age of 40 days to clean or purify the hair of all uncleanness.

    The baby will be laid down in the middle of the guests, then a container filled with flower water and scissors are also provided, which are hung with gold jewelry, such as necklaces, rings and bracelets. While the guests are praying and praying, some of them will also cut a little of the baby’s hair.

    Related Books

    1. Makeup, Clothing, and Sundanese Wedding Customs – Salamina

    Often modernization becomes a practical reason and displaces noble cultural values, so that a marriage loses meaning. Even though the wedding procession is full of meaning to equip the prospective bride and groom to realize the sacred intention inherited by a very high and noble culture.

    Sundanese bridal make-up and traditional wedding procedures are a part of a series of cultures whose meaning needs to be conveyed.

    This book contains various forms of ‘cooperation’ between tradition and modernization so as to create a collaboration that is very current, but still sacred. Starting from the concept of make-up, buns, clothing, to the Sundanese ceremonial procedures, they are uniquely packaged on every page.

    Hopefully this book will become a discourse that will open up insights that this extraordinary cultural heritage must be preserved. Even though its application is adjusted to the pace of development of the times.

    2. Popular Sundanese Culinary

    Indonesia, rich in various cultures and customs. Likewise with the culinary world. From Sabang to Merauke, a variety of regional specialties enrich Indonesian culture. One of them is typical Sundanese cuisine.

    Talking about Sundanese specialties, you can’t go far from a variety of fresh vegetables and spicy chili sauce that arouse your appetite. But Sundanese cuisine is not only that, there are many types of ingredients and preparations that are delicious and appetizing.

    Abundant natural resources make the culinary world of the Sundanese people very rich. Apart from being eaten raw, such as fresh vegetables, Sundanese dishes are usually cooked in various ways, such as fried, baked in beuleum, boiled in ikulub, steamed in siseupan, and pepes/pais. All you can find in this book.

    3. Airbrush Make-up Part Two: for Traditional Betawi Brides Rias Besar

    It is not only used for international bridal make-up, or for extravagant stage make-up. Airbrush make-up can really be used to make up traditional and traditional bridal modifications.

    The ability of tools to innovate provides great benefits in traditional bridal makeup which is often completely comprehensive, from face to body.

    Chenny Han, in recent years he has been very serious in pursuing airbrush makeup techniques. One of the makeup techniques that gives each artist more ability to express their creativity without limits.

    This seemingly difficult technique for ordinary people can be mastered in just a few hours. Thus there is no reason not to master makeup with modern technology.

    In this book you can see the sophistication of the airbrush make-up technique in applying creativity to modified traditional bridal makeup. As a result, new ideas are pouring in, making the world of bridal makeup richer in appearance. Especially the modified traditional brides who have been bound to the same pattern.

    It’s time to keep creating. This book is a continuation of the book Airbrush Make-up Part One for Traditional Brides: Solo Basahan, Solo Putri, Jogja Paes Ageng, Yogya Puteri. This time, Chenny Han was creative with Betawi and Sundanese bridal make-up.

    This is a review of Sundanese traditional ceremonies and related matters that you can read in the books available at sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

  • Get to know 11 Kinds of Traditional Communication Tools

    11 Kinds of Traditional Communication Tools – With the rapid development of technology, humans no longer experience difficulties in communicating. Now, the exchange of information is so easy to do despite the distance and time disparities. However, did Sinaumed’s know that communication tools go through a long history?

    Before getting to know technology, humans still relied on traditional communication tools to facilitate the need for sending messages. What are categorized as traditional communication tools? Traditional communication tools basically still utilize simple media or do not yet have technological elements so that the reach of recipients is not wide and fast.

    Definition of Traditional Communication Tools

    Traditional communication tools are simple media used during the process of transmitting messages by the sender (communicator) to the recipient (communicant). Traditional communication tools usually still use manual methods. This is because the technology has not been found at that time.

    Traditional communication tools have a limited reach. Its use is only in the local scope. In addition, the dissemination of information with traditional communication tools cannot be done quickly.

    History of Traditional Communication Tools

    Traditional communication tools were created to meet human needs to interact with others. Experts suggest that communication began when humans were present on earth in an effort to meet all kinds of needs. Because of this, traditional communication tools are believed to be almost as old as recorded human life.

    Initially, communication could only be done face to face. However, direct face-to-face communication has many weaknesses and is unable to support increasingly complex human survival. Innovation continues to be carried out until traditional communication tools are created.

    In its development, traditional communication tools are closely related to geographical location, local tribal customs and civilization. In Indonesia itself, several traditional communication tools are still being used by rural communities who are still thick with local wisdom.

    Characteristics of Traditional Communication Tools

    In the book  Public Relations Writing and Media Techniques , Dennis L. Wilcox mentions several characteristics of traditional communication tools.

    1. Limited graphics load

    The absence of technology in traditional communication tools makes the resulting information very limited. Traditional communication tools only produce sounds, writing and images that are made manually by human hands. Evidence of relics or artifacts found does not contain modern graphic information.

    2. Hierarchical

    Currently, information can be conveyed and received by anyone, even people who are not related to each other at all. However, traditional communication tools are hierarchical or the resulting communication is vertical communication. This means that the sender of the message and the recipient of the message are in different positions or positions in a community group.

    The sender of the message using traditional communication tools is a person with a higher hierarchy compared to the recipient of the message. An example is the bell rung by the royal leadership as a sign of news to the people.

    3. One way

    Although the communication process always involves a relationship between two parties, traditional communication tools produce unidirectional communication. This communication pattern is characterized by the loss of feedback from messages received by the communicant. During one-way communication, the recipient of the message only acts as a listener without giving a reaction, response or reply to the information obtained.

    4. Limited distance and time

    Traditional communication tools have not included technological elements so that they have limitations in terms of distance and time. Messages sent through traditional communication tools can only be received by communicants who are in the area around the sender of the message. The process of disseminating information with traditional communication tools also takes some time to reach the recipient.

    5. Professional communicator

    One of the differences between traditional communication tools and modern communication tools lies in the expertise of the sender or communicator. Communicators who utilize traditional communication tools are those who have the expertise or at least the authority to use them.

    For example, the use of the telegraph for war strategy was only carried out by people who understood telegraph code or Morse code—usually soldiers of war. Whereas in this modern era, anyone can learn and use any sophisticated communication tool.

    6. Institution-bound

    Due to limited access to traditional communication tools, their use is also linked to binding institutions. The communicators and communicants involved in conveying messages through traditional communication tools are in the same institution, organization or community group.

    7. Fixed format

    We can easily read news from other countries’ media even though it is written in a foreign language. This happened because of the phenomenon of globalization so that the barriers between countries are increasingly melting. A foreign language is something that is no longer difficult to learn.

    This situation was very different from past communications. Traditional communication tools have characteristics that are unique to one another. There is a code, cipher, sign, and language that is agreed upon in a group. An example is the hieroglyphics of the ancient Egyptians carved in stone understood only by their ancient Egyptian ancestors.

    8. High access fees

    Traditional communication tools are fairly simple because the media used are not complicated and can be found anywhere. This makes the reach and process of message transmission very limited and requires high costs.

    For example using the services of messengers who travel long distances with limited transportation. Inefficient message delivery, such as the distance, time, and energy that must be allocated to transmit information, makes traditional communication tools require high access costs.

    Kinds of Traditional Communication Tools

    1. Smoke

    Perhaps modern humans have never thought of how smoke was used by their ancestors as a traditional means of communication. In the book  World of Communication and Gadgets , Syerif Nurhakim writes that smoke is one of the traditional communication tools used by people in several parts of the world such as the American Indians, the Greeks, and soldiers in Ancient China. The unique shape of the puff of smoke is a marker with a certain meaning that is only understood by both parties, both the sender and the recipient of the message.

    Initially, smoke was considered as a solution to the human need for long-distance communication. Smoke is considered faster than using the services or intermediaries of runners as messengers.

    As a long-distance signal, smoke is passed through one tower to the intended tower. Conveying messages with smoke is done in a relay. Smoke is believed to be able to travel long distances in a relatively short amount of time.

    Unfortunately, smoke as a traditional means of communication has many drawbacks. One of the weaknesses is the nature of the smoke which cannot last long, while the recipient of the message must continue to be able to remember the code sent. Another weakness lies in the shape of the smoke that is easily changed so that it has the potential to make the recipient of the message mistaken in translating the information received.

    2. Prehistoric Paintings

    On January 13, 2021 the National Archaeological Research Center (Puslit Arkenas) and Griffith University, Australia, published the results of a collaborative research in the journal Science Advances, that the images of pigs found in Leang Tedongnge, South Sulawesi, are at least 45,500 years old. The age of the paintings was determined through the Uranium-series method which required rock samples in the cave ornament. This painting is even claimed to be the oldest ancient painting in the world.

    Prehistoric paintings that are often found in caves are one of the oldest traditional communication tools. This is because prehistoric paintings are markers of ancient human life, namely the phase when humans had not yet evolved.

    Even though they contain different pictures or patterns from one cave to another, the prehistoric paintings have the same characteristics, namely depicting the daily life of humans at that time. Usually the images found are of animals which usually refer to the hunting period, traditional dances, or handprints.

    3. Beduk

    The drum is a traditional communication tool whose form and method of use are similar to the drum. Beduk is made of cow or cow skin. The drum is still often found in the front yard of the mosque because of its original function as a prayer alarm even though it has been replaced with a loudspeaker.

    Even though it is synonymous with Muslims, archaeologist Dwi Cahyono from Malang State University believes that the beduk has actually been used by prehistoric humans or to be precise since the Bronze Age. One of the relics from that time was the nekara which is believed to be the beginning of the beduk. Nekara made of bronze is used during religious ceremonies.

    4. Profit

    Not much different from the drum, kentungan is a traditional communication tool whose method of use is being hit. The main material for making clappers is bamboo or wood as well as the bat. The original clappers are cylindrical or tube-shaped with a hole in the center so that the reflected sound is louder. According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) clappers are sounded to indicate a time or danger sign or to gather masses.

    5. Bells

    Similar to clappers and drums, bells are traditional communication tools that produce a sound. The bell is shaped like a hollow cup turned upside down and made of metal. In the hollow part there is a pendulum that hangs so that the sound will be produced from the collision of two metals, namely the pendulum and the body of the bell.

    Just like claps, bells are used as time markers or to announce something. Apart from that, bells are also found in several places of worship for religious rituals such as in monasteries, pagodas and churches.

    6. Pigeons

    Historical records show that doves were one of the most reliable traditional means of communication. This intelligent bird has a sharp memory, good navigation skills, and the ability to return to its original cage even though it has traveled a long way. It is also a trainable bird.

    In many important wars, the dove served as a caretaker who was both saving and deadly. As a postman, the dove is tasked with delivering messages, missions, or secret strategies in the form of letters to recipients. Pigeon Post succeeded in thwarting a number of war operations, but he also succeeded in delivering a victory that cost the opposing side. As a result, pigeons are often targeted for killing when deemed dangerous.

    7. Stone

    Humans try to record the events that occur in their lives more systematically. Writing is the solution to that vision. With writing, information will last longer and can be understood by readers and successors.

    At the time when humans began to recognize writing, traditional communication tools began to develop. Humans are also looking for media that can be used to document their writings. Stone is a traditional communication tool that is considered sturdy and easy to carry on long journeys by messengers.

    When studying history, we know that Indonesia has important heritages in the form of inscriptions. An inscription is a stone on which a row of human handwriting has been affixed which contains an important announcement.

    8. Palm Leaves

    Palm leaves have the same function as stones as a traditional communication tool, namely a medium for recording information. Palm leaves need to be dried before hand strokes are added. Palm leaf mass is indeed much lighter than stone, but its resistance is not as solid as stone.

    9. Telephone tin

    Canned telephones are often used as simple physics experiments on the process of sound transmission. This traditional communication tool requires two cans connected at the bottom with a thread measuring 5-10 meters. The sender of the message only needs to speak through one open side of the can, while the recipient of the message has to bring the open side of the can closer to his ear.

    10. Telegraph

    The telegraph was the first traditional communication tool to start using electricity. The telegraph was invented by an American inventor, Samuel FB Morse, along with the development of the Morse code which became the official language of the telegraph. Although it was first discovered in 1837, Samuel Morse only obtained a patent for the telegraph on June 20, 1844 after winning a trial against the applicants for a similar device from England, namely Charles Wheatstone and William Cooke.

    The telegraph is often referred to as a revolutionary invention because it forms the basis for updating the communication tools we use today. Through the transmission of electrical signals, the telegraph was originally able to send messages as far as 32 kilometers more accurately or on target. The message sent is not yet in the form of letters of the alphabet but only dots and dashes known as Morse code. In subsequent developments the telegraph was able to travel even further distances to send messages.

    11. Letters

    Even though it is categorized as a traditional communication tool, letters are still often used today. Letters begin to recognize or contain information in alphabetical letters which are usually written or printed on a sheet of paper and sent by post. Traditional letters require a postmark with a price statement or known as a postage stamp.

    Letters have been replaced by more efficient media, namely electronic mail or e-mail. However, correspondence activities still exist, used for official documents in state or business affairs.

    Conclusion

    Even though it sounds simple and has a number of limitations, traditional communication tools play a crucial role in supporting human social life. Traditional communication tools are the pioneer and basis for the development of modern communication tools. The communication tools that we currently use are the result of ripening, updating, and combining ideas or ideas from traditional communication tools.

    Traditional communication tools are still being studied by scientists and experts alike. This is important to continue to do so that we can understand human life which is so complex. By studying past legacies, solutions or root causes of problems experienced by humans today can be mapped and formulated appropriately.

    • History of Valentine’s Day and Facts You Need to Know
    • This is the History of Bobo Magazine that you must know!
    • Inventor of Radio: History and Biography of Guglielmo Marconi
    • History of the Father of World Scouts
    • Understanding Franchise: History, Benefits, Characteristics, Types and Tips

    Well, that’s the explanation regarding the development of traditional communication tools that have been used by humans from time to time. If Sinaumed’s is interested in finding out more about traditional communication tools, here are book recommendations that can be found on the  www.sinaumedia.com page .

    Author: Anendya Niervana

    Title: Development of Communication Technology

    Title: Interpersonal Communication Theory

  • Geosphere Phenomena: Definition, Kinds, and Examples in Life

    Geosphere Phenomena – Hello, Sinaumed’s friends , did you know? Geography is a basic science that is learned when we are in high school (SMA). Let’s start with a general understanding of geography below.

    Etymologically, the word geography comes from the Greek, geo means earth and graphein means text. The combination of the two words then forms “geography”.

    General Definition Geography is the science of the earth and all the principles, phenomena, and aspects related to human life. Both caused by nature and by human activity.

    Geography is a science that is in great demand all over the world. Its important geographical position has made many scientists study it. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), geography is the science that discusses the earth’s surface, climate, population, flora, fauna and results obtained from within the earth.

    Well, in geography there is the term geosphere. Geosphere is a term that is often found in geography. Because the geosphere is the material object of geography. In earth science, also known as geoscience, the discussion relating to the geosphere refers to the solid parts of our planet, such as the mantle and crust. The liquid part is called the hydrosphere, and the gaseous part is called the atmosphere.

    What is certain, however, is that historically, the appearance of the geosphere, which was created in the late 19th century, was modeled after the atmosphere, with the Greek prefix geo meaning “earth” land. Thus, the geosphere has played an important role so far as it defines much of the environment in which we live, controlling the distribution of minerals, rocks and soil, as well as the natural hazards that affect humans.

    The distribution of mountains, the position of continents, the shape of the seabed, and the location of major rivers and floodplains are largely the product of processes that occur in the geosphere. From the discussion above, we will discuss what exactly is the geosphere and material objects of geography? What are the elements? What are Geosphere Phenomena? Let’s look at the explanation.

    Definition of Geosphere

    Earth is made up of different structural layers. In the air, on its surface, even in its heart, it has various compositions. This material sustains life on earth. This is then called the geosphere, as mentioned in the opening paragraph.

    The geosphere is a general term in geography, because the geosphere is a physical object of geography. The term geosphere is taken from the word geo which means earth and sphere which means layer, therefore the meaning of the geosphere is the layers that exist on earth, both below the earth’s surface, on the earth’s surface and above the earth’s surface which affect human life and other living things on earth.

    This geosphere is a phenomenon or events or events that occur on the surface of the earth. It also includes the layers consisting of the atmosphere, lithosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, and also the anthroposphere. The geosphere itself comes from the word geo which means area and sphere which means to surround or surround. The earth has several main layers including:

    • This barrier layer is the layer of the earth’s core which is a solid substance consisting of a layer of nickel and also ferum iron or a nife layer. This barrier has a radius of approximately 3,470 km.
    • This mautle asthenosphere layer is a layer of earth that lies in the nife layer and also has a thickness of about 1,700 km. This layer also consists of liquid material that has a high temperature and also glows with a specific gravity of about 5 g/cm.
    • This lithosphere is the outermost layer of the earth’s crust which is located in the asthenosphere mautle layer which has a thickness of about 1,200 km with an average specific gravity of 2.8 g/cm.

    Understanding Geosphere According to Experts

    1. Wikipedia

    The geosphere can be interpreted as a collective name for the lithosphere, hydrosphere, cryosphere, and atmosphere.

    2. Aristotelian physics

    The geosphere is the term applied to the 4 natural layers of the world centered around the center of the Earth, as described in Physics and Meteorology courses. The four layers can be used to describe the motion of the four elements of the earth.

    3. Modern texts (in Earth system science)

    Geosphere refers to the solid part of the Earth that is used along with the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere to describe the Earth system (its interaction with the magnetosphere is sometimes listed). In this context, the term lithosphere is sometimes used interchangeably with the geosphere or also for the solid part of the earth. The lithosphere also refers only to the solid upper layer of the Earth (the rock of the oceanic and continental crust and the upper mantle).

    Since the beginning of space exploration, it has been observed that the level of the ionosphere or plasma layer changes dramatically and is often much greater than previously thought, sometimes even extending to the limits of the magnetosphere or Earth’s magnetism. This outer boundary of geological material is known as the “geopause” , to indicate the relative scarcity of external material, where the wind in the solar sense predominates.

    Types of Geosphere

    The geosphere consists of 5 layers, including:

    1. Atmosphere

    In this sense, the atmosphere is the layer of gas that surrounds a planet, including Earth, from the planet’s surface to the depths of outer space. Earth’s atmosphere exists from a height of 0 km above the ground to about 560 km from the earth’s surface.

    The atmospheric density gradually decreases in space, which, due to the planet’s gravity, pulls gases and aerosols (i.e. microscopic suspended particles such as dust, soot, smoke, or chemicals) into the atmosphere, closer to the surface. The atmosphere on some planets, such as Mercury, is almost non-existent, due to the primordial atmosphere escaping or being released from the planet’s relatively weak gravity and being released into space.

    Other planets, such as Venus, Earth, Mars, and the outer giant planets, retain their atmospheres. In addition, the earth’s atmosphere can also accommodate water in its three phases (solid, liquid and gas) which is certainly important for the development of life on this planet.

    2. Lithosphere

    The lithosphere is the densest or hardest and outermost part of the Earth. Although this lithosphere is still considered elastic, it is not viscous. The lithosphere is much more fragile than the asthenosphere. The elasticity and plasticity of the lithosphere depend on temperature, pressure and the curvature of the Earth itself. This lithosphere is capable of generating heat due to convection that occurs in the plastic mantle beneath the lithosphere.

    The lithosphere is not a continuous layer divided into moving tectonic plates. This is a layer about 100 km deep. The deepest and hottest part of the lithosphere is called the asthenosphere.

    3. Hydrosphere

    The hydrosphere is defined as the total amount of water on the planet. This includes water that is also present on the planet’s surface, underground, and in the atmosphere. The hydrosphere on a planet may or may not be in the form of liquid, vapor, or ice. In general, the hydrosphere is abundant, with the oceans covering about 71% of the earth’s surface.

    The hydrosphere plays a key role in the development and survival of organisms. It is believed that the first living organisms appeared in water. Moreover, every human life begins in the aquatic environment i.e. the mother’s womb, most of our cells and tissues are also water and most of the chemical reactions are part of water. All life processes take place in water.

    4. Biosphere

    The meaning of this biosphere is the layer of planet Earth where life takes place. These layers extend from a height of up to ten kilometers above sea level. The biosphere is one of the four layers that surround the Earth along with the lithosphere (rock), hydrosphere (water), and atmosphere (air) and is the sum of all ecosystems. .

    The nature of the biosphere is unique. So far, there is no life anywhere else in the universe. Life on this Earth depends on the sun. The energy provided by sunlight is absorbed by plants, some bacteria and protozoa, and used in photosynthesis.

    The energy obtained then converts carbon dioxide into organic compounds such as sugar and produces oxygen. Most animals, fungi, plant parasites and many bacteria depend directly or indirectly on photosynthesis.

    Therefore, we can say that this biosphere is a system characterized by a continuous cycle of matter and the accompanying flow of solar energy, in which the molecules are large as well as the number of reproductive cells. Water is the main influencing factor, because all life depends on water.

    5. Anthroposphere

    The term anthroposphere is also known as the technosphere. The Anthroposphere is that part of the environment created or modified by humans for use by human activity and habitation. The Human Sphere is the part of the earth’s surface that is inhabited by humans.

    Examples of Geosphere Phenomena

    Studying the importance of the geosphere is essential for interacting with other regions. For example, in this case, the development of the modern atmosphere was the result of a combination of geological processes (volcanic eruptions, weathering of rocks, iron oxides) and biological processes, such as photosynthesis. The main source of carbon dioxide that can cause global warming is fossil fuels which are taken from the lithosphere (which is one of the layers of the geosphere) and used to produce energy.

    Most of the water that makes up the world’s oceans comes from volcanic vapors. The distribution of plants, although largely controlled by global climate, changes in response to changes in elevation and subsurface distribution.

    Geosphere phenomena are natural phenomena or events related to the elements of the geosphere, namely the atmosphere, lithosphere, biosphere, humans and hydrosphere. Examples of geosphere phenomena in everyday life can be studied together with geography, because geography itself is a science that studies geosphere phenomena or geosphere phenomena based on the elements of the geosphere. On this occasion, we will discuss examples of geosphere phenomena in everyday life.

    The phenomenon of the geosphere includes 5 elements, namely the biosphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere, anthroposphere, atmosphere if abbreviated as “Bili Hianat” . All these elements are interconnected and form life on earth. On this occasion we will discuss examples of geosphere phenomena in everyday life, the following are examples of geosphere phenomena classified according to geosphere elements:

    1. Phenomena in the Atmosphere

    Geosphere phenomena in the atmosphere can be encountered in everyday life. The following are examples of geosphere phenomena related to the atmosphere:

    • There is a change of seasons in the hemisphere which directly or indirectly affects life. As an example of the emergence of a change in a season caused by seasonal climatic factors in Indonesia, namely during the rainy season, farmers take advantage of this by starting to plant rice in rice fields thanks to rain. In addition, during the rainy season, fishermen often discourage going to sea. Indeed, tides cannot be predicted with certainty.
    • Changes in weather factors. For example, people with cold climates tend to wear thick clothes, while people with warm climates tend to wear light clothes.
    • Aurora is a luminous atmospheric phenomenon that appears as bands of light that are sometimes visible in the night sky in northern or southern regions of the Earth. This is thought to be caused by charged particles from the sun entering the Earth’s magnetic field and molecules exciting the atmosphere. The aurora that shines at the south pole is called the aurora australis or aurora borealis. While the aurora that shines at the north pole is called the aurora borealis or aurora borealis.
    • Mirage is an optical illusion that occurs due to the refraction of sunlight through the air with varying degrees of intensity. Mirage appearances are often in the form of puddles of water in the middle of the desert or on asphalt exposed to the hot sun. Its true appearance is that of sunlight refracted by a mass of air of brittle density.

    2. Phenomena in the Lithosphere

    Geosphere phenomena in the lithosphere can be encountered in everyday life. The following are examples of geosphere phenomena related to the lithosphere:

    • Such as the occurrence of earthquakes caused by the movement of tectonic plates. Examples of geospatial phenomena in everyday life can be found in Indonesia. Earthquakes due to the movement of tectonic plates occur in many parts of Indonesia, such as the earthquake in Karo, Yogyakarta and also the earthquake in Papua.
    • Erosion occurs on sloping areas so it is necessary to build ditches or ladders on steep areas to reduce the rate of erosion.
    • Landslide, the definition of a landslide or commonly known as ground displacement is a geological event that occurs due to shifting of rock or soil masses in various forms and types such as falling rocks or large masses of foundation soil.

    Landslides are generally caused by two factors, namely driving factors and triggering factors. Repulsive factors are factors that affect the state of the material itself, while triggers are factors that cause matter to move.

    3. Phenomena in the Hydrosphere

    The following is an example of a geosphere phenomenon related to the hydrosphere.

    • The amount of water stored in the soil is influenced by the infiltration of water into the soil as well as other factors that affect the potential of soil water. This rock is also a ground cover that can or can affect water absorption. In addition, the use of groundwater by humans also affects groundwater resources.
    • Snow on the mountains of Jaya Wijaya, Papua, Indonesia. An example of geosphere phenomena in everyday life is a unique example in Indonesia, because snow exists in Indonesia which is known to have a tropical climate.

    4. Phenomena in the Biosphere

    Geosphere phenomena in the biosphere can be encountered in everyday life. The following are examples of geosphere phenomena related to the biosphere:

    • There is a distribution of flora and fauna in the hemisphere. This phenomenon is caused by favorable habitat conditions, such as the presence of Javan tigers, camels in Arabia and even birds of paradise in Papua and their habitats. Apart from that, the existence of wild animals in this part of the world is also used by humans, for example in Indonesia people use animals such as cows, buffaloes and even horses, while in Thailand people use elephants to support their activities or daily life. .
    • Food consumption varies due to differences in flora and fauna. For example, in Indonesia, the staple food is rice because Indonesia is a rice-producing area.

    5. Phenomena in the Anthroposphere

    Geosphere phenomena in the anthroposphere can be encountered in everyday life. The following are examples of geosphere phenomena related to the anthroposphere:

    • There is a diversity of customs and also cultures in the hemisphere. This diversity also greatly influences human life itself, including ways of interacting, different skills and also different needs.
    • There are different potential natural resources (SDA) which can or may cause differences in the way they are used too, therefore processing and also the tools used will also be different due to differences in the types of these natural resources.

    Well, this is an example of geosphere phenomena in everyday life . The geographical scope generally includes geosphere phenomena which include natural phenomena and social phenomena . In addition, within the scope of geography can include human interaction with the environment. If you still have difficulty understanding the Geosfar Phenomenon, you can buy and read books at sinaumedia.com. Hopefully this article is useful.                           

     

  • Geometry Series: Definition, Formulas, Examples, and Practice Problems

    Geometry Series – Discussion of material about arithmetic sequences and series, you will definitely learn along with material on geometric sequences. Even though they look the same, the two materials have their own characteristics and formulas.

    The difference between arithmetic sequences and series and geometric sequences and series is the pattern. If in arithmetic we use addition patterns, then in geometry we use multiplication patterns. Well, like material in other branches of science, the higher the level of discussion, the more difficult it will be. But don’t worry, because Sinaumed’s will still understand it all if he understands the concept of the formula.

    So, what is a geometric series? What is the concept of the formula for this geometric series? What about examples of problems regarding geometric series and their discussion? So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about these things, let’s immediately see the following review!

    What is a Geometry Series?

    According to Ruangguru , a geometric series is one that looks like a geometric sequence, but is written in addition form. The ratio in the geometric series is symbolized by r. A simple example of a geometric series is: 1 + 4 + 16 + 64 + 256,….

    Yep, the thing that distinguishes a geometric sequence from a geometric series is the way of writing the arrangement. If in a geometric sequence, the numbers are separated using a comma (,), then in a geometric series using an addition sign (+). “That is why, the definition of a geometric series is the sum of each term of a geometric sequence.”

    In order to understand better, pay attention to writing the following standard arrangement patterns for geometric sequences and geometric series!

    Geometry sequence: a, ar, ar2 , ar3 , …, arn – 1
    Geometry series: a + ar + ar2 + ar3 + … + arn – 1

    Well, based on various sources it can be concluded about matters regarding geometric series, namely.

    • A geometric series is the sum of the terms in the geometric sequence.
    • The sum in question is the sum for several finite terms (starting from the first n terms).
    • The symbol used is Sn, meaning the number of first n terms.

    Another example of a geometric series is:

    S 1 = U 1 (sum of 1 first term)

    S 2 = U 1 + U 2 (sum of the first 2 terms)

    S 3 = U 1 + U 2 + U 3 (sum of the first 3 terms)

    S 4 = U 1 + U 2 + U 3 + U 4 (sum of first 4 terms) 

    etc.

    Understanding What An Infinite Geometry Series Is

    The discussion of geometric series will also be related to infinite geometric series, of course the sum will reach the infinity term. The number of the series still follows the geometric sequence. Since this geometric series is infinite, it will use the symbol ∞ alias infinity (infinite).

    Geometry Series Formulas

    The formula for this geometric series is of course different from the formula for an arithmetic series, even with the formula for an infinite geometric series. This is because, even though these three things have the same name as “series”, their definitions and formulas will still be different. The following is a formula for calculating a geometric series!

    Ascending series (r > 1)

    Descending series (r < 1)

    Information:

    Sn = Sum of the nth term of the geometric series

    a = First term

    r = Ratio

    Proof of Geometry Series Formulas

    The following is a proof of the geometric series formula, especially in the descending series for r < 1.

    ⇔ Sn = U 1 + U 2 + U 3 + U 4 + … + Un

    ⇔ = a + ar + ar 2 + ar 3 + …+ ar n-1 ……………………… (1)

    Now, from equation (1), all terms will be multiplied by r, so it becomes:

    ⇔ rS n = r (U 1 + U 2 + U 3 + U 4 + … + Un )

    ⇔ = r ( a + ar + ar 2 + ar 3 + …+ ar n-1 )

    ⇔ = a + ar + ar 2 + ar 3 + …+ ar n  ………………… (2)

    Then, from equations (1) and (2), the following calculation will be obtained:

    S n = a + ar + ar 2 + ar 3 + …+ ar n-1

    rS n = ar + ar 2 + ar 3 + ar 4 +….. + ar n

    ————————————————————— –

    S n – rS n = a + (-ar n )

    (1-r) S n = a – ar n

    Examples of Geometry Series Problems and their Discussion

    Example Question 1

    1. Find the sum of the first 9 terms of the geometric series 3 + 6 + 12 + 24 + 48 + …

    Completion:

    Given: a = 3

    Wanted: S 9

    Answer:

    Example Problem 2

    2. A rope is divided into 6 parts with length measurements to form a geometric series; if the shortest part is 3 cm and the longest is 96 cm, determine the length of the rope.

    Completion:

    Given: Un = 96; a = 3; n = 6

    Asked: S 7

    Answer:

    Un = ar n-1

    ⇔ 96 = 3 . r 5

    ⇔ r 5 = 32

    ⇔r = 2

    Because r > 1, the applicable calculation formula is

    So, the length of the rope is 189 cm.

    15+ Geometry Series Problems

    1. It is known that the sequence √3 , 3, 3√3 , … The 9th term is …
    A. 81√3 B. 81 C. 243 D. 613√3 E.729
    1. In a geometric sequence, it is known that the 3rd term is 3 and the 6th term is 81. Then the 8th term is…
    A. 729 B. 612 C. 542 D. 712 E. 681
    1. You know the sequence 2, 2 2 , 4, 4 2 , … What term is 64√2?
    A.11 B.12 C. 13 D. 14 E. 15
    1. The sum of the first 5 terms of the series 3 + 6 + 12 + … is …
    A. 62 B. 84 C. 93 D. 108 E. 152
    1. The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series is expressed by Sn = 2n+2 – 3. The formula for the nth term is…
    A. . 2n–1 B. 2n+1 C. 2n+3 D. . 2n–3 E. 2n
    1. It is known that a geometric series with the first term is 6 and the fourth term is 48. The sum of the first six terms of the series is …
    A.368 B.389 C. 378 D. 379 E.384
    1. Given four numbers, the first three numbers are arithmetic sequences and the last three numbers are geometric sequences. The sum of the second and fourth numbers is 8. The sum of the first and third numbers is 18. The sum of the four numbers is…
    A.28 B. 31 C. 44 D. 52 E. 81
    1. A rope is cut into 8 pieces. The length of each of these pieces follows the geometric sequence. The length of the shortest piece of rope is 4 cm and the length of the longest piece of rope is 512 cm. The length of the original rope is … cm
    A.512 B. 1020 C. 1024 D. 2032 E.2048
    1. The following series is known: 3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + …
    1.  Determine the 8th term in the series!
    2. Determine the sum of the first 8 terms in the series!
    1. Bacteria reproduce by dividing every 30 minutes. If the number of bacteria is 200, count how many bacteria will grow after 12 hours and after 24 hours!
    2. Calculate the sum of the geometric series: 3 + 6 + 12 + …. +384

    Understanding What an Arithmetic Sequence Is

    What is the Arithmetic Sequence Formula?

    Please note, Sinaumed’s, that the formulas for arithmetic sequences and arithmetic series are different, even though both are sub-chapters of the same material. Well, here is the formula for calculating an arithmetic sequence.

    Un = a + (n – 1)b

    Information:

    a = U1 = first term in the arithmetic sequence

    b = difference in arithmetic sequence = Un – Un-1, provided that n is the number of terms

    n = number of terms

    Un = the number of the nth term

    The formula for finding the difference in an arithmetic sequence

    b = Un – Un-1

    Information:

    b = difference in the arithmetic sequence

    Un = the nth term

    Un-1 – the n-1 term

    Examples of Problem Arithmetic Sequences and their Discussion

    Example Question 1

    Find the 100th term of the arithmetic sequence 2, 5, 8, 11, …

    Discussion:

    a = 2

    b = u2 – u1 = 5 – 2 = 3

    n = 100 un = a + (n – 1)b

    un = 2 + (100 – 1)3 = 2 + (99 x 3) = 299

    Example Problem 2

    The arithmetic sequence 1, 3, 5, 7, … is known. un = 225. Determine the number of terms (n).

    Completion:

    a = 1, b = 2, un = 225

    un = a (n – 1)b

    225 = 1 + (n – 1)2 = 1 + 2n – 2

    226 = 2n

    n = 113

    Example Problem 3

    Si Dadap successfully passed the PT (Higher Education) entrance examination. As a student, starting January 1, 2008 he received an allowance of Rp. 500,000.00 for one quarter. This allowance is given at the beginning of each quarter. For each subsequent quarter the pocket money he receives is increased by Rp. 25,000. How much pocket money will Dadap receive in early 2011?

    Completion:

    1st Quarter: u1 = a = Rp. 500,000.00

    2nd quarter: u2 = a + b = Rp. 525,000.00, etc

    So b = 25,000.

    At the beginning of 2011, the college had been used for 3 years or 12 quarters, meaning: u12 = a + (12 – 1)b = 500,000 + (11 x 25,000) = 775,000

    So the amount of money that Dadap will receive at the beginning of 2011 is Rp. 775,000.00.

    Example Problem 4

    It is known that the 1st term of the arithmetic sequence is 6 and the fifth term is 18, determine the difference.

    Completion: 

    It is known that a = 6, and U5 = 18

    Un = a + (n – 1) b

    U5 = 6 + (5 – 1) b

    18= 6 + 4b

    4b = 12

    b = 3

    So the difference is 3.

    Example Problem 5

    Find the 21st term of the arithmetic sequence: 17, 15, 13, 11,…

    Completion: 

    If a = 17, b = -2, and n = 21,

    then U21 = 17 + (21-1)(-2) = -23 

    So, the 21st term of the arithmetic sequence is -23

    Example Problem 6

    The 40th term of sequence 7, 5, 3, 1, … is …

    Completion:

    Given: a = 7

    b = –2

    Asked 𝑈40 ?

    Answer:

    𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1) 𝑏

    𝑈40 = 7 + (40 − 1) (−2)

    = 7 + 39 x (-2)

    = 7 + (-78) = – 71

    So, the 40th term of the arithmetic sequence is –71.

    Example Problem 7

    The formula for the nth term of the sequence 5, –2, –9, –16, … is …

    Discussion: 

    Given: a = 5 b = –7

    Wanted: the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence = ?

    Answer:

    𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1) 𝑏

    = 5 + (𝑛 − 1)(−7)

    = 5 − 7 𝑛 + 7

    = 12 − 7 𝑛

    So, the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence is 𝑈𝑛 = 12 − 7𝑛

    Example Problem 8

    In a theater, seats are arranged with the front row consisting of 12 seats, the second row containing 14 seats, the third row containing 16 seats, and so on. The number of seats in the 20th row is…

    Discussion: 

    Is known:

    a = 12

    b = 2

    Asked 𝑈20 ?

    Answer:

    𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑏

    𝑈20 = 12 + (20 − 1)(2)

    = 12 + 19 . (2)

    = 12 + (38) = 50

    So, the number of seats in the 20th row is 50 seats

    Example Problem 9

    The 10th number of the sequence: 3, 5, 7, 9, ….is…

    Completion:

    a = 3, b = 2,

    U10 = (a + 9b)

    U10 = 3 + 18 = 21

    Example Problem 10

    A sequence of 2, 5, 10, 17, …. meet the pattern Un = an2 + bn + c. 9th tribe of

    that line is…

    Completion

    Is known :

    Rows 2, 5, 10, 17, …

    𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛2 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐

    Asked: 𝑈9 = ⋯ ?

    Answer:

    𝑈𝑛 = (1)𝑛 2 + (0)𝑛 + 1

    𝑈𝑛 = 𝑛2 + 1

    𝑈9 = 92 + 1

    𝑈9 = 82

    Source:

    Dhoruri, Atmini. Sequences and Series of Numbers.

    Istiqomah. (2020). General Mathematics High School Learning Module: Class XI Sequences and Series . Ministry of Education and Culture. SMA Negeri 5 Mataram.

    Karso, H. Lines and Derets (High School Mathematics Learning) . FMIPA UPI.

    Also Read!

    • Understanding Arithmetic Series Along with Formulas and Examples of Problems
    • What is the Operation of Integer Multiplication?
    • Definition, Formulas, and Examples of Arithmetic Sequences!
    • Examples of Mathematical Induction Problems and their Proof
    • How To Convert Ordinary Fractions Into Decimal Form
    • Sets: Definition, History, Types, and How to Express them 
    • What Is a Down Interval?
    • Trigonometry Function Derivative Formulas
  • Geographical Research: Methods and Steps for Conducting Research

    Geographical Research: Methods and Steps for Conducting Research

    Geographical research – Geography is an essential science field in which humans are involved. Geography is critical because it studies aspects related to the Earth, such as layers of soil, layers of rock, minerals, and so on. This knowledge is indeed critical because humans live on Earth. With this, humans need to know the state of the Earth.

    In addition to studying the Earth, geography explores climate, weather, and everything related to the heavens and outer space. Geography is a vast subject that comprises several branches.

    All aspects of the Earth will only be easily obtained by some. Some people who know geography will conduct geographic research to discover all elements on Earth and even outer space. Therefore, geographic research is fundamental to learning more about the Earth we live in today.

    This article aims to provide Sinaumed with a clear understanding of geographic research and the necessary steps to take. Let’s delve into the following review to gain a better insight into the sequential steps of geographic research.

    Geography Research

    Geography also conducted research. These studies are called “geographical research.” Geographic research is a study conducted in the field of geography. Geography Research is a logical and scientific study. Therefore, geographic research is carried out systematically. Geographic research is carried out to achieve goals through results or solutions to geographic problems.

    Therefore, some problems are mainly faced in geography before starting geographic research. On this occasion, we will learn about the steps of the geographic research method. Of course, this can be used as a guideline for those who want to do research in geography.

    Unlike other research, the research phase in geography focuses on natural phenomena. In other words, formulating the problem in the study of geography contains geographical phenomena. In general, this geographical research has three characteristics: making and using maps, field observations, and identification of models from the research analysis results.

    A phenomenon is an observed fact, event, or state of nature. In general, there are two primary questions about a phenomenon: what or why it occurs and where it occurs.

    So, the phenomena studied in geography are geosphere phenomena. The wonder of the geosphere consists of humans, nature, and their interrelationships on the Earth’s surface. The geosphere is the hydrosphere (water layer), lithosphere (rock layer), atmosphere (air layer), biosphere (life layer including plants and animals), and the human environment (population dynamics).

    Geographical Research Methods

    Geographical research has many types depending on the method, form, and purpose. Based on the objectives, exploratory, descriptive, and explanatory research methods are used to obtain research data. The following is an explanation of the method.

    Explorative Research

    Exploratory research is research by collecting data through interviews, observation, and literature review. This research aims to develop a basis for topics that are new or unknown to people. This study examines the relationship between social and physical symptoms to obtain a quality hypothesis.

    Descriptive Research

    Descriptive research is further research according to exploratory research. The purpose of this study is to reveal cases of the geosphere that are following the facts. The results of descriptive research are in the form of schematic descriptions or systematic flow in solving research cases.

    Explanative Research

    The last is explanatory research, namely research that aims to reveal the problems of the geosphere that occur on Earth.

    Geographical Research Implementation Methods

    After identifying the right type of method, the next step in geographic research is broken down based on the method. Based on the method used, geographic research is divided into 3: case studies, surveys, and empirical studies.

    Case studies were conducted through fieldwork and interviews. Investigations are carried out to test the truth of hypotheses or temporary conclusions. The survey results depend on the sample or samples and information from the respondent. At the same time, experiments were conducted to determine the effect a variable has on other variables. This experiment is carried out in the field or in the laboratory.

    Geography Research Steps

    It should be, wherever there is research, carried out with a scientific and systematic approach. Even not only in geography but also in science or the like, research needs to be guided in scientific and systematic steps. For those of you who want to do geographic research, several steps must be taken to get the results you want. Geography research steps are as follows.

    Defining the ProblemIn conducting research, the first step that must be done is to choose a case. Problems occur when a gap or imbalance exists between the requirements and the actual conditions. Problems can also occur due to gaps between theory and practice or plans and implementation.

    In a geographical study, there are four origins of cases; it could be based on the results of other people’s research, literature, field conditions, or availability of data, maps, and graphs. Geographical problems must contain at least three main issues: what the problem is, where did the case occur, and why did the case occur.

    For example, the first point is about erosion incidents. Then in the second point, where the case occurred, for example, the location is Kali Wangan, Kedungupit, Sragen Kota District. On the third point, why did the problem occur? For example, erosion was caused due to flash floods near the location area?

    1. Make a problem statement.

    The second step in geographic research is to formulate the problem. The formulation of this problem needs to be aligned with the actual situation. The formulation of the problem is in the form of more specific questions that will be sought for answers and the truth through data collection and research that will be carried out. However, the problem and the formulation of the problem have a close interaction because the problem is the basis for making the problem statement.

    As explained in the initial paragraph, the formulation of the problem in geographic research contains facts about the scope of the geosphere. An example of a problem formulation in a geographic study is “Why do urban residents tend to experience cultural changes?” or “What factors influence the quality of Ciliwung river water?”. The answers to these questions will be sought through research.

    1. Determining the Research Title

    The third step that must be done is to choose a research title. The title of geographic research must describe the object and subject to be studied, the location, purpose, and target of the researcher. A research title must be crucial to the research, the data must be available, and the researcher’s abilities must be affordable.

    1. Research Objectives

    After determining the problem, formulation, problem, and research title, the next step is to determine the research objectives. The purpose of this research must be consistent with the problem you create. There are two types of research objectives: specific and general. Specific objectives are formulated in several questions in the formulation of the problem, while general objectives briefly explain what you want to achieve in the research.

    1. Determining Research Variables

    The next step is to determine the research variables. Variables are factors or items that researchers decide to investigate and draw conclusions. There are three types of variables, including independent variables, dependent variables, and moderate variables.

    Independent variables are variables that affect or trigger the next variable. The dependent variable, on the other hand, is the variable that is affected by or is the result of the independent variable. Then moderate variables are variables that strengthen or weaken the relationship between the independent and dependent variables.

    In order to better understand what was conveyed above, two examples will be given below.

    The first example is a physical geographical study of the distribution of landslide-prone areas, as follows.

    Landslides can occur due to rainfall, vegetation cover, slope, soil type, and morphology. All of these conditions will differ in each region.

    There are areas whose morphology is in the form of hills, steep slopes, and high rainfall. However, some areas have conditions that are reversed from the previous area. Well, it is these conditions that can cause the area to be prone to landslides or not.

    From this first study, it can be concluded that a dependent variable is a landslide event because the landslide event was an impact or determined by other variables. At the same time, the independent variables are rainfall, vegetation cover, soil slope, soil type, and morphology.

    Well, the second example will be taken from examples according to social-based geographic research, for example, regarding the effects of the development of tourist areas on the community’s economy, as follows.

    The most straightforward research to do discusses the development of tourist areas on the community’s economy.

    From this research, you will find several supporting factors. The first factor is transportation access to the location, such as road network and conditions. The second factor relates to the distance from the tourism location, strategic location or not. The last or third factor is the distribution of tourism spots.

    In this second study, the dependent variable is people’s income in the tourism sector. Why? Because this variable is influenced or caused by the three factors mentioned above. These three factors became independent variables in the second study because they influenced or became the cause of other variables.

    1. Determine the theoretical basis.

    Before submitting research, the next step in geographic research that you must pay attention to is choosing a theoretical basis. The goal is to strengthen your research by using theories, concepts, and definitions systematically to carry out research. All scientific research must have a theoretical basis; it is not permissible to make it. This theory has three functions, namely explaining, predicting, and controlling.

    1. Develop a Research Framework

    The next step is to develop a research framework. The framework begins with formulating the problem and then explains the variables in the theoretical framework. The researcher will then analyze and compare the relationship between the two variables in his research to provide a frame of mind. Based on this research framework, the researcher will propose a hypothesis.

    1. Research Hypothesis

    After doing the seven steps above, the next step is a hypothesis. The hypothesis is a temporary statement or answer to the problem that has been formulated. However, this hypothesis may change after data collection.

    1. Determine the population and research sample.

    After preparing the hypothesis, we enter into the research process, namely determining the population and the sample to be studied. Why do you need an example? This is necessary to represent the population. The use of this sample will make the research simpler.

    1. Sampling Techniques

    Sampling certainly must be done appropriately. There needs to be a certain technique for taking research samples.

    1. Data Collection Techniques

    You also have to determine the data processing techniques used in the research. There are a lot of data processing techniques. This is done so that research is more accurate.

    1. Data Processing

    After the samples and data are obtained, the next process is data processing. Research data processing can use a particular software or use other supporting tools.

     

  • Geographical Position of Asia and Characteristics of the Continent

    Geographical location of Asia – The continent of Asia is the largest continent in the world and is inhabited by around 4.3 billion people, equivalent to 60 percent of the total human population worldwide today. In general, the Asian Continent with an area of ​​up to 44,579,000 square kilometers consists of land area, including several islands and water area consisting of several ocean areas.

    The Asian continent is also known as the Yellow continent because there are some majority people who inhabit this continent, namely the Mongoloid race who have yellow skin color.

    Apart from being known as the Yellow continent, the Asian Continent is also known as the East continent. This title refers to the opinion of several historians who reveal that the word Asia was actually taken from the Syriac or Ancient Greek language which means east. Then where is the geographical location of the continent of Asia? And what are the characteristics? Check out the explanation until the end in this article!

    Geographical, Astronomical and Country Locations on the Asian Continent

    The Asian continent according to its astronomical position is at 11° South Latitude – 77° North Latitude and 26° East Longitude – 169° West Longitude. Meanwhile, the geographical location of the Asian Continent is between two continents and two oceans, therefore the geographical location of the Asian Continent is considered very strategic.

    Geographically, the Asian Continent is directly adjacent to the European Continent and the Pacific Ocean, while to the south there is a boundary with the Australian Continent and the Indian Ocean. Here are the boundaries of the continent of Asia from west to north.

    • To the west: the Asian continent is directly adjacent to the European continent which is bounded by the Ural Mountains, the Red Sea, the Ural Sea, the Caspian Sea, the Mediterranean Sea, the Suez Canal and the Sea of ​​Marm.
    • To the east: The continent of Asia is directly adjacent to the Pacific Ocean and the Bering Strait.
    • To the north: The continent of Asia is directly adjacent to the Arctic Ocean.

    As the largest continent in the world, there are around 48 countries in the continent of Asia that stretch from west to east, from north to south. Therefore, there are sub-regions on the Asian Continent.

    The sub-regions on the Asian Continent are West Asia, East Asia, North Asia, South Asia, Southeast Asia and Central Asia and the Asian sub-region that has the most countries in the world is the West Asia sub-region, which totals 17 countries.

    Meanwhile, the least number of countries in the Asian Continent region is in the north, then the central and eastern parts have a total of 5 countries. In the Southeast sub-continent, it has a total of 11 countries, while in South Asia it is inhabited by 9 countries.

    The country with the most population on the Asian Continent according to 2020 is China with a population of 1.43 billion, then in second place is India and third is Indonesia. Then for the countries with the least population are Brunei Darussalam, Maldives and Bhutan.

    Specifically for China, the country has two regions with special autonomy, namely Macau and Hong Kong. To make it clearer, here is a list of countries according to the sub-continent of Asia.

    1. Southeast Asia

    Country Capital Name
    Brunei Darussalam Badr Seri Begawan
    Cambodia Phnom Penh
    Philippines manila
    Indonesia Jakarta
    Singapore Singapore
    Thailand Bangkok
    Timor Leste Dili
    Laos Vientiane
    Vietnamese Hanoi
    Malaysia Kuala Lumpur
    Myanmar Naypyidaw

    2. East Asia

    Country Capital Name
    China Beijing
    Hong Kong Hong Kong
    Macau Macau
    Taiwan Taipei
    Japan Tokyo
    South Korea seoul
    North Korea Pyongyang
    Mongolia Ulan Bator

    3. South Asia

    Country Capital Name
    Bangladesh Dhaka
    Bhutan Thimphu
    India New Delhi
    Maldives Male
    Nepal Kathmandu
    Pakistan Islamabad
    Sri Lanka Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte
    Afghanistan Granted

    4. West Asia

    Country Capital Name
    Saudi Arabia Riyadh
    Bahrain Manama
    Kuwait Kuwait
    Oman Muscat
    Qatar Doha
    United Arab Emirates Abu Dhabi
    Yemen Sanaa
    Palestine Jerusalem
    Iraq Baghdad
    Israel Tel Aviv
    Lebanese Beirut
    Turkey Ankara
    Syria Damascus
    Jordan Amman
    Iran Tehran
    Cyprus Nicosia

    5. Central Asia

    Country Capital Name
    Kazakhstan Astana
    Kyrgyzstan Bishkek
    Tajikistan Dushanbe
    Turkmenistan Ashgabat
    Uzbekistan Tashkent

    Because of its vast area, the Asian continent is not only the largest continent in the world but also a continent rich in diverse nature, ranging from highlands, mountains, steppes, deserts, saltwater ecosystems, fresh water ecosystems and others. With this wealth, there are several developed countries that are able to take advantage of it and there are also developing countries on the Asian continent.

    There are seven developed countries on the Asian continent, including Japan, Hong Kong, South Korea, Macau, Taiwan, Singapore and Israel. Meanwhile, the other 41 countries on the Asian continent are developing countries, including Indonesia. The 41 developing countries are Bhutan, Kazakhstan, Bangladesh, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, India, Iran, Turkmenistan, Iraq, Uzbekistan, Kiribati, China, Kuwait, Mongolia, Brunei Darussalam, Philippines, Lebanon, Malaysia, Maldives, Indonesia, Micronesia, Nepal, Cambodia, Oman, Papua New Guinea, Myanmar, Pakistan, Thailand, Timor Leste, Qatar, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, Syria, Afghanistan, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Jordan, Armenia, Azerbaijan and Bahrain.

    Characteristics of the Asian Continent

    The continent of Asia has several characteristics. Apart from its breadth, the continent of Asia has 5 climates and is one of the continents that experiences the most frequent earthquakes. What are the other characteristics of the Asian Continent? Check out the following explanation.

    1. The Most Extensive Continent in the World

    The first characteristic of the Asian continent is its area. The area of ​​the continent of Asia is almost ⅓ of the plains in the whole world. If the Australian continent has an area of ​​43,998,920 square km, then the Asian continent has an area of ​​44,000,000 square km.

    Due to its large area, the Asian continent is divided into six regions or six sub-regions, namely East Asia, South Asia, Southeast Asia, Central Asia and North Asia.

    2. Has 5 Climates

    The continent of Asia has five climate divisions, which are cold climate, continental, wet sub-tropical, wet tropical and desert climate. Here’s a further explanation.

    a. Cold climate

    The cold climate on the Asian Continent can be found in the north, especially on the Siberian mainland which has a polar continental climate or a subarctic climate. Regions with cold climates generally have shorter summers.

    b. Continental climate

    The continental climate is also called the terrestrial climate and can be found around Central Asia and Northwest China. The region that has a terrestrial climate is the Gobi Desert.

    c. Wet subtropical climate

    The climate with western subtropics is dominated around the East China region which is at latitude 250 0 350 LU. Areas with a wet subtropical climate type generally rain more often, due to the influence of the southeast monsoon and the Pacific Ocean.

    d. Wet tropical climate

    Wet tropical climates can be found throughout most of Southeast Asia and South Asia. This region has a fairly high rainfall, which is between 1,000 and 2,000 mm per year. The wet tropical climate is heavily influenced by monsoon winds which result in dry and rainy seasons.

    e. Desert climate

    The desert climate has a dry nature, therefore rainfall in areas with a desert climate tends to be very low, around 250 mm to 220 mm per year.

    A desert climate can occur due to the influence of winds originating from dry desert areas. Desert climates can be found in the West Asian region, especially on the Arabian Peninsula and Central Asia around the Robi Desert.

    3. Has a fairly wide sea and desert

    Besides having a large enough ocean, the continent of Asia also has a vast desert as well. Some of the deserts on the Asian Continent include the Taklamakan Desert, the Gobi Desert, and the Ordos. Meanwhile, the continent with the largest ocean in the world is the South China Sea.

    4. Has the Most Population

    The continent of Asia is not only big and wide, but also the continent with the most population, reaching up to 4 billion people. This population size makes the continent of Asia the continent with the largest population in the world. Countries that have the highest population on the Asian Continent are Pakistan, India, Indonesia, China, Japan and Bangladesh.

    5. Experiencing Earthquakes Often

    The continent of Asia is a continent that often experiences earthquakes. One of the countries on the Asian continent that experiences earthquakes quite often is Japan.

    6. There is a mountain with the highest peak in the world

    The highest mountain peak in the world is on the continent of Asia, namely Mount Everest, the peak of Mount Everest is not only the highest in Asia but also the highest in the world.

    According to National Geographic, the height of this mountain reaches up to 29,035 feet or about 8,850 meters above sea level. Mount Everest is on the border of Nepal and China.

    7. Has the Highest Plains in the World

    Besides having the highest mountain peaks in the world, Asia also has the highest plateau in the world which is in Tibet. Because of this, Tibet has earned the nickname as the roof of the world.

    Most of Tibet has an altitude ranging from 4,000 to 5,000 meters above sea level. The Tibetan region is on the border between East Asia and South Asia. Tibet itself is in the southern part of China and has direct borders with India, Nepal, Bhutan and Burma.

    8. Became the Birthplace of a Major Religion

    The Asian continent is the birthplace of most major religions, for example, Islam, Christianity, Buddhism, Hinduism and Confucianism.

    Asian continent profile

    The continent of Asia was formed thousands of years ago. This continent has an area of ​​about 51,053,817 square km. The Asian continent also gets the nickname as the largest continent in the world, this is because the area of ​​the Asian continent is almost one third of the plains in the whole world.

    Please note that the land area of ​​the mainland is only 30% of the surface area on earth and one third of that 30% is owned by the Asian continent. So it can be concluded that the continent of Asia covers almost all the land on earth.

    Given the size and diversity that exists on the continent of Asia, the concept of the name Asia is actually taken from classical times and relates to human geography rather than physical geography.

    The Asian continent and the European continent are continents that are connected by land and both form a giant continent which is named Eurasia. The boundary between the Asian Continent and the European Continent is very blurred, so that some countries such as Turkey can sometimes be categorized as the European Continent or even the Asian Continent.

    Some of the natural landscapes used to separate the two continents are the Sea of ​​Marmara, Dardanelles, Black Sea, Bosphorus Strait, Caucasus Mountains, Caspian Sea, Black Sea, Ural River and Ural Mountains.

    The word Asia comes from ancient Greek which has been adapted into Indonesian. The word Asia was first used in 440 BC in reference to Asia Minor or with the intention of describing the Persian Wars on the Persian Empire as an enemy of Greece and Egypt.

    Apart from that, the origin of the word Asia probably comes from an Akkadian word which is still related to the Hebrew word which means going out or rising, referring to the direction of the sun when the sun rises in the Middle East and is also related to the Phoenician word asa which means east.

    Meanwhile, according to Arabic and Persian, Asia has the meaning of entering or setting in reference to the sun.

    Apart from the origin of the word or the etymological meaning of Asia, Sinaumed’s also needs to know the flora and fauna that exist on the continent of Asia. the following explanation.

    Areas with a wet tropical climate are usually covered by tropical rain forests with trees that have broad and heterogeneous leaves. There are also seasonal forests which have rather sparse and homogeneous trees.

    Animals that live in areas with a wet tropical climate include rhinos, monkeys and bison. Then in areas with dry climates you will find desert plants with a fairly short growing period.

    These plants can be found in areas with dry climates, such as prickly cacti. Animals that can survive in areas with dry climates include camels, lions, donkeys and hyenas.

    Furthermore, in areas surrounded by deserts with greater rainfall, it is generally covered with dry grasslands. In slightly more humid areas, there are savanna forests. Animals that live in desert areas with greater rainfall and humid areas include giraffes, yaks, zebras, zebu, bison, tigers, horses, lions, deer, wolves and jaguars.

    In the area around the poles, there are plants that have needle-like leaves with mixed forests such as fir or conifer forests. Then, the area along the coast of the Arctic sea is an area that has no trees.

    The plants that can be found in this area are usually moss-like plants or also known as tundra forests. Animals that can survive in this area are caribou animals, which are deer-like animals, there are also wolves and bears that can live in the tundra region.

    Thus the explanation of the geographical location of Asia and the characteristics of the Asian Continent. For Sinaumed’s who are interested in studying the geography of other continents, they can learn it by reading books.

    As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides various kinds of quality and original books for Sinaumed’s. Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

    Author: Khansa

    Reference:

    • https://sinaumedia.com/literasi/kartuistik-benua-asia/#Layout_Astronomy_Geographic_dan_Batas_Benua_Asia
    • https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia
  • Geographical Location of the Australian Continent, Climate Conditions, and Nature

    Geographical Location of the Australian Continent – ​​The Australian continent consists of only one country. Australia is also the smallest continent among the other five continents. The only country on the continent of Australia is Australia.

    This continent has a fairly large mainland area and is located in the south of the territory of Indonesia. Australia has several islands, for example Christmas, Macquarie, Coscos and Tasmania.

    According to the IPS Module book published by the Ministry of Education and Culture in 2018, the mainland of the Australian continent has a unique fauna. This area is home to most of the kangaroo animals that have pouches on their stomachs.

    A small proportion of kangaroos live on the island of New Guinea, because the island was once attached to the Australian mainland. The Australian continent is a new landmass that little has been discovered by western explorers. This continent is the smallest continent in the world. Then where is the geographic location? See the explanation further in this one article.

    History of the Australian Continent

    The Australian continent is a land with the nickname of the new world because a little more has been discovered by western explorers. Mainland Australia, as noted in J. Siboro’s book History of Australia (1989), had attracted the attention of the VOC based in Batavia.

    Then, on orders from the VOC, a reliable Dutch sailor named Abel Janszoon Tasman departed from Batavia to search for the location of the landmass in 1642. The search for land was inspired by Pythagoras’s theory of the balance of the earth who believed that there was a continent at the south pole and then call it Terra Australia Incognito.

    This theory was supported by Claudius Ptolemaeus, an astronomer and geographer from Alexandria from Egypt who lived in the 2nd century AD. Ptolemaeus (Ptolemy) believed that there was a large landmass south of the equator which had a function to balance the weight of the northern part of the earth.

    Tasman has actually managed to stop at several beaches on mainland Australia and New Zealand. However, he was not aware that this area was the land he was looking for. For this reason, he did not explore the land he was on.

    Then, in 1688, a pirate and a British scientific investigator named William Dampier made it to the mainland of the Australian continent, he then wrote a more detailed report about the area. After that, the puzzle about Terra Australia Incognito was finally answered.

    James Cook was an accomplished sailor and an astronomer who made voyages from 1768 to 1971 on orders from the British government, he was a figure who succeeded in ascertaining the details of the map of the location of mainland Australia and New Zealand and carried out explorations by observing the natives there. there.

    Australia is a continent country located in the southern part of the Asian Continent. Australia’s largest city is Sydney, but the nation’s capital is Canberra.

    Australian residents use English as their official language, because this mainland is one of the British commonwealth countries or is referred to as common wealth.

    Historically, the Australian continent was inhabited by indigenous people called the Aborigines, a race from the Polynesian nation. However, after the Europeans explored and expanded to discover a new world, the Australian continent gradually became one of the British colonies and included the Australian continent in the Commonwealth of Nations, along with South Africa, Hong Kong, Malaysia and other countries.

    After the conquest of the Australian Continent, the British also made this continent the smallest continent and a land of disposal for convicts who were considered to have disturbed British society and dissidents of the British empire. Then, the Australian Continent became a place for the European race besides its original inhabitants, namely the Aborigines.

    The government of the Australian state, until now, is still following the British Empire with the queen as the symbol of government and represented by the Governor General as the leader of the country. Australia adheres to a constitutional monarchy system.

    Location of the Australian Continent and its Territory Boundaries

    After knowing the brief history of the Australian continent, Sinaumed’s also needs to know the geographic location of the Australian continent and its astronomical position. The following is an explanation of the location of the Australian continent.

    1. Geographical Location of the Australian Continent

    Geographically, there are only three countries in the Australian continent, namely Australia, Papua New Guinea and only parts of Indonesia. Even so, if you count the countries in the Oceania region, then the total of all the countries is 14 countries.

    The following is the geographical location of the Australian continent:

    • The northern part is bordered by Indonesian territory, namely the Timor Sea and the Arafuru Sea.
    • The south is bordered by the Indian Ocean and Antarctica.
    • The western part is directly adjacent to the Indian Ocean.
    • The east is bordered by the Tasmanian Sea, Coral Sea and the Pacific Ocean.

    2. Geological Location of the Australian Continent

    The continent of Australia is in the eastern hemisphere and the southern hemisphere. It is this geological location that makes Australia also often referred to as the lower continent. For nature in Australia, it is divided into three parts. The following is the geological location of the Australian Continent:

    • The area in eastern Australia is filled with mountain ranges extending from Cape York in the north to the island of Tasmania.
    • The area in the western part of Australia is filled with high ground which is commonly called the Australian Shield. The majority of the area in the western and central parts is desert, namely the Gibson Desert and the Victoria Desert.
    • The central area is between the eastern mountains and the western highlands, which are the Murray Darling valley and the lowland plains of Lake Eyre. Lake Eyre is the largest lake in Australia.

    3. Astronomical Location of the Australian Continent

    Astronomical location is the location or position of a country or continent that can be seen according to the country’s position in latitude and longitude. The astronomical position can later determine the climate, weather and even the socio-cultural conditions of the people living in the area. Astronomically, the Australian Continent is located in the following positions:

    • Because it is in the southern hemisphere, the position of the Australian continent is at latitude at a point between 10°41′ South Latitude (South Latitude) – 43°39′ South Latitude (South Latitude).
    • The Australian continent is in the eastern part of the earth, so the position of the Australian continent is in the longitude between 113°9′ east longitude (East longitude) – 153°39′ east longitude (east longitude).

    4. Australian Continental Boundaries

    The Australian continent is bordered by continents and oceans in the north, west, east and south. These boundaries include the continental boundaries of the Americas and the maritime boundaries of the Americas. The following are the boundaries of the Australian continent:

    • The boundaries of the continent of Australia in the north: the continent of Asia.
    • The boundary of the Australian continent in the east: the Pacific Ocean.
    • The boundaries of the Australian continent in the south: the Indian Ocean.
    • The boundaries of the continent of Australia in the west: the Indian Ocean.

    Australia’s Advantages of Geographical Position

    With the geographical conditions of the Australian continent described above, of course this geographical location will provide benefits for the Australian continent. These advantages include the following:

    1. Has varied natural conditions

    The natural conditions in Australia are quite varied, ranging from highlands, lowlands, deserts and even mountains. So it can be said that the natural conditions that exist on the continent of Australia have characteristics or characteristics and uniqueness that can be used as an attractive tourist destination.

    2. It has diverse flora and fauna

    The second advantage of the geographical location of the Australian continent is the diversity of flora and fauna. The flora in Australia is dominated by steppes and savannas. Meanwhile, the wealth of fauna is dominated by types of fauna such as koalas, kangaroos and ostriches.

    Climate, Natural and Geographical Conditions of the Australian Continent

    The astronomical and geographical location of the Australian continent will affect the climatic conditions, natural environment, geography and the diversity of its fauna and flora. The following are the climatic conditions, nature and geographical conditions of the Australian Continent.

    1. Climate Conditions of the Australian Continent

    The location of the continent of Australia, the majority of its territory is south of the equator. Therefore, the climate of the Australian continent is more diverse than the tropics. There are four climates on the continent of Australia, namely as follows:

    • The tropical climate belongs to the northern part of Australia.
    • The climate is sub-tropical in southern Australia.
    • A temperate marine climate exists in the southern regions of Victoria and Tazmania.
    • A desert climate that exists in the desert region of Australia.

    2. Natural Conditions of the Australian Continent

    The Australian continent has a topography that tends to be flatter when compared to other continents. Part of the continent of Australia is a low plateau. In fact, two-thirds of the area on the Australian continent is desert.

    One of the factors for the extent of the desert on the Australian continent is its location in the descending zone of air masses, also known as the subsidence zone. The zone, astronomically, is around 30 LU or 30 LS.

    Meanwhile, the western plateau of the Australian continent used to be a fairly large plateau, but the area experienced erosion. The plateaus in the area consist of the Hammersley Plateau, the Kimberly Plateau, the Macdonnell Low Mountains, the Musgrave and Arnhem Land Plateau.

    The western plateau is mostly a desert area with large areas and no rivers, while a small part of the area has rivers consisting of the Gascoyne River, Ord River, and Murchison River with a flow towards the west or north.

    The Australian continent has an eastern plateau known as the Great Dividing Mountains, these mountains extend from the Cape York Peninsula to Tazmania in the south.

    Meanwhile, other mountains are the Blue Mountains to the west of Sydney and the Snowy Mountains on the border of New South Wales and Victoria.

    The Australian continent has a west coast plain formed by rock faults along the western continent. Then there is also a plateau on the east coast which makes the lowland coast narrower. To the east of the Australian continent off the coast of Queensland, has an area with extensive, large and longest coral reefs in the world, the area is referred to as the Great Barrier Reef or the Great Barrier Reef.

    3. Geographical Conditions of the Australian Continent

    The continent of Australia is the smallest continent in the world and the smallest continent by area. The total area of ​​the entire Australian continent is only 8.6 million square km.

    The territory of the Australian Continent consists of the Australian mainland, the island of Tasmania and the island of New Guinea which consists of Papua New Guinea and parts of eastern Indonesia.

    With the smallest area, Australia is also the continent with the second least population after Antarctica. In Papua, there are still many people who live in forest areas and tribes that are still unknown and unknown.

    This is different from the mainland of the Australian continent which has advanced. In the western part, there are many plateaus and some areas with deserts, while in the east you can find mountains that stretch. There are even many valley areas that are fed by rivers, both in the western and eastern parts of Australia.

    Characteristics of the Australian Continent

    Australia’s official name is the Commonwealth of Australia with its capital city in Canberra. The form of this country is a constitutional monarchy with the head of state being the Queen or King of England and the head of government being the Prime Minister.

    The official language used in Australia is English with the majority population adhering to Christianity. The currency in Australia is the Australian Dollar. The country has a national anthem entitled God Save the Queen .

    In addition to the characteristics of the Australian continent mentioned above, there are also several characteristics or characteristics of the Australian continent, as follows:

    1. The Australian continent is the smallest continent when compared to the area of ​​other continents.
    2. The Australian continent only has one country, namely Australia, in contrast to other continents which are inhabited by more than one or several countries.
    3. The Australian continent is the second continent in the south after the Antarctic continent.
    4. Australia has unique endemic animals, namely kangaroos, platypus (a type of otter) and kiwi birds.
    5. The Australian continent is a continent that has indigenous tribes, namely the Aborigines.
    6. The majority of the population on the Australian continent are white races.

    Australia is a country in the southern hemisphere and also cooperates with several neighboring countries, including Indonesia. The cooperation between Australia and Indonesia covers trade with export and import activities, where so far Indonesia has always imported beef and wool from Australia.

    Apart from working together in the field of trade, Australia and Indonesia are also working together with Indonesia in the field of education. Australia and Indonesia are collaborating by providing a number of scholarships through the Australian government to Indonesian students who wish to continue their higher education in Australia.

    This is an explanation regarding the geographical location of the Australian continent. If Sinaumed’s wants to learn more about the Australian Continent or other continents, Sinaumed’s can get information by reading books.

  • Geographical Location of the African Continent and Its Profile

    Geographical Location of the Continent of Africa – Africa is the second largest continent in the world. The African continent has a land area of ​​30.365 million square kilometers, which is about 8 thousand kilometers from north to south and 7,400 kilometers from east to west.

    Astronomical and Geographical Location of the African Continent

    The African continent has a position at 37°N – 34°S and 17°W – 51°East. Geographically, the African continent is between the Atlantic Ocean and the Indian Ocean. The African continent is also south of the European continent.

    The northernmost point of the African Continent is Al-Ghiran, Tunisia, and the southernmost point is Cape Agulhas, South Africa. The easternmost point is at Xaafuun (Hafun) Point, near the Cape Gwardafuy area, Somalia. And the westernmost point is Almadi Point, Cape Verde, Senegal.

    The boundaries of the African Continent are as follows:

    • North: Mediterranean Sea or Mediterranean Sea and Continental Europe
    • South and West: Atlantic Ocean East: Indian Ocean and Red Sea.

    Profile of the continent of Africa

    The African continent has an area of ​​up to 30.365 million square kilometers which makes this continent the second largest continent in the world after Asia. The continent of Africa stretches for 8,000 km from north to south and 7,400 km from east to west.

    The northernmost point of the African continent is located in Al-Ghiran, Tunisia while the southernmost point is Cape Agulhas, South Africa. In addition, the easternmost point is located at Xaafuun (Hafun) Point, which is close to the Cape Gwardafuy (Guardafui) area, Somalia. Meanwhile, the westernmost point is Almadi Point, Cape Verde, Senegal.

    In the past during the imperialism of European countries, the African continent was nicknamed the Dark Continent. This nickname was given not only because of the skin color of its inhabitants, but also because the African continent is considered to be very mysterious and holds many mysteries. The continent of Africa at that time was still not much explored and not much had been mapped.

    As quoted from the Encyclopedia Britannica, in ancient times the Greeks were said to have called this continent the continent of Libya and the Romans called it Africa. These names are thought to have come from the Latin aprica which means “bright” or the Greek aphrike which means “without cold”.

    Climate Conditions of the African Continent

    Due to the astronomical location of the African Continent, this continent can be grouped into 4 climate regions, which are as follows:

    1. Tropical climate

    The African region which includes a tropical climate is the area around the equator, which divides the African continent into two in the middle. The region includes Guinea-Congolia and Madagascar. Quoting from the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, the tropical region has a rainfall of around 1,000 to 2,000 milliliters per year. This makes this area overgrown with many plants and forms tropical rainforests and moist tropical deciduous forests.

    2. Subtropical climate

    The African region which includes a subtropical climate is an area that is located away from the equator. This area is filled with savanna, one of the most famous of which is the Serengeti area.

    3. Desert climate

    The vast continent of Africa makes this continent have several climates. Desert climates can be found in the north, south, and southwest. Quoted from Safaris Africana, the desert is defined as an area that is dry and receives less than 12 inches of rainfall each year. Africa has the hottest desert in the world, namely the Sahara Desert, which stretches up to 9.4 million kilometers or has the same size as the United States.

    4. Mediterranean climate

    The northernmost African region has a Mediterranean climate type, namely around the Atlas Mountains, the Mediterranean Sea, and a small part of southwest Africa. This area tends to be dry in summer and has cold winds with low temperatures in winter.

    5. Mountain climate

    The African continent also has a mountainous climate, precisely in the Ethiopian highlands. The area is located around northeastern Africa. Launching from National Geographic, the Ethiopian plateau is home to 80 percent of the highest mountains in Africa. The plateau is home to a variety of animal species including the Walia ibex and the now endangered Ethiopian wolf.

    Landscapes of the African Continent

    The continent of Africa and the continent of Europe are separated by the Strait of Gibraltar, the Mediterranean and the Red Sea. The continent of Africa unites with the continent of Asia at its northeastern tip by passing through the Suez Canal which has a width of 130 km.

    The continent of Africa is passed by several major rivers. One of the rivers through Africa, including the Nile, with a length of up to 6,400 km. The Nile is the longest river in the world and passes through the countries of Sudan and Egypt. Besides that, Africa is also traversed by the Zambesi, Congo, Niger, and Orange Rivers. Lakes on the African continent include Lake Victoria, Tanganyika, Chad, and Nasser.

    The continent of Africa is vast and covers nearly one-fifth of the land area on earth. Areas of this continent include mountains and mountains. The fold mountains are located at the northern tip of the African continent, namely the Atlas Mountains.

    The mountains on the African Continent include Mount Kilimanjaro (5,890 m) in Tanzania, Mount Margherita (5,109 m) in Congo, Mount Ras Dashen (4,629 m) in Ethiopia, Mount Cameroon (4,070 m) in Cameroon, Mount Emi Koussi (3,415 m) in Chad, and Mount Kinyeti (3,187 m) in Sudan.

    Flora and Fauna of the African Continent

    The astronomical location of the African continent makes climatic conditions and natural conditions greatly affect the distribution of flora and fauna on the African continent. Therefore, the flora on the African continent is a combination of tropical rainforest plants, for example various types of mosses, ferns, shrubs, and plants with dense leaves in Central Africa and West Africa. In the north, the plants that live are generally grasses, shrubs and plants with soft stems. Likewise those in the south, the plants that live are generally types of grass, shrubs, and soft plants.

    Characteristics of the African Continent

    Based on the astronomical location of the African continent, there are several characteristics that must be known, including:

    • It is called the ‘Dark Continent’ because most of its inhabitants have black skin.
    • It has the largest desert in the world, namely the Sahara Desert. The desert has an area of ​​up to about 8.4 million km². This desert stretches from Senegal in the west to Kenya in the east. The deserts in the South are the Kalahari Desert and the Namibian Desert.
    • Has the Ethiopian plateau and the Kilimanjaro volcano as the highest mountain on the African continent.
    • The African continent has one of the longest rivers in the world, namely the Nile with a length of up to 6,690 km. This river flows from Lake Victoria and Lake Tana to the Mediterranean Sea. Then there is the Congo River, the Orange River in South Africa, the Niger River in Nigeria, and the Zambesi River in Zambia. Some of these rivers are dammed for irrigation as well as power generation, for example the Aswan dam which dams the Nile River and the Akosombo dam which dams the Volta River in Ghana.
    • Found the pyramids which are the tombs of the kings of ancient Egypt. This pyramid is one of the wonders of the world.
    • Africa has the 800 most widely spoken languages, for example the Afro Asiatic language group (Arabic, Somali, Amharic, Berber, Hausa and Oromo), Nile-Saharan languages ​​(Luo, Songhay, Nubian, and Maasai), Niger-Congo (Swahili, Igbo, Yoruba, Fula, and Shona), and Khoisan (Sandawe, Khoe, Hadza, Ju).
    • Stretching from north to south for 8,000 km, the African continent has a wide variety of climates. An area located near the equator with a tropical, then subtropical, and desert climate.
    • The economies of the countries on the African Continent are included in the lower middle class category up to the crisis limit. All of this is influenced by various factors, such as the climate, most parts of Africa are classified as dry and have less potential for work.
    • The continent of Africa has a wide variety of biodiversity due to different climatic conditions.

    List of Countries on the African Continent and Their Capitals

    The African continent is divided into five regions namely North Africa, West Africa, Central Africa, East Africa and South Africa. According to 2018 data from the United Nations, the African continent is inhabited by around 1.3 billion people with a density of up to 36 people per square km.

    1. North Africa Region

    The countries in North Africa and their capitals are:

    • Egypt: Cairo
    • Libya: Tripoli
    • Morocco: Rabat
    • Algeria : Algiers
    • Tunisian: Tunis
    • Sudan: Khartoum
    • South Sudan: Juba

    Apart from that, in North Africa, there are also the Canary Islands which are Spanish territory. Spain also has the autonomous cities of Melilla and Ceuta. Meanwhile, Portugal also has Madeira Island in this area.

    There is also the Sahrawi Arab Democratic Republic which claims that its territory is the entire territory of Western Sahara, a former Spanish colony. This country was declared by the Frente Popular de Liberacion de Saguia el Hamra y Rio de Oro or Polisario Front on 22 February 1976 in Bir Lehlu.

    2. East Africa Region

    The countries in East Africa and their capitals are:

    • Zambia: Lusaka
    • Rwanda: Kigali
    • Zimbabwe: Harare
    • Eritrea: Asmara
    • Djibouti : Djibouti
    • Tanzanian: Dodoma
    • Mauritius: Port Louis
    • Kenya: Nairobi
    • Comoros: Moroni
    • Burundi: Bujumbura
    • Malawi: Lilongwe
    • Somalia: Mogadishu
    • Uganda: Kampala
    • Mozambique: Maputo
    • Seychelles : Victoria
    • Ethiopia : Addis Ababa
    • Madagascar : Antananarivo

    Besides that, there is also Somaliland with the capital city Hargeisa. This entity has not been recognized by the United Nations as a state.

    3. West Africa Region

    The West African region has a regional organization called The Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS). This organization has existed since 1975 through the Lagos Treaty.

    The countries in West Africa and their capitals are:

    • Mauritania: Nouakchott
    • Sierra Leone : Freetown
    • Senegal: Dakar
    • Togo : Lome
    • Guinea-Bissau : Bissau
    • Benin : Porto-Novo
    • Gambia : Banjul
    • Ghana: Accra
    • Niger: Niamey
    • Ivory Coast: Yamoussoukro
    • Guinean: Conakry
    • Burkina Faso: Ouagadougou
    • Liberia : Monrovia
    • Nigeria: Abuja
    • Cape Verde : Praia
    • Mali : Bamako

    4. Central African Region

    The countries in Central Africa and their capitals are:

    • Central African Republic : Bangui
    • Cameroon: Yaounde
    • Gabonese: Libreville
    • Sao Tome and Principe : Sao Tome
    • Angola: Luanda
    • Democratic Republic of the Congo: Kinshasa
    • Chad : N’Djamena
    • Equatorial Guinea : Malabo
    • Congo: Brazzaville

    5. South Africa Region

    Countries in South Africa and their capital cities are:

    • South Africa : Cape Town, Pretoria, and Bloemfontein
    • Swaziland : Mbabane
    • Botswana : Gaborone
    • Namibia: Windhoek
    • Lesotho: Maseru

    It should be noted that this southern African continent has three capital cities. Pretoria is the capital for the executive, Bloemfontein for the judiciary, and Cape Town for the legislature.

    • The 7 Largest Continents on Earth’s Surface According to Order
    • Who Discovered America? This is the historical explanation
    • What’s the difference between an island and a continent? Here’s the answer
    • 7 Continents in the World, You Must Know This!
    • Get to know the Australian Continent and the Causes of Deserts
  • Geographical Conditions in Indonesia You Need to Know!

    Geographical Conditions in Indonesia – The geographic and astronomical location of the country of Indonesia is the position of the state of Indonesia which can be interpreted as all the boundaries that surround Indonesia. This country has many islands which are composed from Sabang to Merauke and from Miangas to Rote Island.

    In the following article, we will discuss more deeply the astronomical geographical location of Indonesia. For You who are curious about the explanation regarding the geographical location and astronomical location of Indonesia, let’s look at the information in the following article.

    The appearance of Indonesia’s natural surface consists of land and water with a ratio of around 4:1. The appearance of the land itself includes the island whose largest size is 786,000 km (Papua Island), the mountain with the highest altitude is 4,884m (Puncak Jaya Wijaya), the river with the longest size is 1,143 km (Kapuas River), and the lake which is the largest. the largest size is 1.130km (Lake Toba). These things have helped make Indonesia the 15th largest country in the world.

    Indonesia is the largest archipelagic country in the world. This country also has a geographical position that can be said to be unique and makes it a strategically located country. We can see this from the position of the Indonesian state which is between two oceans and is also flanked by two continents and has waters that serve as one of the hearts of international trade.

    Geographical Location of Indonesia

    Geographical location is a determinant that will determine the future of a country in establishing international relations. Although for the time being one can ignore geographical location, the geographical conditions that exist in a country will actually contribute to various events that have global influences.

    According to Robert Kaplan, geography broadly can be used as a determinant and become the influence of various events more than anything that has ever happened before.

    In the future, Indonesia’s existence will be greatly influenced by its geographical location and conditions. Therefore, good natural resource management, qualified national defense, and secure border areas are indispensable.

    Due to its quite strategic location, since ancient times, the Indonesian state has become an area contested by foreign parties. The Indonesian state has gone through various periods of domination and also territorial struggles.

    Starting from Portuguese, Spanish, Dutch, French, English, and also Japanese. Colonization is even still being pursued for several years after the Indonesian state proclaimed its independence. In the future, it is possible that the Indonesian state will again become an area of ​​struggle for influence by other major powers.

    We can see this with the presence of China as the new hegemon country in the region which has shifted the balance of power and eroded America’s influence in the Indonesian region.

    Not only that, Indonesia and the surrounding region can be said to be an area prone to disputes. The dispute is still possible because the Indonesian state has yet to resolve various issues regarding maritime boundaries with the Philippines, Timor Leste, Australia and Papua New Guinea.

    When viewed geographically, the Indonesian Archipelago is located between the Asian Continent and also the Australian Continent and is between the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

    For the boundaries of Indonesia itself, namely:

    • To the north: the South China Sea and the Pacific Ocean.
    • To the east: Papua New Guinea.
    • To the south: Indian Ocean.
    • West: Indian Ocean.

    Meanwhile, the total area of ​​Indonesia is 5,194,143 km2 and two-thirds of Indonesia’s area is ocean.

    Indonesian Natural Appearance

    As mentioned in the previous point, Indonesia is the number 1 largest archipelagic country in the world. Therefore, the country of Indonesia is very rich in various natural landscapes. In addition, the natural resources in Indonesia are also very abundant. Where natural wealth is one of the basic capital for the development of the Indonesian state. Therefore, it would be better if we use the existing natural wealth as well as possible and still pay attention to its sustainability.

    Some of the land areas in Indonesia were originally formed from volcanic activity. This is marked by the appearance of islands that have shapes resembling mountains of dust, lava, and also mud originating from volcanic eruptions which make the surrounding land more fertile. Therefore, most of Indonesia’s population utilizes existing land for agriculture and plantations.

    Meanwhile, the series of mountains in Indonesia stretches from the tip of Sumatra Island to the northern tip of Sulawesi Island. One of the most famous mountains in Indonesia is Mount Anak Krakatau. This mountain is located between the islands of Java and Sumatra.

    At first, in 1883 there was a very powerful eruption originating from Mount Krakatau. With the eruption, three-quarters of the volcanic island was destroyed and caused a tsunami that killed up to thousands of people.

    After the eruption of Mount Krakatau, a new mountain emerged which is now named Mount Anak Krakatau. The territory of Indonesia itself is located on the equator. This causes Indonesia to have a tropical climate type.

    Meanwhile, the difference in temperature in each region tends to be very small, except for Puncak Jaya Wijaya, which is in Papua Province. This mountain peak is covered with eternal snow because of its very high position. Puncak Jaya Wijaya is located in the Sudirman Mountains area.

    Rainfall in various regions in Indonesia also varies. The wettest places in Indonesia are the mountainous areas of Sumatra, Sulawesi, Kalimantan and Papua. Rainfall in these places reaches 3,000 mm per year.

    Meanwhile, the lowland areas only have rainfall ranging from 1.0600 – 2.200 mm per year. High rainfall is the cause of many areas in the country of Indonesia becoming more fertile. For more than 2,000 years, people living in the archipelago of Indonesia have made a living in the agricultural sector, especially rice. Besides that, the country of Indonesia is also rich in diversity of flora and fauna.

    As for the Australian type fauna, it lives in the eastern part of Indonesia, especially in Papua. On some remote islands also found quite unique fauna. For example, the Komodo dragons on Rinca Island and Komodo Island.

    Condition of the Indonesian Population

    In mid-2022, Indonesia’s population will reach 275.77 million people. There are more than 300 ethnic groups in Indonesia. Where most of the population adheres to Islam. Other religions that are developing in Indonesia are Protestant, Catholic, Hindu, Buddhist, and also Confucianism.

    Meanwhile, the main economic activity of Indonesian citizens is in the agricultural sector. Apart from rice, agricultural activities in Indonesia also produce cassava, corn, rubber, tea and soybeans. Other economic activities in Indonesia are industry, animal husbandry, fishing and mining.

    Location of Indonesian Astronomy

    In addition to geographical location, there is also an astronomical location in which Indonesia’s position is influenced by the earth’s imaginary lines, namely the latitudes and longitudes that surround the earth. Imaginary lines and latitudes are called imaginary lines because they are made as if they were on the actual surface of the earth.

    This one line is not only in the development of astronomy, but also in various branches of biology. The following is the location of Indonesian astronomy based on latitude and longitude, namely:

    1. Latitude

    The lines of latitude divide the structure of the earth into 2 equal parts, namely between the south and also the north. Where is the latitude parallel to the imaginary equator (equator) that stretches to the north pole and south pole. The astronomical location of Indonesia is at 6o North Latitude (N) to 11o South Latitude (S).

    2. Longitude

    This line of longitude is formed as if it divides the earth horizontally, that is, from east to west. This line of longitude is also referred to as the meridian which limits the astronomical position of Indonesia between 95o east longitude (BT) – 141o east longitude (BT).

    The Influence of Indonesia’s Geographical Location

    The following are some of the things that affect the country of Indonesia based on its geographical location.

    1. Influence Season

    Indonesia’s geographical location is traversed by monsoon winds or better known as monsoon winds. This monsoon wind gives a difference in the seasons in Indonesia. Which will affect the process of rain in the rainy season and also in the hot dry season. In addition, the monsoon itself will move alternately twice throughout the year.

    2. Strategic Areas

    As stated in the previous point, the location of the Indonesian state itself is between two continents and two oceans. This makes the Indonesian state an international crossing route, be it by sea or by air. That way, this will affect economic development which is in Indonesia’s exclusive economic zone and is traversed by various large industries.

    3. Have Cultural Diversity

    Because the position of the territory of the Indonesian state is between two continents, namely the Australian Continent and the Asian Continent, so that the Indonesian state can be said to be in a cross position . This is the reason why Indonesia has cultural diversity in the form of languages, arts and religions.

    4. Has a Strategic Trading Location

    This good geographical location makes Indonesia a strategic trading location. This is because the territory of the Indonesian state is a distribution channel for trade goods. This reason makes Indonesia have trade partners with various countries around it. Thus, increasing trading activity.

    The Influence of Indonesia’s Astronomical Location

    Furthermore, the following is the influence of Indonesia’s astronomical position, as follows:

    1. Affects the Climate

    The country of Indonesia is located along the equator which means that the country of Indonesia has a tropical climate type. Areas that have a tropical climate type will get sunlight all the time. This of course will be different from what happens in countries that have a four-season subtropical climate type. Likewise with areas that have a polar climate type.

    Characteristics of Regions with a Tropical Climate

    1. High rainfall
    2. There is a vast tropical rain forest
    3. Sunshine all year round
    4. High air humidity

    2. Affects the Time Difference

    This astronomical location can affect the time difference set starting from the point of longitude and also 0 o latitude in Greenwich City, England. For Indonesia itself, it is divided into three time zones, namely WIB (West Indonesia Time), WIT (East Indonesia Time), and WITA (Central Indonesia Time) based on Presidential Decree No. 41 of 1987.

    1. Western Indonesian Time (WIB) covers the western part of Indonesia, namely Sumatra, Java, Madura, West Kalimantan, Central Kalimantan, and the small islands around it.
    2. Central Indonesia Time (WITA) covers the territory of the central part of Indonesia, such as Bali, Nusa Tenggara, South Kalimantan, East Kalimantan, Sulawesi, and the small islands around it.
    3. Eastern Indonesia Time (WIT) covers the eastern part of Indonesia such as the Maluku Islands, Papua, West Papua, and the small islands around it.

    This is an explanation regarding the geographic and astronomical location of the country of Indonesia that You needs to understand. With the explanation in this article, we can understand more about the influence of a country’s location on natural conditions and also its economy.

  • Generic Stucture Explanation Text & Contoh Explanation Text

    Generic Structure Explanation Text & Explanation Text Example – The word explanation in English, of course, is already familiar. In the world of education, or even in our daily lives, we often encounter explanations, or explanations in Indonesian. Explanation text is a text that explains the occurrence of a process.

    Every day in class, the teacher will explain something to his students. Starting from the process of the occurrence of rain, how the organs of the human body work, how to operate a machine and others. The explanation is the same as the explanation text.

    Explanation text or explanatory text has the aim of explaining various social, natural and cultural phenomena. To understand what an explanation text is, what is the generic structure, how to write an explanation text, and practice questions and answers, see the text below.

    Pengertian Explanation Text

    Explanation text in English is a text that explains the occurrence of a process.

    This type of text is actually a bit similar to procedure text. Procedure text has the goal of explaining how to do something, while explanation text explains how a process is.

    Explanation text tells how the process starts from the formation of natural, social, scientific to cultural phenomena. Texts of this type are very often found in books on science, history and geography.

    This book provides an understanding of the types of text for those of you who are in high school. In addition, this book is equipped with the purpose and function of the text, structure and linguistic elements in it. The book is packaged in light and simple language. So that understanding of several types of reading texts that are often raised as exam material will be easier to understand.

    Generic Structure Explanation Text

    Like other types of text, explanation text has the following structure:

    1. Title

    Every text or writing must have a title at the beginning to tell what the contents are written in a writing, as well as explanation text.

    When giving a title for an explanation text, we don’t need to beat around the bush, just write down what fits the contents of the text. For example, ‘What causes a flood?’, ‘Why is the earth rotating?’ or ‘How the lungs work’ and so on.

    The title in an explanation text has the goal of preparing or directing the reader to the text. The title in this text usually appears in various forms that mention an action to the questions ‘How’ and ‘Why’. Such questions will be answered with explanations in the text.

    2. Opening Statement

    Explanation text has a writing purpose which of course must provide valid and factual information to readers. That way, a very strong opening statement needs to be inserted in the writing.

    It would be better if the author includes evidence of previous research such as journals or articles that have already been verified.

    In the opening statement, the writer can also identify a process to be explained in the text. To write an opening statement, you can try to focus on the process of a phenomenon you want to explain.

    With an opening statement that introduces or identifies a phenomenon you wish to discuss, it will give the reader a brief introduction to it and provide a brief understanding of the type of text you are writing.

    3. Sequencing

    When writing an article, you should separate it into several sequences or parts. Of course, you don’t want to make your readers dizzy reading one very long paragraph.

    Connect the paragraph with the cause-and-effect relationship of the phenomenon being written. The paragraphs written must be logically ordered and explain why or how something happened.

    The sequential explanation must contain a series of events, actions, causes or processes of the phenomenon. Events that occur are also written down in order of time or cause.

    All of this must be written down in detail and accurately. Usually the written sequence of events will expand by explaining how events occurred in the time period.

    4. Conclusion

    Conclusions or conclusions are written when all explanations have been written. The conclusion given at the end of the explanation text will give the impression that the writing made is valid.

    5. Visual

    In explanation text, visuals or diagrams have become commonplace to embed. The images or visuals provided are useful for clarifying existing explanation texts. Moreover, in scientific texts, accurate diagrams or illustrations are very important to support explanation texts.

    Those of you who are looking to deepen your English at the high school level can get an explanation of explanations about the types of texts through the English Student Book for Class 12. All explanations are thoroughly reviewed along with questions and answers.

    Language Feature Explanation Text

    Explanation text has language features, namely:

    1. Using the present tense, because an explanation text discusses a fact.
    2. Using complex noun groups, it aims to build detailed descriptions for example, ‘Threatening’, ‘Rampaging’ or ‘Enormous’ and many more.
    3. Using abstract nouns such as ‘heat’, ‘earthquakes’, ‘floods’, etc.
    4. Using a sentence with a clear subject and using the verb agreement.
    5. Using action verbs to explain the cause of the phenomenon being discussed, such as ‘from’ or ‘started from’.
    6. Use adverbial phrases of a time and place to tell when and where this event took place. For example. ‘Its to be found in Sulawesi, Indonesia’.
    7. Use connectors to link time sequences in causal order. For example ‘after’, ‘finally’, ‘so’, ‘then’ and others.
    8. Use passive voice which is useful for emphasizing the focus of events that are taking place.
    9. Using time conjunctions, for example, ‘when’, ‘as’. This time conjunction is used to sequence and connect events so that the written text flows more. This time conjunction can be placed first in a sentence to focus the reader’s attention.
    10. Use technical terms or word chains about the subject.

    Find other English formulas or tenses that can help you improve your English skills in the book Tenses And Exercises: Quick Formulas to Master English.

    Types of Explanation Text

    when writing an explanation text, of course we already know that the phenomenon we want to explain does exist and then explain why and how this phenomenon can occur. To write explanation text you must have and seek a lot of knowledge before starting to write. There are several types of explanation text.

    The first is a text that describes an event or how something works. For example, how a car works, or how a computer works until natural events such as how landslides can occur, how mountains can erupt and so on.

    The second type of explanation text is a text that explains why something happened. For example, why can the mirror in the bathroom fog up when we take a hot shower, why are owls more active at night, why do humans close their eyes when they sneeze, and so on.

    For the third type is to explain the similarities and differences in objects. This type of text is related to the topic of science and technology where an explanation of a natural or non-natural phenomenon occurs. For example, how can a tornado form, how can sound move, how does a cell phone work, why does a tsunami happen and so on.

    Explanation text also contains explanations about human relations with the human environment, for example how cotton can be processed into clothing, why humans have to exercise and consume healthy food, how milk can be processed into yogurt and so on.

    How to Write Explanation Text

    Writing by utilizing time as effectively as possible is very important. When writing an explanation text, you need to spend about 20 percent of your time researching the topic you want to cover. Apart from that, you also have to make sure that you know what you want to explain.

    Take the same time to compose the writing you want to make. You can make mind-mapping or graphics that can help you write the outline of your explanation more easily.

    That way, with this 40 percent time, you can already form ideas and structure your writing. The rest, you just have to use the time to edit the spelling or grammar in your writing.

    There are several points that must be considered in writing explanation text. First, what is it about? what do you explain, what is a good title and which part is very important? which part needs to be explained, how does it work, moreover what things might be included in the writing and so on.

    Assume that the reader is not as knowledgeable about the topic you are writing about as you are. so, at the beginning of writing you should be able to briefly explain the topic before entering the body of writing.

    Use an interesting title so that it can encourage readers to read your writing further. In writing explanation text, you also have to use correct scientific terms or technical terms.

    Apart from that, you can also create interesting visuals or use appropriate diagrams if possible. It should be remembered again, explanation text is written in the present tense because this text discusses a fact and is written from the third person’s perspective. Improve your English skills through the book 7 Habits of Effective English Learning.

    Example Explanation Text

    How Do Fish Breathe?

    All animals breathe just like humans. How they breathe, however, varies. Breathe by inhaling oxygen and exhaling carbon dioxide as waste. Air flows in through the human’s nose or mouth into the lungs where oxygen is transported through the blood to the rest of the human body. Humans need air to breathe. So, what does that mean for animals that live in the water?

    Like humans, fish also need oxygen and emit carbon dioxide to survive. But using the lungs, these creatures that live in water use organs called gills. The gills are organs located on the sides of the fish’s head. These gills have many small blood vessels called capillaries.

    When the fish opens, the water will flow over the gills. After that, the blood in the capillaries will pick up oxygen that is soluble in water. The blood then moves through the fish’s body to provide oxygen throughout the body, just like in humans.

    All bony fish also have a bony plate called an operculum. This operculum is useful for opening and closing to protect the gills. Breathing underwater is difficult. The air we breathe has an oxygen concentration of 200,000 parts per million.

    Whereas water only has a concentration of 4 to 8 parts per million. This means fish need to flow a lot of water over their gills to get the amount of oxygen to survive. In addition, the gills are very useful for extracting the oxygen needed by fish.

    Breathing becomes more difficult as the oxygen concentration decreases. Low levels of oxygen concentration make it impossible for animals to survive. Although it can occur naturally, it can also be created by human activity.

    When pollution is high, such as waste dumped into the sea, this will cause algae blooms which then die and decompose. Furthermore, it will cause the zone to have a low oxygen concentration level of oxygen.

    Fish need clean water to breathe. Similarly, humans need clean air to breathe. Humans can help these gilled creatures to thrive by keeping their habitat free of pollutants.

    How Do Fish Breathe?

    All animals breathe like humans. How they breathe, of course, varies greatly. Breathing is a process of inhaling oxygen and exhaling carbon dioxide as waste. Air flows in through the human nose or mouth to the lungs where oxygen is transported through the blood throughout the human body. Humans need air to breathe. So, what about animals that live in water?

    Like humans, fish also need oxygen and emit carbon dioxide to survive. But instead of using the lungs, creatures that live in water use organs called gills. Gills are organs located on the sides of the fish’s head.

    These gills have many small blood vessels called capillaries. When the fish opens, water will flow over the gills. After that, the blood in the capillaries will pick up water-soluble oxygen. The blood then moves through the fish’s body to provide oxygen throughout the body, just like it does in humans.

    All bony fish also have a bony plate called the operculum. The operculum is useful for opening and closing to protect the gills. Breathing underwater is a difficult thing.

    The air we breathe has an oxygen concentration of 200,000 parts per million. whereas water only has a concentration of 4 to 8 parts per million. This means fish need to circulate a lot of water over their gills to get the proper amount of oxygen to survive. In addition, gills are very useful for extracting the oxygen needed by fish.

    Breathing becomes more difficult as the oxygen concentration decreases. Low levels of oxygen concentration make it impossible for animals to survive. Although it can occur naturally, it can also be created by human activity.

    When pollution is high, such as garbage dumped into the sea, it will cause the development of algae which then die and decompose. Furthermore, it will cause the zone to have a low level of oxygen concentration.

    Fish need clean water to breathe. Likewise, humans need clean air to breathe. Humans can help these gill-like creatures thrive by keeping their habitat free of pollutants.


    Exercise Question Explanation Text

    1. What is the text about?  
    what is the text about?

    2. what is the purpose of the text
    above

    3. Does fish breathe using an organ called ?
    Fish breathe using an organ called?

    4. Where are the organs located?
    Where is this organ located?

    5. What is meant by breathing?
    What is meant by breathing?

    6. What does concentration mean in Indonesian?
    What does ‘concentration’ mean in Indonesian?

    7. How do humans breathe?
    How do humans breathe?

    8. From the text above, we imply that?
    From the text it can be implied that?

    9. What does the word ‘thrive’ mean?
    What is meant by ‘thrive’?

    10. What does the third paragraph focus on?
    The third paragraph focuses on?

    11. What do humans inhale when they breathe?
    What do humans inhale when breathing?

    12. What is released when humans exhale?
    What is released when humans exhale?

    13. What does the word ‘decompose’ mean?
    Apa arti dari kata ‘decompose’?

    14. Based on the text above, do fish need clean water to breathe?
    Based on the text above, do fish need clean water to breathe?

    15. How can humans help fish to stay alive in their habitat? 
    How can humans help fish to survive in their habitat?


    Answers to Explanation Text Questions

    1. how fish breathe
    2. to inform the fish’s respiratory system
    3. gill
    4. on the side of the fish head
    5. inhale oxygen and exhale carbon dioxide
    6. concentration
    7. inhale and exhale
    8. Fish breathe with gills and need clean water
    9. develop
    10. The gills are very useful for extracting the oxygen needed by fish.
    11. oxygen
    12. carbon dioxide
    13. rot
    14. yes
    15. by keeping their habitat clean

     

  • General and Specific Characteristics of ASEAN Countries

    Characteristics of ASEAN countriesThe Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN is a geopolitical and economic organization of countries in the Southeast Asian region which was established in Bangkok, Thailand on August 8, 1967. The aim of establishing ASEAN is to increase social and economic growth, development culture and create stability and peace among member countries.

    ASEAN members consist of 10 countries. Each member country has its own characteristics. The characteristics of these ASEAN countries serve as a differentiator between one country and another. The characteristics of these ASEAN countries include the shape of the country, capital city, language, population, head of state and government to the area of ​​the ASEAN member countries.

    So what are the characteristics of these 10 ASEAN member countries? Check out the explanation further in this article, OK!

    The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) or the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (Perbara) is a geopolitical and economic organization of countries in the Southeast Asian region.

    The ASEAN organization was established on August 8, 1967 in Thailand, Bangkok in accordance with the Civil Declaration by Indonesia, the Philippines, Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand. ASEAN was established to achieve a goal, which is to increase economic growth, social progress, cultural development of member countries, promote regional peace and stability and increase opportunities to discuss differences among member countries in a peaceful way.

    In 2010, according to nominal combined ASEAN GDP has grown to approximately 1.8 trillion dollars. If ASEAN were a single entity, then ASEAN would be the ninth largest economy along with the United States, China, Japan, Germany, France, Brazil, Britain and Italy.

    ASEAN was founded by five countries namely Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and the Philippines through the Bangkok Declaration. The following is the contents of the Bangkok Declaration.

    • Accelerate economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the Southeast Asia region.
    • Promote regional peace and stability.
    • Increase cooperation and mutual assistance for the common good in the social, economic, technical, administrative and scientific fields.
    • Maintain close cooperation, within existing regional as well as international organizations.
    • Increasing cooperation with the aim of advancing education, training as well as research in the Southeast Asian region.

    Brunei Darussalam is the first member of ASEAN outside of the five initiating countries. Brunei Darussalam joined as a member country of ASEAN on January 7, 1984, which is exactly a week after commemorating the country’s independence day.

    Eleven years later, ASEAN again accepted its seventh member on July 28, 1995. Then, two years later Laos and Myanmar also followed and joined ASEAN as members on July 23, 1997.

    Although Cambodia plans to join as a member of ASEAN with Myanmar and Laos, the plan has to be postponed due to political problems occurring within Cambodia.

    However, one year later, Cambodia finally joined ASEAN as a member on December 16, 1998. After all the countries in the Southeast Asian region had joined ASEAN, Timor Leste finally decided to join as a member of ASEAN, even though its membership had not been fulfilled.

    That is the brief history of the founding of ASEAN and how other countries in Southeast Asia decided to join this organization.

    Characteristics of ASEAN Countries in General

    As previously explained, ASEAN member countries have their own characteristics. This characteristic serves as a differentiator from one member country to another. The characteristics of ASEAN countries include several things, including the form of the state, head of state, head of government, capital city, language, population and area.

    Before discussing the characteristics of ASEAN countries one by one, here are the general characteristics of ASEAN countries.

    1. Geographical conditions of ASEAN countries

    The geographical location of countries in the Southeast Asian region or members of the ASEAN organization is in the southeast of the Asian continent. If you pay attention to the world map, Southeast Asia itself is located between the Australian Continent and the mainland of the Asian Continent.

    Meanwhile, according to the ocean side, the position of Southeast Asia is right in the middle between the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. When viewed according to its astronomical position, Southeast Asia is at 29.1° North Latitude – 11° South Latitude and 92° East Longitude – 141° East Longitude.

    All countries that are passed by the equator must have a tropical climate, so that it becomes an area that has lots of tropical forests and beautiful nature accompanied by a variety of flora and fauna. The area of ​​Southeast Asia itself reaches around 2,257,000 km².

    2. Climate of ASEAN member countries

    As an area that has a tropical climate, in general, the Southeast Asian region only has two seasons, namely the dry season and the rainy season.

    According to the emodul.kemdikbud page , this is because the equator receives pressure from monsoons that originate from deserts in Australia and trade winds that originate from the sub-tropics.

    Rainfall in this area is also influenced by the geographical conditions of each country, so that each region can have a different rainy season. For example, like Indonesia, the rainy season usually comes from October to April, while in Thailand the rainy season usually comes from October to January.

    In contrast to the Philippines, which is the entire territory, rain can occur throughout the year, while the northern part of Myanmar has a sub-tropical climate.

    Specific Characteristics of ASEAN Countries

    After knowing the general characteristics of ASEAN countries, Sinaumed’s also needs to know the characteristics that serve as differentiators from one ASEAN country to another. Here’s an explanation.

    1. Thai

    Thailand is a country located in Southeast Asia. Thailand is a neighboring country to Indonesia, because it is still in one regional area. Thailand is a founding country and member of ASEAN which has the following characteristics.

    Official name: Muang Thai or Prathet Thai
    Capital: Bangkok
    Government: Constitutional monarchy
    Head of state: King Bhumibool Adulyadej
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Primary languages: Thai (official), Chinese, English, Malay
    Population: 65.1 million soul according to 2015 data
    Currency: Thai Bath
    Religion: Islam, Buddhism, Christianity and animism
    National anthem: Pleng Chard Thai

    In addition to the above characteristics, Thailand also has other secondary characteristics. Here’s an explanation.

    a) Economy

    Economic activity in Thailand is in the agricultural sector, especially rice and rubber. In addition, Thailand also produces tobacco, heads, silk, cotton and various types of fruits that help the economy.

    Thailand is also developing into the industrial sector. Currently, Thailand has produced several industrial products including paper, cement and sugar.

    In addition, there are also livestock and mining sectors. It is noted, that Thailand provides a sizeable contribution to the country’s foreign exchange.

    b) Natural Resources

    Thailand is one of the biggest tin producers in the world. Petroleum and tungsten are natural resources produced by this country.

    Thailand’s main natural resources in economic activity are corn, rice, soybean trees, copra, tobacco and rubber.

    2. Philippines

    The Philippines is an archipelagic country like Indonesia. The Philippines has approximately 7,641 islands and has a length of area from north to south of about 1,851 km with a width from west to east reaching around 1,062 km. Astronomically, the Philippines is between 5°N – 20°N and between 120°E – 127°E. With the following characteristics.

    Official name: República de Philippines
    Capital: Manila
    Government: Republic
    Head of state: President
    Head of government: President
    Primary languages: Filipino or Tagalog, English (official), Cebuano, Ilocano and local dialects.
    Population: 103 million in 2015
    Currency: Peso
    Religion: Roman Catholicism (90%), Islam, Buddhism, animism
    National anthem: Lupang Hinirang

    In addition to the above characteristics, the Philippines also has other secondary characteristics. Here’s an explanation.

    a) Economy

    The Philippines relies on the agricultural sector, but currently the Philippines is also developing economic activities in the industrial sector. The main agricultural products are rice, corn, sugarcane, coconut, pineapple, mango, eggs, fish, meat, bananas.

    b) Natural Resources

    There are several natural resources in the Philippines, including nickel, wood, petroleum, silver, gold, cobalt, bronze and others. According to research, the Philippines has very good quality rice varieties.

    3. Indonesian

    Indonesia is an archipelagic country located in the Southeast Asian region which is crossed by the equator and is between the continents of Asia and Oceania, so that Indonesia is known as a transcontinental country.

    Indonesia is the 14th largest country as well as being the largest archipelagic country in the world. Apart from being wide, Indonesia has other characteristics as follows.

    Official name: Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI)
    Capital: Jakarta
    Government: Presidential Republic
    Head of state: President
    Head of government: President
    Main language: Indonesian
    Population: 255.7 million people in 2015
    Currency: Rupiah
    Religion: Islam, Buddhism, Christian, Hindu, Catholic, Confucian
    National anthem: Indonesia Raya

    In addition to the above characteristics, Indonesia also has other secondary characteristics. Here’s an explanation.

    a) Economy

    According to the International Monetary Fund or IMF, Indonesia has grown by 4% in 2013. This growth can be achieved because Indonesia is a major exporter of oil and gas or oil and gas. In addition, Indonesia also has abundant natural resources.

    b) Natural Resources

    Indonesia is known as a country that has natural resources in the form of raw materials such as rattan, wood, textiles, rubber, fisheries and various kinds of agricultural products.

    Apart from that, Indonesia also has coal, gold ore, petroleum, and other raw material natural resources.

    4. Malaysian

    Malaysia is known as the neighbor country. Malaysia is a neighboring country to Indonesia and still has a thick Malay family. Malaysia has a fairly well-known icon, namely the tall twin towers. Like other ASEAN member countries, Malaysia also has the following characteristics.

    Official name: Malaysia
    Capital: Kuala Lumpur
    Government: Constitutional Monarchy
    Head of state: Raja Tuan Agung Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzan Shah
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Main languages: Malay, Tamil, English, Chinese
    Population: 32,801 million people as of 2015
    Currency: Ringgit
    Religion: Islam, Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism and Taoism
    National anthem: My country

    In addition to the above characteristics, Malaysia also has other secondary characteristics. Here’s an explanation.

    a) Economy

    Economic activity in Malaysia is carried out with plantation and agricultural products. Malaysia’s agricultural products are able to meet basic needs, such as vegetables and rice. As for plantations, Malaysia produces palm oil.

    a) Natural Resources

    The main natural resource owned by Malaysia is paddy or rice. In addition, Malaysia also has natural resources from mining such as silver, gold, coal and copper.

    5. Singapore

    Singapore is one of the developed countries in the Southeast Asia region. Even though the territory of this country is small, the facilities and technology owned by Singapore are of international standard. Singapore has the following characteristics.

    Official name: His–chia–p’o Kung (Mandarin): Republic of Singapore (Malay), Singapore Kudiyarasu (Tamil), Republic of Singapore (English).
    Capital: Singapore
    Government: Republic
    Head of state: President
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Primary languages: Malay, Tamil, English, Chinese
    Population: 5.5 million as of 2015
    Currency: Singapore Dollar
    Religion: Islam, Buddhism, Christian, Hindu, Taoist, Confucian
    National anthem: Majulah Singapore

    Apart from the above characteristics, Singapore also has other secondary characteristics. Here’s an explanation.

    a) Economy

    Singapore is famous for its trade transit routes between countries, the products that are distributed are also various. Because of this, Singapore is a fairly advanced country in the field of technology and information.

    b) Natural Resources

    SDA owned by Singapore is not too much, because of this shortage of natural resources, Singapore developed the trade and tourism sector.

    6. Brunei Darussalam

    Brunei is a sovereign country in Southeast Asia which has an area of ​​5,765 km², currently it is recorded that Brunei has the second highest human development index in Southeast Asia, after Singapore. Brunei has the following characteristics.

    Official name: Brunei Darussalam
    Capital: Bandar Seri Begawan
    Government: Absolute Monarchy
    Head of state: Sultan
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Main languages: Malay, English, Mandarin
    Population: 0.4 million people as of 2015
    Currency: Brunei dollar
    Religion: Islam, Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism
    National anthem: Allah Peliharakan Sultan

    7. Vietnamese

    Vietnam is on the Indochina peninsula and has cultural influences from China and India. This country is the geographic form of Elongated according to its morphology. Vietnam has the following characteristics.

    Official name: Cong Hoa Xa Hol Chu Viet Nam or Socialist Republic of Vietnam
    Capital: Hanoi
    Government: Socialist Republic
    Head of state: President
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Main language: Vietnamese
    Population: 91.7 million people as of 2015
    Currency : Dong
    Religion: Islam, Buddhism, Christianity
    National anthem: Tien Quan Ca

    8. Laos

    Laos is a country covered by dense forests and many mountains, one of the highest mountains has an altitude of 2,817 meters above sea level. Laos has the following characteristics.

    Official name: Lao People’s Democratic Republic
    Capital: Vientiane
    Government: Socialist Republic
    Head of state: President
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Main languages: Lao, French, English
    Population: 6.9 million as of 2015
    Currency:
    Religious Kip : Buddhism, animism
    National anthem: Pheng Kat Lao

    9. Cambodia

    Cambodia is a constitutional monarchy with a tropical monsoon climate with two seasons, rainy and dry. Cambodia has the following characteristics.

    Official name: People’s Republic of Kampuchea
    Capital: Phnom Penh
    Government: Constitutional Monarchy
    Head of state: King
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Primary languages: Khmer, French, English
    Population: 6.9 million as of 2015
    Currency: Rie
    Religion : Buddha

    10. Burmese

    Myanmar has a fairly varied landscape ranging from lowlands to mountains. Myanmar was the last country to join ASEAN. Following are the characteristics of the country of Myanmar.

    Official name: Union Socialist Republic of Myanmar
    Capital: Yangon
    Government: Republic
    Head of state: President
    Head of government: Prime Minister (PM)
    Primary language: Myanmar
    Population: 52.1 million as of 2015
    Currency: Kyat
    Religion: Buddhist, Hindu, Islam and Christianity

    That is a review of the characteristics of ASEAN countries , starting from the founding countries and the last countries that joined.

  • Gauss’s Law And The Electric Field

    Gauss’s Law and the Electric Field –  Previously, did Sinaumed’s know what electricity is, what are the uses of electricity, and what is the history of electricity? It’s a good idea to discuss these three things in this article. Let’s look at the short discussion!

    Electricity is a condition of certain subatomic particles, such as electrons and protons, that cause attractive and repulsive forces between them. According to another understanding, electricity is a source of energy that can be channeled using cables. Electricity enables the creation of many well-known physical phenomena, such as lightning, electric currents and electric fields. Electricity can be used widely in various industrial applications such as for electric power sources and electronic devices.

    Electricity gives rise to the four basic natural forces (gravity force, electromagnetism force, weak nuclear force and strong nuclear force). “Amount of electricity” is also known as “Electrical Charge” or “Total Charge”. There are two types of electric charges: positive and negative. Through experimentation, like-charges repel each other and opposite-sex charges attract one another.

    When electricity flows through special materials, such as tungsten and tungsten, light is emitted by the metals. Such materials are used in light bulbs ( bulb or bulb). Whenever electricity flows through a material that has resistance, it releases heat energy. The greater the electric current, the more heat energy that arises will be multiplied. This property is used for electric stove elements, irons, and so on.

    Electric current flows from positively charged channels to negatively charged channels. With direct current electricity, if Sinaumed’s only holds the positive cable (but doesn’t simultaneously hold the negative cable), the electricity will not flow to Sinaumed’s’ body (he will not be electrocuted). This also happens the other way around, like when Sinaumed’s only held negative channels.

    Meanwhile, electricity that has alternating current, electricity can also flow to the floor of the house (or the earth). This can happen because it is caused by an electrical system that uses the earth as a reference for neutral voltage ( ground ). Therefore, if Sinaumed’s touches a power source and his feet are on the ground or his hands are touching a wall, electricity will flow from his hands to his feet and Sinaumed’s will get an electric shock (get an electric shock).

    Electrical power can be stored, for example in a battery or accumulator. Small electric power, for example stored in a battery, will not have a shock effect on the body. Whereas in large car batteries, there is often a slight shock effect, although not too big and dangerous. Electricity will flow from the positive pole of the battery/battery to the negative pole.

    ELECTRICAL BENEFITS

    Electricity cannot be separated from human life. Most of today’s human activities are highly dependent on electricity, both for primary and secondary needs. Electricity is also very useful in personal, social, trade, education, and various other lines of life. The needs of the trimmer, for example, are for the use of water pumps, cell phones , lighting devices, magic jars , electric irons, even today there are many vehicles that use electricity. Meanwhile, secondary needs, for example, are television, computers, educational media equipment, and so on.

    HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY OF ELECTRICITY

    History of the inventor of electricity there are several versions. The first version, electricity was discovered in ancient Egypt. The second version, Electricity was discovered by Thales from Melitus. And the third version, Electricity was discovered by Faraday.

    First Version (Ancient Egyptian Period)

    Theory, regarding electricity which was known and used during the heyday of Europe was wrong, it was the ancient Egyptians who discovered it and the Europeans only popularized it. The key to all of these theories lies a few hundred kilometers east of Egypt, in Iraq. There were some oddly shaped pots found. Some of these pots are waterproof and their contents are cylinders made of copper, and glued into the holes using bitumen. In the center of the cylinder is an iron rod. Researchers discovered the pot for the first time in 1936. Researchers believe that the pot is a galvanic element also known as a primitive battery. The reconstruction did show that it was possible to create electricity using these tools.

    It was discovered that next to a temple in the Dendera area, some tens of kilometers north of Luxor, experts discovered a light. An electrical engineer from Norway saw that the object shown in the relief at the top of this page could act as a lamp.

    Second Version (Thales)

    The early history of the discovery of electricity was carried out by a Greek scholar named Thales. Theles suggested that the phenomenon of amber, which when rubbed repeatedly would have the power to attract hairs, was an electrical phenomenon. Then, after many years since the idea from Thales was put forward, new opinions and various new theories about electricity emerged, as researched and advanced by William Gilbert, Oersted, Charles De Coulomb, Joseph Priestley, Ampere Michael Farraday, etc.

    Third Version (Faraday)

    Michael Faraday is a scientist from England and earned the nickname “Father of Electricity”, thanks to his efforts, electricity is now a technology that is widely used in human life. Faraday was born on September 22, 1791 in Newington, England. He studied various scientific fields, including electrochemistry and electromagnetism. Faraday also invented a device that was later used to become the Bunsen burner. The Bunsen burner is used in almost all science laboratories as a practical source of heat.

    In order to help the family economy, at the age of 14 Faraday has worked as a salesman and book seller. In between his work, he uses his time to read various types of books, especially books on natural science, chemistry, and physics.

    When he was 20 years old, Faraday attended various classes given by well-known British scientists. One of them is Sir Humphry Davy, a chemist who also works as head of the Royal Institution laboratory. During class, Faraday took careful notes and then neatly transcribed what he had heard.

    Then, he sent the note file to Sir Humphry Davy accompanied by a job application attachment. It turned out that the lecturer was interested in appointing Faraday as his assistant at the famous University Laboratory in London. At that time Faraday was 21 years old.

    Under Davy’s tutelage, Faraday displayed rapidly growing abilities. Initially, he was only given a job as a bottle washer. However, thanks to his persistence in learning, in a relatively short time, Faraday was able to make various kinds of new discoveries based on his own ideas, namely finding two chlorocarbon compounds and also succeeding in liquefying chlorine gas and several other types of gases. Thanks to his intelligence, Faraday was able to establish relationships with renowned experts, such as Andre Marie Ampere.

    In addition, Faraday also had the opportunity to tour Europe with Davy. On this occasion, Faraday began to develop his practical and theoretical knowledge.

    Davy was a great influence on Faraday’s thinking and had assisted Faraday in each of his discoveries. Faraday’s first highly influential discovery in the field of electricity occurred in 1821. Two years earlier Oersted had discovered that the magnetic needle of an ordinary compass could be tilted when an electric current was passed in a wire not too far apart. From these findings, Faraday concluded that when the magnet is tightened, what actually moves is the wire.

    On the basis of this conjecture, Faraday managed to devise a clear scheme in which a wire would rotate continuously adjacent to a magnet as long as an electric current is applied to the wire.

    ELECTRIC FIELD DEFINITIONS

    The electric field is an effect caused by the presence of electric charges such as electrons and ions or protons in the space around them Judging from the understanding of the electric field, it can be exemplified by objects that have an electric charge. If object A which has an electric charge is placed in a space in which object B already exists.

    If object B has an electric charge, then object A will also experience an electric force. The space around object A and object B is called an electric field. So, what is meant by an electric field (E) is a room that is around objects with electric charges that experience an electric force.
    If an object that has an electric charge is placed in a room, then in that room there will be an electric field.

    To describe an electric field, lines of electric force will be used. Lines of electric force are curved lines which are assumed to be the paths traversed by positive charges moving in an electric field. The lines of electric force cannot intersect, because the lines of electric force are an imaginary line that starts from an object with a positive charge and will end in an object with a negative charge. The following figure illustrates the lines of electric force around objects that contain electric charges.

    The electric field is described by lines of electric force whose direction starts from the positive pole to the negative pole.

    Then how strong can an electric field affect an object? All depends on the magnitude of the source charge and the distance from the object (test charge). The electric field strength is formulated as the magnitude of the Coulomb force for each unit charge. Mathematically the electric field formula is:

    Description
    E = electric field strength (N/C)
    F = coulomb force (F)
    q = test charge (C)

    The direction of the electric field strength experienced by the test charge depends on the type of test charge and the source charge. If the charges are positive and negative, there will be an attractive force, but if the charges are the same, there will be a repulsive force.

    When known by using the coulomb force formula between the source charge Q and the test charge q is

    then the electric field formula becomes

    GAUSS’S LAW

    Gauss’s law was created by Carl Fredrich (1777-1855), a mathematician of all time. Does Sinaumed’s know what Gauss’s law is? In general, we learn Gauss’s law at school in Physics lessons. In this section, we will discuss the meaning of Gauss’s law and its formula. Please listen to the explanation until it’s finished below.

    Understanding Gauss’s Law

    Gauss’s law is a law that states that the number of field lines that pass through a surface is proportional to the amount of charge that is on the surface. Gauss’s law relates the electric field that exists on a closed surface to the total charge inside that surface.

    Gauss’s law is a law that is used to calculate the amount of an electric flux through a field. Gauss’s law states that the amount of electric flux through a field will be directly proportional.

    The sound of Gauss’s Law, namely: “That the total electric flux passing through any closed surface (a surface that includes a certain volume) is proportional to the total (net) electric charge inside that surface”.

    Gauss’s law is generally used to calculate the electric field that has been generated from very fast moving charges and also accelerated moving charges. Gauss’s law can be used to calculate the electric field of systems that have a high tendency of symmetry (eg cylindrical, square, and also spherical symmetries). In using Gauss Sinaumed’s law it is necessary to choose an imaginary closed surface (Gaussian surface). The shape of the closed surface can be anything.

    Gauss’s law is based on the concept of electric field lines which have directions or arrows as shown in the following figure.

     

    ELECTRIC FLUX

    Fulk has a relationship to the magnitude of the field that penetrates in a direction perpendicular to a certain surface. Electric flux states that when an electric field penetrates in a direction perpendicular to a surface. It will be easier to illustrate when using a visual description of the electric field, namely the depiction of the electric field in the form of lines. By depicting the electric field (lines), the electric flux can be illustrated as the number of field “lines” that penetrate a surface. Come on, consider the following picture:

    The following is the electric flux formula:

    If the lines in the electric field that penetrate a plane have angles, then the electric flux formula is as follows.

    Gauss’s Law Formula

     

    Use of Gauss’s Law

    If Sinaumed’s wants to apply Gauss’s law to determine how strong the electric field is around a charge distribution, it is necessary to pay attention to the following points.

    • What kind of symmetry does this system have, from the symmetry you will get a qualitative picture of the field.
    • Choose a (imaginary) surface which will be called a Gaussian surface according to the shape of the symmetry, passing through the point where you want to find out how strong the field is.
    • Correct selection of the Gaussian surface can produce E that is equal in size and perpendicular to some or all of the closed surface and zero to the other surfaces.

    Gauss’s law on closed surfaces

    Gauss’s law on the surface of the ball

    Gauss’s Law Around Surfaces

     

    Gauss’s law around a uniformly charged wire

    Gauss’s law on a charged ball

    The formula for an insulator ball that is evenly charged with a charge density is as follows:

    Inside the ball, the equation is as follows:

    Outside the ball, the equation is as follows:

     

     

  • Garuda Pancasila, the meaning of the symbol and this complete historical information

    Sinaumed’s must be familiar with one of the national identities of the Republic of Indonesia, namely the national symbol which we know as the Garuda Pancasila Emblem . This symbol was created through a fairly long process. The originator of Garuda Pancasila was Sultan Hamid II in 1950.

    This part of the Garuda Pancasila symbol has quite a deep meaning and in the selection of the Garuda bird, the number of feathers, the color and the symbols have quite a meaningful philosophy. What is the history of making this Garuda Pancasila symbol? The following is an explanation of Garuda Pancasila, starting from the meaning, history, and philosophical meaning of its symbols:

    Understanding Pancasila

    Pancasila, Tegar is perched on almost every wall of Indonesian citizens’ rooms, buildings and houses. A Garuda bird that has been modified by an artist, becomes a symbol of the state, proudly carrying the ideological pillars that will later be called PANCASILA.

    Pancasila is also often defined as the Indonesian nation’s way of life which means that the crystallization of life experiences in the course of the history of the Indonesian people has shaped attitudes, character, behavior, values, philosophical views, morals, ethics that have given birth to them which are discussed in the book Pancasila Democracy System Edition. Both below.

    History reveals that on the Morning of 18 August 1945, or Saturday Pahing, 10 Ramadhan 1364, an initial meeting was held to formulate the ideological basis of the nation and state, Pantjasila (Pancasila), as well as the constitution of the 1945 Constitution:

    · Wachid Hasjim : Nahdlatul Ulama
    · Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo : Muhammadiyah Association
    · Kasman Singodimedjo : Muhammadiyah Association
    · Mohammad Hatta : West Sumatra
    · Teoekoe Muhammad Hasan : Aceh

    According to the Preparatory Committee for Indonesian Independence, the names of the representatives above were not in the name of an organization, but a meeting of three Muslim representatives from Java and two representatives from Sumatra. (by writer and historian, Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara in his book “Fire of History” Volume 2)

    Even though there is a bit of debate on the first precepts, you can make a joint agreement for the sake of winning the common goal, namely the achievement of an independent Indonesia as a sovereign, just, prosperous, calm country in the grace of Allah.

    In language, the meaning of Pancasila consists of two Sanskrit words: Panca which means five and sila which means principle or principle. These Five Precepts are actually a formula for all people who are “born” and live in Indonesia which are used as guidelines for the life of the nation and state.

    The historical values ​​that have been owned by the Indonesian nation since prehistoric times have become the basic source of philosophy for the formation of Pancasila. Later it will become a unifying ideology of cultural pluralism in the archipelago, becoming a unified Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia.

    Pancasila, which forms the basis of the state philosophy and philosophy of life for the Indonesian people, contains values ​​that are systematic, fundamental, and comprehensive, as discussed in the Pancasila book below.

    In a book written by Sulastomo, with the title Ideals of the Pancasila State, it is explained indirectly that Pancasila is a unifying tool so that it does not need to be forced into a unified form. Pancasila has elements of the ideology of religious socialism, not materialistic or communist.

    It is interesting what Nurcholis Madjid expressed in his book entitled “The Doors to God,” that communism is a Utopian ideology, promising empty dreams of the happiness of worldly life. So they (the communists) are not atheists but polytheists, rejecting theism (religion or gods) in religions, but on the other hand worshiping fellow human beings, this is nothing but a primitive form of worship.

    Rayno Dwi Adityo in his article entitled Geneology of Islamic Values ​​in Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution, that the birth of Pancasila was the result of deep digging from sources, a lineage of Islamic religious values ​​as well as the 1945 Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia.

    History of the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms

    Starting from being hit by the retreat of Japan by the allies, heavy defeats everywhere to the heart of the strategic city of Hiroshima and Nagasaki were devastated by the allied Atomic Bomb. One by one the Japanese territory was reclaimed by the allies, and Japan was pressed helplessly.

    In this urgent situation, Japan tried to attract the sympathy of the Indonesian people to support its interests. This was a Japanese political strategy, but for the Indonesian people or Indonesian struggle movements this was an important opportunity to prepare for Indonesian independence.

    So a body was formed to prepare all matters related to Indonesian independence, known as the BPUPKI (Investigating Agency for Preparatory Efforts for Indonesian Independence). This body formulated the basic points of the state which would later become the Pancasila precepts.

    After the opportunity to proclaim independence on Friday, the 9th of Ramadan 1364 Hijriyah coincided with 17 August 1945, the Netherlands also recognized Indonesian sovereignty at the Round Table conference in 1949, then felt the need for the United Republic of Indonesia at that time, to have a national symbol.

    1. Establishment of the State Badge Committee

    Then a Technical Committee was formed under the name Committee for State Badges, on January 10, 1950, under the coordinator of State Minister Zonder Porto Folio Sultan Hamid II. The composition of the technical committee is that the Chair is led by Muhammad Yamin while the members include: Ki Hajar Dewantoro, MA Pellaupessy, Moh. Natsir, and RM Ng Poerbatjaraka. It is they who are in charge of selecting various proposed designs for the state emblem to be further selected and submitted to the government.

    Bung Hatta in his book “Bung Hatta Responds” explained that Minister Priyono had held a competition as the executor of the Cabinet Meeting decision.

    So the two best designs for the state emblem were chosen, namely the work of the 6th Sultan of Pontianak’s eldest son, Sultan Hamid II and the work of the pioneer of the youth oath, Prof. Mr. Mohammad Yamin, SH

    Then in the next process the draft of Sultan Hamid II was accepted by the government and the DPR, while M. Yamin’s work contains elements of Japanese influence, namely including the sun’s rays in its design.

    In order to finalize and refine the selected design concept, RIS President Soekarno and Prime Minister Mohammad Hatta conducted an intensive dialogue with Sultan Hamid II, as the designer. The agreement occurred on a change in the ribbon that was gripped by Garuda, a plain white color with the motto “Unity in Diversity” replacing the previous red and white ribbon design.

    Furthermore, Sultan Hamid II, as the designer who also served as Minister of State for RIS, submitted his design to President Soekarno on February 8, 1950.

    The Masyumi Party (the party with the largest Muslim membership) criticized the design of this state symbol, they objected because it contained a mythological character in the image of the Garuda bird with human hands and shoulders holding a shield.

    Sultan Hamid II accepted this positive aspiration and then perfected his design to become the Rajawali-Garuda Pancasila. Abbreviated as Garuda Pancasila .

    Through Moh. Hatta as prime minister, President Soekarno then submitted the draft to the RIS Cabinet. On February 11, 1950, the RIS Cabinet Meeting finally formalized the design of the state emblem by Sultan Hamid II. (“About Pancasila” a book by AG Pringgodigdo published by the Department of Defense, ABRI History Center). President Soekarno for the first time introduced the national symbol, Garuda Pancasila with a “bald” head, to the general public at the Des Indes Hotel Jakarta.

    However, Soekarno still continued to improve the shape of this State Emblem, he reasoned that the bald Garuda was considered too similar to the Bald Eagle, the United States’ Symbol. So on March 20, 1950 Soekarno ordered, Dullah, the court painter to redesign it by adding a “crest” to the head of the Garuda Pancasila.

    Not only that, then the position of Garuda’s claws gripped in front of the ribbon, previously it was behind the ribbon. Finally, Sultan Hamid II finalized the image of the state symbol by increasing the size and color of the image of the state symbol.

    A masterpiece designed by Garuda Pancasila was formed in the form of a large statue of gold-plated bronze which was later used as a reference, stored neatly in the Independence Room of the National Monument. So this is a 3-dimensional shape scale, then designated as the symbol of the Republic of Indonesia, without changing the design until now.

    In Hindu mythology, Garuda is described as having a golden body, white face, red wings, he is the king of birds who comes from the descendants of Kasyapa and Winata, one of Daka’s daughters has a beak and wings like an eagle, but a body like a human.

    Meanwhile, Prof. Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara in his book “Fire of History” volume 2, explains, the Garuda Pancasila bird is not a Garuda Airlangga bird from Kediri, but a Rajawali Eagle Sayyidina Ali ra. Then where did Sultan Hamid II, as the winner of the design of the State Emblem, get inspiration from?

    Various values ​​are contained in Pancasila and are often used as a guideline or legal basis in Indonesia, as discussed in the book People with Pancasila Character.

    2. The similarity of the Garuda Pancasila symbol with the coat of arms of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom

    Sourced from the claims of R Indra S Attahashi who is a descendant of the lineage of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom in Aceh. According to him, the Garuda Pancasila symbol bears a resemblance to the symbol of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom, so it is considered to be imitating.

    The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, founded in the 13th century or in 1267, was the first Islamic kingdom in Indonesia with its founder Sultan Malikussaleh (Meurah Silu).

    An adventurer named Ibnu Battutah wrote in his book Tuhfat Al Nazha, about the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai known as a madrasah or Islamic study center in Southeast Asia. The emblem of this kingdom was designed by Sultan Zainal Abidin, who is also the sultan of the Islamic kingdom of Samudera Pasai. This emblem is a symbol that means a STRONG ISLAMIC MESSAGE.

    Indra tried to compare the Garuda Pancasila symbol with an image from the legacy of Muluk Attahashi bin Teuku Cik Ismail Siddik Attahashi. After the Cumbok War of the Young Sultan of Aceh, Teuku Raja Muluk Attahashi was appointed sultan in 1945. At that time the Sungai Iyu Kingdom was founded in Aceh Tamiang.

    If we look at the painting of the symbol of the legacy of the Aceh kingdom, at first glance it is shaped like a bird, similar to the Garuda Pancasila. Golden Arabic writing shaped like an eagle.

    In the middle of the bird’s body, it looks like a shield inscribed with a series of red and blue.

    According to Indra, the state symbol of Samudera Pasai contains the words Tauhid and the Pillars of Islam. So in detail the sentence “BASMALLAH” forms the head of a bird, while the wings and legs are the words of the two sentences of the Creed. Then the sentence of the Pillars of Islam is found on the bird’s body.

    Teuku Raja Muluk Attahashi is a descendant of the Ottoman commander, when he came to Aceh to help Sultan Iskandar Muda face the Portuguese. Teuku Raja Muluk Attahashi painted the coat of arms as a symbol of the kingdom.
    Aswi Warman Adam as LIPI historian, emphasized that this claim is not a negative thing, it shows proof of the love of the Indonesian nation.

    The Meaning of Each Precept on the Garuda Pancasila Symbol

    Before we discuss the meaning and significance of each of the Pancasila precepts , it is helpful to know briefly the history of the formation of these five precepts.

    At the first BPUPKI session, the basic formulation of the state had not yet been agreed upon, so a Recess Period occurred on June 22, 1945, and then a small committee was formed, known as the Committee of Nine, to re-formulate basic state proposals and accommodate ideas. After these nine committees held their session, a basic formulation of the state was produced which was later listed in the opening of the 1945 Constitution, with the name JAKARTA CHARTER.

    The Jakarta Charter became the forerunner to the basic formulation of Pancasila with the first principle, namely: “Divinity with the obligation to carry out Islamic law for its adherents.”

    However, after the signing of the Jakarta Charter, when KH Achmad Sanoesi and Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo, who were not part of the Committee of Nine, proposed that the words for their adherents be abolished and become “Godhead with the obligation to carry out Islamic Sharia.” Bung Karno as President at the Dokuritsu Zyunbi Sakai Plenary Meeting on July 14, 1945, rejected the proposal, on the grounds that it had been approved by the entire Committee of Nine. Bung Hatta himself made this suggestion on August 18, 1945, to abolish the seven words in the Jakarta Charter which had been approved by the Committee of Nine.

    Quoting Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo’s advice written in the book “Fire of History” Volume 2, Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara:

    Then, it was suggested to Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo that we as the majority Muslims are temporarily giving in, namely erasing these seven words, for the sake of the Victory of our shared ideals, namely the achievement of an independent Indonesia as a sovereign, just, prosperous, calm and peaceful country blessed by Allah.

    Finally at the PPKI meeting, August 18, 1945 produced a decision, namely:
    · Ratify the Constitution of the State
    · Elect a President and Deputy, namely Ir. Soekarno and Moh. Hatta
    · The President will temporarily be assisted by a Central Indonesian National Committee (KNPI) until state institutions are formed.

    Then produce the basic formulation of the state with 5 precepts which we will discuss later according to their meaning and significance.

    There are symbols on the Garuda Pancasila depicted on the shield, symbolizing the precepts in Pancasila, namely:
    · First Precept Single Star
    · Second Precept Gold Chain
    · Third Precept Banyan Tree
    · Fourth Precept Bull Head
    · Fifth Precept Rice and Cotton
    (In book PKN and Pancasila (2020) by Ni Putu Candra Prasetya)

    According to Prof. Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara shield on the chest of the Pancasila Garuda Bird, the bottom right and left color is Red and White in the middle, it is black in the shape of a square and a curve at the bottom as a symbol of the Ka’bah and Hijir Ismail.

    How to read it from the star symbol in the middle, down to the Chain, up to the Palace Tree (Bayan Tree), then turn right to the Bull, down to Cotton and Rice called Thowaf like circling the Kaaba.

    Pancasila, which was formulated by the founding fathers of the state, is a crystallization of the social and cultural values ​​of the ancestors of the people and nation of Indonesia. With various positive values ​​drawn from all aspects of people’s lives, the formulation of Pancasila contains the values ​​of divinity, humanity, unity, democracy, and justice which are fully discussed in the book Pancasila Existence & Actualization.

    1. Single Star

    A single star that has five angles, is in the middle of the Garuda bird’s shield. Used as a symbol of the first precept, namely Belief in One Supreme God. The symbol on the Garuda Pancasila emblem is considered a “light”, like the spiritual light that radiates from God to each of His servants, Humans. The black background signifies eternity and the original natural color that belongs to God.

    2. Gold Chain

    From the Single Star then to the lower right, namely Just and Civilized Humanity, a gold chain symbol is drawn which represents the second precept of the Pancasila. The chain links are rectangular and circular, representing men and women. These rectangles and circles are interrelated which means that every human being, both male and female, is a social being who needs one another. The bonds are united to be strong like a chain.

    3. Banyan Tree

    Continue to the top right, there is an image in the form of a tree. This is a symbol of the banyan tree which symbolizes the third precept, namely the Unity of Indonesia. The symbol of the banyan tree is a symbol of shelter or shelter, because this tree grows big and is fertile. It can be interpreted that in the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, the people who live in it can “take shelter” safely. The roots and tendrils of the banyan tree spread in all directions, this means the diversity of ethnic groups that unite under the name Indonesia.

    4. Bull Head

    Then turning left there is a bull’s head or the top left of the shield, there is a bull’s head symbol which symbolizes the fourth precept of Pancasila, namely Democracy Led by Wisdom in Representative Deliberations. The philosophical meaning of the head of the Bull is an animal as a social animal who likes to gather. People discussing to make a decision is the meaning of deliberation in Pancasila.

    5. Rice and Cotton

    Then down the bottom left, namely Social Justice for All Indonesian People, symbolized by the symbols of rice and cotton which symbolize the fifth precept of Pancasila. This symbol represents food and clothing (clothing) which are basic human needs.

    You can learn a complete explanation of Pancasila as the basis and ideology of the state, starting from the long process of Pancasila from its initial formulation, philosophical and ideological interpretations in the Pancasila book by Prof. Drs H. Achmad Fauzi DH.MA below.

     

    The meaning of the Garuda Pancasila symbol

    The Meaning of the Head of the Garuda Bird Symbol Facing Right

    In the Garuda Pancasila bird symbol, we will see that the Garuda bird’s head is facing to the right. The meaning of the Garuda Pancasila head facing right is virtue.

    The meaning of the Garuda Pancasila Shield

    In the Garuda Pancasila, in the center there is a shield-like symbol in which there are many Pancasila symbols, from the 1st precept to the 5th precept.

    The Meaning of the Number of Feathers on the Garuda Bird Coat of Arms

    According to Prof. The Garuda Pancasila Bird Mansyur is a reflection of the Eagle Eagle Sayyidina Ali ra.

    The wings of the Pancasila Garuda bird on the right and left are 17 strands each. Then on the tail there are 8 strands. While on the tail of the Garuda Pancasila, there are 19 strands of feathers. Meanwhile, on the neck of the Garuda Pancasila there are 45 strands. So, if all the strands on Garuda Pancasila mean the Proclamation Day or the Independence Day of the Republic of Indonesia (17-08-1945).

    The meaning of the Garuda Bird’s Foot Grabbing the White Ribbon with the Motto of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI)

    The white ribbon is a symbol of the equator, Garuda Pancasila’s feet hold a ribbon that reads “Unity in Diversity”. (“Fire of History”, Volume 2 by Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara.)

    This motto is quoted from Kakawin Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular, used to describe the unity and oneness of the Nation and the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia.

    The sentence on the Garuda Pancasila symbol has different meanings but in fact it is still one unit, binding various cultures, regional languages, races, ethnic groups, religions and beliefs.

    The Meaning of the Colors on the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms

    1. Black Color

    On the Garuda Pancasila symbol there is a black color located on the shield lines and the background of the star symbol. The meaning of black is immortality.

    2. Red Color

    The red color is also present on the Garuda Pancasila symbol which is located on the background color of the bull’s head and the background color of the chain. This red color has a meaning as courage.

    3. White Color

    The white color is also present on the Garuda Pancasila symbol, which is located on a background of the color of a banyan tree and a background of the color of rice and cotton, as well as on a ribbon that reads “Unity in Diversity”. The white color in Garuda Pancasila has the meaning of purity and holiness.

    4. Yellow color

    Almost all of the Garuda Pancasila bird symbols are yellow in color. Besides that, the yellow color is also in the rice symbol and the chain symbol. The yellow color on the Garuda Pancasila symbol means grandeur and greatness.

    5. Green Color

    The banyan tree symbol and the cotton symbol on the Garuda Pancasila symbol are green. The meaning of the green color is fertility and prosperity.

     

  • Ganjar Pranowo’s Biography: Profile, Biodata and His Career

    Biography of Ganjar Pranowo –  Ganjar Pranowo SHMI P is a Governor of Central Java who has served two terms. Then how was Mr. Ganjar’s childhood life until he could become a Governor who is loved by his people? The following is a more detailed explanation about Mr. Ganjar Pranowo.

    Profile of Ganjar Pranowo

    Ganjar Pranowo was born to a simple family on October 28, 1968 in the village of Mount Lawu, Karanganyar. Ganjar Pranowo’s real name is Ganjar Sungkowo which means reward for trouble or sadness. However, when Ganjar was about to enter elementary school, Sungkowo’s name was changed to Pranowo by his parents. This name change occurred because of the fear of Ganjar’s parents, if the name Sungkowo remained then the child would always wallow in bad luck and trouble.

    Ganjar’s father’s name is S. Pamudji and his mother’s name is Sri Suparni. Ganjar is the fifth child of six siblings. The names of his siblings are Pri Kuntadi, Pri Pambudi Teguh, Joko Prasetyo, Prasetyowati, and Nur Hidayati. Ganjar’s own father works as a police officer and was also assigned to take part in the PRRI or Permesta crackdown operations.

    Since childhood, Ganjar has shown his leadership spirit. This was proven when Ganjar was in elementary school, he was always elected as class president. When he was about to enter junior high school, his family moved to Kutoarjo following the place where his father was assigned. Ganjar continued his studies at Bopkri 1 Yogyakarta High School. In high school he was active in participating in scouting activities or the Ambalan Council.

    When he was about to graduate from high school in 1980, his father retired from serving in the National Police. To make a living and meet the economic needs of the family, his mother opened a grocery shop. While Ganjar also experienced selling gasoline on the side of the road.

    After high school graduation arrived, Ganjar continued his studies at the Faculty of Law at Gadjah Mada University. On campus, he joined the Indonesian National Student Movement (GMNI). During his college days, Ganjar admitted that he had taken two semesters off from college. This is because he does not have the cost for lectures. Ganjar admitted that he had a hobby of demonstrations during college. Ganjar once took part in demonstrating UGM rector for the 1986-1990 period, namely Koesnadi Hardjasoemantri.

    In 1994 Ganjar met Siti Atikoh Supriyanti while doing KKN in Temanggung, Central Java. Atikoh is the son of a Nahdlatul Ulama figure from Purbalingga, Central Java.

    What is interesting about their relationship is that Ganjar Pranowo has a GMNI and PDI background, while Atikoh has a pesantren background in Purbalingga which is affiliated with NU and PPP. The two married in 1999 and have one son named Muhammad Zinedine Alam Ganjar. Zinedine was born in 2003 and is now studying at SMAN 3 Semarang, Central Java.

    Ganjar Pranowo’s Early Career

    After Ganjar Pranowo graduated from the Faculty of Law UGM, he worked at an HRD consulting agency in Jakarta, namely PT Prakarsa. Ganjar has also worked at PT Prastawana Karya Samitra and PT Semeru Realindo Inti. Ganjar was active in GMNI and admired Soekarno’s figure, and Ganjar was a PDI sympathizer.

    In 1996, PDI had an internal conflict between supporters of Soerjadi and Megawati Soekarnoputri as a representative of the Bung Karno family. Ganjar is in Megawati’s camp, despite the fact that Ganjar’s father is a policeman and his older brother is a judge whereby the New Order banned all public officials from engaging in politics and had to fully support Golkar. And in the end Ganjar chose a political career through the PDIP Party led by Megawati Soekarnoputri.

    Ganjar Pranowo, Chairman of KAGAMA

    In November 2014, to be precise at the congress of KAGAMA (Gadjah Mada University Alumni Family) in Kendari, Ganjar was elected by deliberation to replace Sri Sultan Hamengkubuwono X as general chairman of KAGAMA or Gadjah Mada University Alumni Family for the period 2014 to 2019.

    Ganjar was elected after holding a consensus meeting with three other general chairman candidates, namely Sri Sultan Hamengkubuwono X who was the General Chair of KAGAMA for the period 2009 to 2014, Budi Karya Sumadi who was the Chairman of KAGAMA DKI Jakarta Pengda, and also Usman Rianse who was KAGAMA Southeast Sulawesi Pengda. The deliberation took place at the Grand Clarion Hotel, Kendari, Southeast Sulawesi on Saturday, 8 November 2014.

    After being elected, Ganjar Pranowo gave his speech stating that KAGAMA’s work program should not forget the values ​​of struggle, democracy and nationality that have been taught by Gadjah Mada University. One of the programs that will be carried out by Ganjar Pranowo is to establish synergy with the Regional Management so that a harmonious community is built between KAGAMA members. Ganjar also added that communication between KAGAMA members can be done physically or virtually.

    Ganjar Pranowo Member of the DPR-RI

    Initially, Ganjar Pranowo failed to qualify as a member of the DPR-RI in the 2004 general election. However, Ganjar accepted the assignment as an interim replacement or PAW to replace his party partner who was in the same electoral area, namely Jakob Tobing, who was assigned by President Megawati. Soekarnoputri became ambassador to South Korea.

    When he was a member of the DPR-RI for the period 2004 to 2009, Ganjar Pranowo was assigned to Commission IV which also supervised the Agriculture, Plantation, Forestry, Maritime Affairs, Fisheries and Food sectors. Not only that, Ganjar has also been placed on the Special Committee or Special Committee on Political Party Bills as chairman of the special committee, Member of the DPR-RI Legislative Body, and also Chair of the Special Committee on the MPR, DPR, DPD and DPRD in the DPR-RI.

    In his second period as a member of the DPR-RI, Ganjar was placed on Commission II which oversees the fields of Domestic Administration, Regional Autonomy, State Apparatus, Bureaucratic Reform, Elections, Land Affairs, and Agrarian Reform. Ganjar Pranowo began to be recognized by the public when he became a member of the Special Committee on Century Bank Inquiry Rights as well as Deputy Chairman of Commission II DPR-RI.

    Ganjar Pranowo has been a postgraduate student at FISIP UI since 2009, but was forced to take time off because of his busy schedule as a member of the DPR-RI. Even though being a member of the DPR-RI has quite a busy schedule, Ganjar continued his studies until he was able to complete his postgraduate studies at the Faculty of Social and Political Sciences, University of Indonesia in 2013.

    Profile When As Governor of Central Java

    In 2013 Ganjar Pranowo advanced as a candidate for Governor in the Central Java Governor General Election. Ganjar took Heru Sudjatmoko who was promoted by the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle or PDIP. Ganjar and Heru are known by the jargon ” Mboten Korupsi Mboten Ngapusi” which means no corruption does not lie. Both of them became winners with a vote of 48.82%.

    On Friday, 23 August 2013 the inauguration of Ganjar Pranowo and Heru as governors. The inauguration was carried out by the Minister of Home Affairs, Gamawan Fauzi at the Central Java DPRD, Jalan Pahlawan, Semarang. Ganjar Pranowo is again running as a candidate for Governor of Central Java.

    This time, Ganjar teamed up with Taj Yasin Maimoen, who is a member of the Central Java DPRD for the 2014-2019 period from the PPP faction and from the Electoral District of Central Java 3. Victory again sided with Ganjar with 58.78% of the vote, with 10,362,694 votes. Ganjar Pranowo and Taj Yasin Maimoen officially become Governors of Central Java from 2018 to 2023.

    In the leadership led by Ganjar Pranowo when he was the Governor of Central Java, such as:

    1. Sudden Inspection at Weighbridge

    Ganjar caught the public’s attention when he expressed his anger at the Transportation Agency officers who carried out a sudden inspection at the Subah Weigh Bridge, Batang Regency, the incident occurred on April 27 2014. Ganjar saw directly several kernet give money ranging from IDR 10,000 to IDR 20,000 or below a fine the highest official is IDR 60,000 to officers.

    By discovering the practice of extortion in Subah, following the policy of closing the Weigh Bridge in Central Java since May 2014. However, this policy caused Central Java to lose revenue of IDR 10.118 billion as recorded by the Supreme Audit Agency or BPK for Central Java’s financial reports for year 2014.

    One of the leaders of the local DPRD commission, Alwin Basri, said that this policy actually caused losses for the province itself. The closing of the Weighbridge was not followed by a review and evaluation of the duties and functions of the employees on duty at each Weighbridge.

    2. Twitter

    Ganjar utilizes social media Twitter to communicate with the public. This has been done by Ganjar since before he became Governor until now he has become Governor. In inaugurating regional head officials, Ganjar asked officials to be active on social media accounts so they could quickly receive complaints from residents and be able to respond and find out the latest information from their respective regions. For Ganjar, through social media he can listen to input, criticism and even protests from people who don’t like the policies being made.

    3. Indonesian Cement Dispute Case

    Ganjar was considered to be less communicative in responding to the dispute between Semen Indonesia and Rembang residents. Since 2015 residents have rejected the construction of a cement factory in the Kendeng mountains by taking legal action and holding demonstrations.

    The Kadeng residents’ lawsuit to cancel the cement factory permit was granted after the Supreme Court issued a Judicial Review decision on August 2 2016 which canceled the Decision Letter regarding the Environmental Permit for Mining Activities by PT Semen Gresik in Rembang Regency. Even though the PK ruling has prohibited mining and drilling above groundwater basins in the Kendeng mountain region.

    On November 9, 2016 Ganjar issued a new addendum or decree by changing the name of PT Semen Gersik Tbk to PT Semen Indonesia Tbk. According to Ganjar, the court has yet to provide an explanation regarding whether the factory will continue or not, so the construction of the Indonesian cement factory will continue because there is no order to close it.

    The Indonesian Forum for the Environment, one of the plaintiffs for the environmental permit, stated in a written release that Ganjar as the governor of Central Java ” played the law for the benefit of the industry “. Walhi Nur Hayati as the Executive Director said that Ganjar had made a strategy to circumvent the obligation to comply with the law and court decisions when residents obey and respect the law.

    On December 19, 2016 hundreds of Kendeng residents demonstrated again to demand the closure of the cement factory in Rembang because they were disappointed with Ganjar’s attitude which seemed to divert the matter by questioning the list of residents’ names which contained the names of Ultraman and Power Rangers. There were many pressures from residents to the governor to cancel the factory construction environmental permit according to the Supreme Court decision.

    Ganjar issued a Decree on January 17 2017 canceling the addendum he had previously issued. Ganjar decided to postpone the process of establishing the Semen Indonesia factory in Rembang until a Permit Decree was issued which had been adjusted to the PK MA decision. However, a new permit “with a slight change in area” was re-issued on 23 February 2017.

    Considered bad for law enforcement in Indonesia, the Legal Aid Institute or LBH Semerang also criticized the issuance of the new permit. Zainal Arifin as the Director of LBH Semarang said that the new environmental permit was legally flawed and was a form of the governor’s arrogance.

    Meanwhile, during Ganjar Pranowo’s leadership, credit financing from the Bank of Central Java for MSMEs with KUR Mitra 25 products was subject to a seven percent interest rate per year. While Mintra 02 is two percent, without collateral and without administrative costs. When it was launched, the credit interest was recorded as the lowest in Indonesia and was widely imitated by other regional governments throughout the country and even received attention and appreciation from President Joko Widodo.

    The Corruption Eradication Commission awarded Ganjar as the most gratuity reporter in 2015. This achievement was given for Ganjar’s seriousness in controlling the giving of gratuities to both governors and Central Java provincial government officials.

    Ganjar Pranowo also made a new breakthrough by inviting all state civil servants or ASN totaling more than forty thousand in the Central Java Provincial Government to pay zakat. ASN income is cut directly by 2.5%. Within a month a total of IDR 1.6 billion can be collected which can be used for disaster relief, repair of uninhabitable houses (RTLH), education and Islamic boarding schools, mosques, the health sector and so on.

    In 2014 Ganjar Pranowo also planned a program to form a disaster-resilient village. The target is that by 2018 all of the 2204 disaster-prone villages in Central Java have formed resilient villages. Ganjar Pranowo also formed one hundred self-sufficient villages which are village areas that can develop their potential from tourism to natural resources and energy for economic empowerment in the community.

    For the health sector, Ganjar Pranowo plans to build a modern, international standard hospital at the MAJT or the Great Mosque of Central Java. Ganjar Pranowo also launched the ” Central Java Gayeng Nginceng Wong Mateng ” program which Ganjar initiated at the beginning of his reign.

    Ganjar Pranowo also made Farmer Cards. The Farmer Card contains the farmer’s identity, land area, type of plant, and also the need for fertilizer. On the outside, no farmer can access subsidized fertilizer, thereby minimizing crime and abuse of authority. President Joko Widodo appreciated and made the Farmer Card a national program.

    If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about Mr. Ganjar Pranowo who is the Governor of Central Java, Sinaumed’s can add information by reading books and get his books which are available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

    Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

    Also Read:

    1. Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
    2. What is a Government System?
    3. Biography of Joko Widodo, President of the Republic of Indonesia
    4. Learn about the Theory of Legal Certainty
    5. Biography of Suharto, President of the New Order Era
    6. Biography of BJ Habibie, Visionary President
    7. What is Pancasila Democracy?
  • Futurism Flow: Definition, Characteristics, and Concept Art

    Futurism – Fine art is a branch of art that is in great demand. The existence of this fine art is still maintained even in the current digital era. The existence of this art can be seen from the many young artists who are starting to be born and are still involved in the world of fine art.

    Fine art is the result of the application of an individual’s creativity through a two-dimensional field, such as canvas, paper, board or other media. When he is about to jump in and want to work on fine art or painting, Sinaumed’s needs to know the currents in fine art, one of which is futurism. Furthermore, see this article to the end!

    Definition of Futurism

    Futurism is one of the streams of art that wants and tries to forget the past and tries to see the future with a dynamic and universal perspective.

    This flow also does not only compartmentalize one concept or theme on one side, as is the case with classical art. Futurism became one of the artistic and social movements that developed in the 20th century.

    The flow of futurism aims to capture the beauty of the speed and energy of technology that is present in a modern and dynamic society. Therefore, the flow of futurism places more emphasis on visual beauty, motion, lines and colors.

    Futurist artists are also very concerned about science, technology and modernity. Futurist artists also rejected the past and oppressed aristocrats who were considered to be hindering progress from industry and technology.

    Futurist, the term for an artist with a flow of futurism has the goal of capturing the dynamic side of modern society that is fast and full of energy in a work of art.

    As a flow of art that depicts technological and industrial advances, this futurism school has a manifesto on a flow that has the same nuances of thought as one of the basic concepts of quantum physics.

    Quantum physics in the flow of futurism is present, especially in the super position section, which means the middle position that exists between two main states that can be opened and closed.

    The term futurism comes from French or English, namely futur or future, which means the future. Futurism is a science that studies the future, according to its definition.

    The flow of futurism is an avant garde flow or before its time, namely in 1909 and is strongest in Italy. This flow was founded by an artist, named Filippo Marinetti in 1908.

    Initially, this flow of futurism was inspired by human life which continued to experience changes due to the presence of the invention of machines capable of producing elements of motion and speed which greatly influenced human life in the early 20th century.

    Typography in the flow of futurism developed into a medium of expression in design and not only about meaning, but also form. Visualized like poetry that uses typography as a form of expression of feelings that support a work of poetry.

     

     

    History of Futurism

    The flow of futurism was first introduced to the public on February 20, 1909. This flow was first introduced when a well-known newspaper, namely Paris Le Figaro published a manifesto from an Italian poet and editor named Filippo Tommaso Marinetti.

    In the manifesto published by the Paris newspaper Le Figaro, Tommaso Marinetti wrote that futurism exists as a reflection of its goal to throw art away from the past while celebrating change, innovation and originality in culture and society.

    The manifesto was made after Tommaso Marinetti tried to try to turn around to avoid cyclists and crashed his car into a ditch. Tommaso Marinetti’s simple experience then inspired Marinetti to write a manifesto.

    For Marinetti, progress and modernity are like a car that can beat bicycles, like the arts of the past. Departing from that thought, several young artists in Italy then began to mourn the movement made by Marinetti through the manifesto he published. Several young artists who joined Marinetti at that time were Umberto Bocciono, Luigi Russolo, Carlo Carra who joined in 1910, then after these three young artists Gino Severini and Giacomo Balla also joined Marinetti.

    After the first world war began, many futurist artists began to support fascism and some of the futurists began to follow the flow of cubism in Paris which made the flow of futurism begin to fade. However, after the world war ended, Marinetti also managed to revive this flow of futurism.

    The rise of the futurism movement after the first world war ended, the flow of futurism was then referred to as il secondo Futurism, which means it was the second Futurism by writers in the 1960s.

    Historians including Giovanni Lista later classified the history of futurism into decades. The first decade as well as the early decades are referred to as plastic dynamism. Meanwhile, the second decade of futurism is referred to as mechanical art, which began in the 1920s. Later on the mention of aero aesthetics for futurism in the 1930s.

    Futurism Flow Concept

    The concept of futurism is based on the idea that natural energy must be displayed in works of art as part of a dynamic sensation that can create a unified reality. One way to display this sensation is to display it through the use of light and motion.

    Apart from using light and motion, another way is to change limitations into something dynamic. By applying cubist-inspired forms of cabbage and compiling text and words through the science of typography.

    The science of typography in this case will arrange the beauty of the text itself, and not just decorate it with decorative shapes. The main theme of the futurism manifesto is dynamism and universality. The theme seeks to find optical sensations, motion and sensations from the greatness of Messi’s existence, industry and human achievements in technology at that time.

    All these friends of the futurism manifesto are parts that classical artists have neglected to pay attention to. For example, is in describing a woman who is at the window.

    When depicting the woman, an artist should include other elements that surround the woman. Other elements in question can be the noise from passing vehicles, how busy life can be seen through the window, even to the associations generated in the thoughts of the woman sitting at the window.

    Therefore, art with the flow of futurism also tries to convey other elements in order to describe dynamism and universality in a work of art.

    Characteristics of the Flow of Futurism

    The flow of futurism, is a stream of modern art which has several characteristics and peculiarities that distinguish the flow of futurism from other art streams. Here are the characteristics of the flow of futurism.

    • His art departs from the traditions of classical art.
    • Using a variety of styles and techniques that are new and keep up with the times.
    • Fight the remnants of inner devastation, the cause of the first world war.
    • Implementing universal dynamism, which means that futurism works of art do not only look at a concept from one side, but also look at all aspects, including things that are often overlooked by artists.
    • Contains a variety of elements in the new modern everyday life. Examples include industry, cars and various other mechanical technologies that were developing rapidly in the 1900s.
    • Artwork with futurism flow has a dynamic image.
    • His works have a fast and energetic impression.
    • Expressive elements in futurism design, using typography.
    • Artwork with the flow of futurism, is able to utilize visible principles and multiple viewpoints or have many perspectives.

     

     

    When we see examples of modern art using futurism, art connoisseurs will try to appreciate the artist’s work. However, in art appreciation, art connoisseurs must carry out active activities. Like seeing, experiencing, observing and understanding.

    The goal is to be able to find out the goals, intentions and elements that the artist tries to display in his work. To do a good art appreciation, Sinaumed’s can find out more by reading the book “Art Appreciation”. Sinaumed’s can buy this book only at sinaumedia.com!

    Figures of the School of Futurism

    Futurism is an art and cultural movement in general that developed and gained a large number of followers after Marinetti sent his manifesto. Here are some of the most influential figures from the flow of futurism.

    1. Fortunato Depero

    Depereo is an artist and poet who focuses on futurism. Apart from being a fine arts artist, namely painting, Depereo is also known for his literary works and is also known as a leading graphic designer.

    As an artist, Depereo manages advertising for many companies in New York. he is also one of the legendary illustrators who has made covers of well-known magazines, namely Vogue and The New Yorker in various publications. Even today, The New Yorker magazine still uses art illustration styles that are similar to the Depereo style.

    2. Lucio Venna

    Venna was born in Venice, then in 1912 she decided to move to Florence. When moving from Venice, Venna then worked with an illustrator named Emilio Notte and then met the originator or initiator of the flow of futurism, namely Filippo Marinetti in Florence.

    After meeting with Marinetti, Venna then followed the flow of futurism. Lucio Venna’s work includes covers such as Grand Sport from 1930 to 1932, then his work in advertising for Debenham and Freebody, briefly collaborating as an artistic director at Scena Illustrata and London.

    In 1917, Lucio Venna and Emilio Notte wrote a book called The Basic Linear Geometrics. Then in 1922, Lucio Venna worked more with painting. Some of Lucio Venna’s works are quite famous, such as Alberi, Luna Park and of course the picture posters he made.

    3. Nocolay Diuldherof

    Nocolay Diuldheroff is a typographer, he was born in Bulgaria and had studied at the Vienna School or Arts and Crafts from 1920 to 1921, then continued his studies at The New School of Art in Dresdenn in 1922 and had taken a short study period for several months at Johannes Itten in Germany, the Bauhaus.

    Having an outstanding educational background in the arts, Diuldheroff became a renowned designer and designed a wide range of products from ceramics to lamps to glass. Like other futurist artists, Diuldheroff also worked for advertising firms for Campari, Cinzano and Unica.

    Nocolay Diuldheroff also had a hand in one of the biggest events for the flow of futurism, the event was the Turin International Exhibition which was held in 19129. Then, in the same year, the mastery of the flow of futurism art owned by Nocolay Diuldherof was finally exhibited in Turin for a period of time quite a long time.

    4. Filippo Tommaso Marinetti

    Marinetti was the originator of the flow of futurism which first introduced and spread his ideas about art from a small incident when he was driving.

    Apart from being the originator of the flow of futurism, Marinetti was a poet who was born in Egypt in 1876. When he sparked this flow of futurism, there was one statement that was quite famous in the manifesto he published in newspapers.

    “Attacking the past and upholding life in the present has been markedly changed by modern science and technology.” With this statement, Marinetti succeeded in collaborating with a number of artists who also used the futurism flow that was sparked at that time.

    5. Carlo Carra

    Another influential figure in the birth and spread of futurism was Carlo Carra. Carra was one of the artists who immediately joined the flow of futurism, after Marinetti spread futurism through a manifesto in a newspaper.

    Despite having contributed and played a major role in the spread of futurism, previously Carlo Carra had been a supporter of the artistic tradition in Italy and had painted for Giotto.

    In addition to having painted with Giotto, Carlo Carra has also seen works by post-impressionists such as Turner, Cezanne, Gauguin and Constable. Although he once supported traditional art schools, Carra eventually became an artist who participated in futurism from the very beginning of this genre.

    6. Gino Severini

    Having considerable attention to light and cubism, Severini is one of the artists who played a role in the spread of futurism. Similar to Carlo Carra, Severini also had time to learn directly from impressionist artists.

    Gino Severini is one of the artists who joined the flow of futurism in the early days of Futurism which was spread and sparked by Marinetti.

    Before joining the flow of futurism along with other artists, Severini had studied color theory which changed the perceptions of impressionist painters.

    The color theory that he studied discussed the freedom of color, as an independent element that is not just a mere label for other things. However, color also functions as an element of art.

    That is the explanation of futurism in modern art that Sinaumed’s knows. If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about the flow of futurism or modern art such as futurism, Sinaumed’s can find out by reading the books available at sinaumedia.com.

  • Functions of Water for Plants

    The function of water for plants – Water is the main source for life on earth. The availability of water on earth itself reaches almost 70% and almost all living things actually need water to survive.

    Water can come from seas, rivers and groundwater by making wells. The real fact about water is that humans can only live for one week without water with an average need of at least 50 liters per day. By breathing the body then requires about 1.7 liters of water every day.

    The earth is covered with water with a content of 75% and the atmosphere is in the form of steam. Meanwhile, water from the ground can be found in the wells dug for bathing.

    Based on its type, the water on the surface of the earth is then divided into two parts, namely salt water in the oceans. It is called brine because of the salt content in it. Because of this, sea water is often used as a raw material for making salt.

    The sum of the percentage of salt water itself is 97% of 100%. For fresh water, the amount is the rest of sea water, which is 3%.

    Fresh water has no taste and is usually used for washing, drinking, cooking and many more. Then what are the functions of water for plants and animals? Check out the following reviews.

    Functions of Water for Plants

    Plants need water to carry out various processes. One of the benefits of water for plants is for the process of photosynthesis. This photosynthesis will then produce oxygen which is needed for the various needs of living things.

    In addition to carrying out the process of photosynthesis, water also has several other important functions as follows.

    • As the main component in the process of photosynthesis and transpiration in plants. Water then becomes a source of energy in the process of photosynthesis. There is a lot of energy which is then used in the photosynthesis process which causes the plant’s need for water to be higher.
    • Water also contains compounds that function in the formation of protoplasm.
    • Water can work as a nutrient solvent in the process of entering minerals from the soil into plants and distributing them to all parts of the plant body.
    • Water functions as a compound used for plant metabolic reaction processes.
    • Water can work as a reactant that affects various reactions in metabolic processes.
    • Water also works as a producer of mechanical energy in the process of enlargement and cell division.
    • Water will maintain the turgidity of the cells and keep them in good condition.
    • Water functions as a compound that can be used to regulate the mechanism of movement of opening or closing stomata in plants. Water can also work as a hydraulic system which can cause turgor in the cell walls because it puts pressure on plant cells.
    • Water functions to extend plant cells, as well as a material for various plant growth and development activities.
    • Water functions to help the process of respiration in plants.
    • Water also functions as a transport medium that will move the results of the photosynthesis process.
    • Water is used as a medium in the process of biochemistry, because water is also an excellent solvent in biochemical processes.
      Water functions to regulate the temperature in plants to remain stable, because it has high heat and can regulate heat in plants.

    Almost all processes of plant growth and development require water. All the details of the activities carried out by plants also require the role of water in them.

    If the plants lack water, it will cause the plants to become weak. Plant growth is disrupted due to lack of energy, which eventually withers and dies, due to reduced turgor pressure on the plants.

    Minerals that come from the soil itself cannot climb into the stem and cannot be absorbed by the roots. Due to lack of water, it will cause the plant to lack minerals which will interfere with plant growth and health.

    The health of these plants is disrupted because the results of photosynthesis are not properly transported to all parts of the plant. Thus resulting in a decrease in the health of plants and roots.

    Water is an essential need for plants. Plants need water to carry out every process of living, growing and developing. However, it should be noted that each plant actually has different water content requirements.

    There are plants that require large amounts of water, such as aquatic plants. While there are also plants that only need a little water, so if you get too much water it will rot or damage the cells in the plant.

    Therefore, plants can control their own water content needed by themselves so that they can survive.

    Functions of Water for Animals

    As in humans and plants, water is also very necessary in the daily life of animals, such as regulating body temperature, helping the digestive process of substances, and others.

    The important function of water for animals as follows.

    1. Smooth Digestion

    The first benefit of water for animals is to facilitate digestion. Digestion in animals is as important as humans. Digestive animals can experience various disorders such as the digestive system is not smooth.

    So the way to expedite the digestive system is to use water as a means of facilitating digestion. There are many things that then disrupt the digestive system in animals, for example if you eat wrong or eat food that is too hard so you need water to dissolve it.

    2. Maintain Body Temperature

    The next function of water is to maintain body temperature to face winter and summer. Where the workings of these animals are by soaking in the water when the heat is very hot and when it rains animals that live on the plains prefer to spend their days sleeping. By keeping the animal’s body temperature can then prevent themselves from getting sick.

    3. Milk Production

    When experiencing the mating period, each female animal will then lay eggs and some will contain them for mammals. After going through these periods, mammals will produce milk naturally. Where natural milk production then still needs water to keep producing. So that the mother can provide breast milk for her children.

    4. Drink

    Water is also useful for drinking and almost all living things need water to drink. Drinking will fulfill the needs of every living creature’s body, of which almost a fraction of a percent consists of water.

    The amount of water needed by the animals themselves varies depending on the body weight of each animal. Likewise with animals that live in water still need water to drink as usual.

    5. Water serves as a place to live

    There are a number of animals that live in water, such as fish, shrimp, dolphins, and others.

    6. Water Serves As A Cleaning Tool

    Water for animals also serves to cleanse the body. Like humans, animals also need water to clean their bodies. For example, in buffalo animals that cleanse the body by entering the water.

    7. Water serves as a means of protection.

    For example, the hippopotamus then spends most of its time in the water to escape the scorching sun during the day.

    Properties of Water that Can Be Utilized by Plants

    Water is a very important element for all life on earth. Humans also will not be able to survive without drinking water within 3 days. Not only in humans, animals and plants also really need water to survive.

    Water is a very important ingredient in life because all necessities of life then require water. Every process carried out by humans, animals and plants requires water.

    Water comes from nature, whether it falls as rain, water that flows in rivers, or needs to be taken with the help of a drilling machine. The importance of water for life makes almost all living things. Plants need water to survive and always grow to produce taller trees, producing leaves, seeds and fruit perfectly.

    Without water, plant growth will be stunted and stunted. The water content in plants is about 80 percent of the plant’s dry weight. That is why water is a component in plants that cannot be ignored.

    Even if the roots cannot find water for a long time, the plant will dry out and then die from lack of water.

    Water has several special characteristics and properties so that it becomes an important component of all life, one of which is in plants. Some of the properties of water that can be utilized by plants include the following.

    1. Have a Cohesive Style

    Water has cohesive properties and forces that are able to absorb water vertically in plants. Cohesion itself has three concepts with the difference in water potential between the soil and the atmosphere so that it can function as a driving force with the hydration power of the xylem vessel walls so that it is able to maintain water molecules in gravity, and finally, the cohesive force between water molecules can then help maintain the integrity of the water column in the soil. xylem vessels.

    2. Has Adhesion Style

    Adhesion forces in plants actually occur in the xylem walls. The adhesion force on the plant will then cause capillarity in the plant and will cause the liquid to rise into the narrow tube of the plant.

    3. The Nature of Polarity

    Water with polarity properties which will then allow it to change its shape after passing through the xylem in plants. After passing through the xylem, water will then turn into a droplet form because of the polarity that it has.

    4. As a Solvent

    Water is also known to be very good for three groups of important biological substances, namely organic matter, ions with a charge (K+, Ca2+, NO3) and small molecules.

    5. Evaporate on High Heat

    Plants carry out various transpiration processes on themselves to then regulate the temperature in plants. Transpiration in plants itself occurs when water in plants evaporates when high temperatures occur in plants.

    Books Related to Water as a Source of Life

    1. What’s on Earth? Water

    Without water, humans, animals and plants would not be able to survive on Earth. Why is that? Let’s find out! Explore the water cycle and how to use and save water. Investigate the properties and forms of water. Make your own iceberg, water filter, mini pond and rainbow!

    Series What’s on Earth? Contains interesting science facts. Equipped with various experiments to hone creativity, this book invites children to explore the world around them in a fun way.

    2. Piping Drinking Water Supply Techniques

    Water is a vital element in human life. The availability of water in nature is very abundant, but the availability of water ready for consumption is still relatively small. Therefore, to obtain water that complies with drinking water standards, an effective and efficient processing and distribution process is needed.

    In this book the author tries to present an outline of drinking water supply techniques beginning with discussing domestic water demand and its availability, techniques regarding drinking water supply including networks and accessories, followed by a discussion of surveys or data collection needed for planning, and ending with system computation methods. piping network for drinking water and its simulation.

    This book is intended as a reference material or to assist professionals in planning drinking water supply piping networks. This book is also expected to be useful for university students who are studying drinking water supply.

    3. Harvesting Rainwater: A New Source of Drinking Water

    The idea to write this book was sparked when Indonesia was hit by many problems, especially those caused by heavy rains. Flash floods occur everywhere, but then give way to prolonged dry seasons, forest fires and drought.

    Communities find it difficult to obtain water, both for agriculture and for daily drinking water needs. Rainwater that falls abundantly for free is allowed to pass, even though this is a golden opportunity to be harvested.

    If all Indonesian people were willing to get used to using water and were more enthusiastic about harvesting rainwater and processing it for their daily needs, especially drinking water for the family, great benefits would certainly be obtained.

    Those are some of the functions of water for plants and animals as well as the properties of water that are beneficial to plants. You can get books related to water at Sinaumedia.com.

  • Functions of the Utilizing Bones and Parts of the Human Body

    The function of the lifting bones – Humans generally have bones in their bodies. It is impossible for a human to live without having bones. It gives shape to the human body. The human body consists of various bones, one of which is the rib cage.

    The ulna is adjacent to the ulna. Even though they are located next to each other, they have different functions. However, in general, the functions of both are the same, namely as a support for the body, a place for muscles to attach, and so on.

    To understand the meaning, function, problems, and how to treat a bone injury, You can listen to the following explanation.

    Definition and Function of Bones

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), bone is defined as a skeleton or part of the skeleton of a human or animal body; fish bone; objects resembling bones or skeletons.

    As in Wikipedia, bone is defined as rigid body tissue and consists of cells embedded in abundant hard intercellular. Calcium phosphate and collagen are the two components that make up bones. Bones begin to form from infancy in the womb and continue until the second decade in an orderly arrangement.

    Bones take over the formation of the skeleton and locomotion. It is also a protector of internal organs and a place to store minerals in the body.

    In line with the two definitions above, Faweett formulates bone as a connective tissue composed of cells, substance, and fiber, its function is to protect and support the skeleton and tendons as locomotion. The physical properties of bone are very strong, slightly elastic, resistant to compression, and composed of relatively light material.

    Bone is responsive enough to respond to metabolic, endocrine, and metabolic influences. With all its hardness and strength, bone is composed of dynamic living matter, periodically and constantly renewed and rearranged throughout human life.

    Gartner and Hiatt define bone as vascular connective tissue consisting of grouped cells and intercellular substance. For example solid bone (compact bone), spongiosa bone, and other types of bone. Its function is to protect, support, store minerals at the ends of joints where cartilage acts as a coating to facilitate movement.

    In general, bones have the following functions.

    • Place of attachment of muscles;
    • As a place that provides protection for special tissues such as the blood-forming system (bone marrow);
    • Place of formation of blood cells;
    • Regulating the level of calcium and phosphate in circulating body fluids;
    • Supporting and giving shape to the body;
    • passive motion apparatus;
    • Covers organs and soft tissues, such as those of the skull;
    • Structural support for soft tissue mechanical actions, such as muscle contraction and lung expansion.

    Bone Structure

    In general, bone structure is divided into two, namely macroscopic and microscopic structures. Here’s an explanation of both.

    1. Macroscopic Structure

    Faweett classifies bones into two categories, namely compact bone (compact substance) and spongy or celadon bone (spongiosa substance). Compact blocks look like solid solid masses with tiny spaces that can only be seen with a microscope.

    A typical long bone, such as the femur or humerus, is composed of a hollow cylinder of thick-walled compact bone with a cavity in the bone marrow. The ends of long bones consist of spongy bone covered with a thin, compact bone cortex, the growing long bones are called epiphyses.

    Epiphyseal cartilage and adjacent metaphyseal spongy bone constitute the growth zone in all longitudinal increments in which bone growth takes place. Bone is covered by periosteum, a special layer of connective tissue that has osteogenic or bone-forming potential. If a functional periosteum is absent, it has no osteogenic potential and is not associated with fracture recovery.

    The cavity of the marrow diaphysis and the cavity in the spongy bone are lined by endosteum which also has osteogenic properties. The compact substance in the flat bones of the skull is formed on the outer and inner surfaces which are often called the outer and inner tables. The periosteum on the outer surface of the skull is called the pericranium and the inner surface is called the dura mater. The connective tissue sheaths of flat bones have an osteogenic potential not different between the periosteum and the endosteum of long bones.

    2. Microscopic Structure

    Microscopic structures are very small and cannot be seen with the naked eye, so a microscope is needed to see them clearly. Most microscopic structures consist of bone matrix, mineralized interstitium, which is deposited in layers or lamellae 3–7 nm thick.

    The interstitial substance of bone is lenticular spaces, called lacunae, each of which resides on an osteocyte cell. Lacunae radiate outward in all directions and penetrate the lamellae of the interstitial substance and anastomose with the canaliculi. The lacunae are widely spaced but they form intact cavities which are interconnected by a network of very fine channels. These fine channels are important for the nutrition of bone cells.

    Faweet classifies compact bones in three general patterns, namely: 1). Arranged concentrically around the vascular channels lengthwise, forming cylindrical units called the Haversian system or osteons. 2). The Haversian system contains pieces of lamellar bone of various sizes and irregular shapes. 3). The outer surface of the cortical bone, just below the periosteum, on the inner surface, there are a number of lamellae that run continuously around the shaft.

    The microscopic appearance of the periosteum varies according to its functional state. During embryonal and postnatal growth they have an inner layer of osteoblast cells that are in direct contact with bone, after bone growth stops, osteoblasts transform into inactive bone lining cells, but they still have osteogenic potential and if the bone is injured they change 11 again become osteoblasts and participate in the formation of new bone.

    Definition and Function of the Lifting Bone

    The radius or radius is the forearm bone that connects the elbow to the hand on the thumb side. It is located on the lateral side of the ulna (ulna). It is composed of dense and strong bones with a hollow front for the marrow.

    The shape of the body of the smecaine lifting bone is getting bigger and will form the wrist joint. The upper end of the radius joint with the upper arm bone (humerus) at the elbow joint, precisely at the superior radioulnar joint . Meanwhile, the lower end is jointed with the scaphoid and lunate bones (one of the wrist bones). It also joints with the ulna at the inferior radioulnar joint.

    The main function of the radius bone is as a framework for the forearm, a place for muscles to attach, and to connect the wrist and upper arm. Launching from the Suara.com page, here are the functions of the lifting bones in the human body.

    • As a place for blood cell production because it contains marrow;
    • Helping hands to lift weights;
    • As a former bullet joint in the wrist;
    • Arranging the forearm frame as part of the upper limb;
    • As a place of attachment of the biceps;
    • As a wrist activator;
    • Supports the muscles for movement in the elbows and arms.

    Umbrella Bone Parts

    At the upper end of the picking bone there is a distinctive part, namely a bone hump with a round shape. The hump of bone is called the head radii (radius head). The surface of the head itself is in contact with the capitulum in the upper arm bone.

    Around the head will be jointed with the ulna. Meanwhile, near the head there is a rough structure which is usually called the radial tuberosity. The body of the radius bone has a sharp interosseus (bone facing the ulna).

    At the lower end of the bone there is a protrusion of the styloid process distally. There is a small rough structure on the posterior surface called the dorsal tubercle.

    Problems with the Scapula

    The radius bone is prone to cracking and breaking, especially when someone falls. This is due to the possibility of holding body weight using the lower hand. This causes greater pressure on the radius bone. The main symptom of a broken bone or fracture is pain in a certain part of the body. Like forearms, wrists, or elbows.

    Several symptoms such as swelling, crackling sounds, bruises, numbness, protruding bones and a feeling of tenderness in the forearms should be a cause for concern and need to be watched out for because they have the potential to interfere with the function of the lifting bones. Falling position can potentially interfere with the function of the lifting bones. It’s like falling on your back. These conditions can increase the risk of severe injury to the radius bone.

    Generally, fractures like this occur in the elderly. Meanwhile, in children, the cracks that occur rarely split into two parts. This happens because children still have not fully developed radius bones. Therefore, the radius bones in children are more flexible.

    Management of Disorders of the Pickle Bone

    Treatment for bone injuries varies depending on the severity. For example, handling using casts or other supporting devices, surgery, and other handling methods. fracture healing takes between two to three months for the bone to function normally.

    The healing process can be accelerated by doing physical therapy or physiotherapy. When You has an injury to the radius bone, he must immediately consult a doctor so that proper treatment can be carried out immediately.

    Tips on Caring for Bones

    Bones need care from ourselves. If not ourselves then who will pay attention to our health? Body health is not only concerned with things that are visible to the eye, but also things that support the body that are not visible.

    Bones need to be maintained for their health because they are a support for humans as long as they live. Launching from the alodokter.com page, You can apply the following things to treat bone health.

    1. Don’t Skip Breakfast

    Breakfast is something that is often missed by humans. Even though breakfast is important because it provides the nutrients and energy needed by the body to carry out daily activities.

    Bones can be treated by consuming foods that contain lots of calcium and vitamin D. Therefore, a good breakfast menu consists of a variety of foods, one of which contains calcium and/or vitamin D.

    You can consume calcium sources through milk, yogurt, cheese, cereals, and soybeans. Vitamin D can be obtained from fish oil and eggs. These menus can be supplemented by consuming vegetables and fruit to maintain bone strength and health.

    2. Exercise regularly

    Rarely moving makes You’ muscles and bones weak. Some research says that people who rarely exercise are more susceptible to bone problems, such as osteoporosis.

    Exercise is useful for bones because it can maintain bone density and strength. There are several types of exercise that are good for bone density by doing weightlifting exercises, jogging, yoga, leisurely walks, and rhythmic gymnastics.

    3. Taking Supplements

    Sources of calcium and vitamin D intake can not only be obtained from consuming nutritious foods, but also from supplements. The supplement is recommended for women who have experienced menopause. Because, when menopause, bone tissue becomes weak.

    The need for calcium intake for adults is 1,000 to 1,200 milligrams per day. Meanwhile, the need for vitamin D is 15 to 20 micrograms or approximately 600-800 IU per day.

    The proper supplement dosage can be obtained by consulting a doctor.

    4. Bask in the Morning Sun

    Sunlight is one of the free sources of vitamin D. If You lacks vitamin D, the bones will become more porous. Not as long as sunrise is the perfect time to sunbathe. The right time to sunbathe is at nine in the morning for 5 to 15 minutes. The intensity is 2 to 3 times a week.

    5. Limit Consumption of Alcoholic Beverages and Not Smoking

    Smoking and consuming alcoholic beverages are included in unhealthy lifestyles. It will harm the body including loss of bone density. This habit makes the body susceptible to calcium and vitamin D deficiency so that the bones will become more brittle.

    Therefore, to care for bone health, You is advised not to drink alcoholic beverages and not smoke.

    6. Maintain Weight

    Maintaining an ideal body weight is important to note because it affects bone health and strength. Several studies have stated that body weight plays a role in increasing the risk of damage, injury, and bone problems.

    Therefore, You is recommended to maintain body weight so that bone health will be protected and avoid health problems related to bones.

  • Functions of the ulna, radius and upper arms

    The function of the ulna, ulnar bones and upper arms – In the human body, humans have bones or muscles that function to move. If you don’t have it, you can’t move. Examples are the ulna, radius and upper arm.

    When these bones have their respective functions in the movement of the human body. This article will discuss the function of the ulna, radius and upper arm.

    The Function of the Eight Bones

    The ulna is the bone in the human arm. This bone is the forearm in the human hand. The ulna bone connects the human wrist to the human upper arm.

    Specifically, the ulna is on the side where the little finger is. The ulna is the bone that joins the little finger bone. This bone extends to the elbow.

    The function of the ulna is actually the same as any other bone in the body. However, because this bone is in the hand, this bone really has a role in hand movements.

    To find out various interesting facts about the function of bones in the human body, along with various other things related to the human body, You can read the book Oh, It Turns Out… The Human Body is Full of Miracles!

    There are several functions of the ulna, including the following:

    1. Forming the forearm structure

    The ulna serves to form the structure of the forearm. The ulna will support the structure of the arm. The forearms and ulna will be supported by the ulna.

    2. Help the rotation of the wrist

    The next function of the ulna is so that the rotation that occurs in the wrist is assisted. The ulna will help the wrist rotate. In this process the ulna is assisted by the ulna and carpal bones.

    From this process, the wrist can move perfectly. So that it will help the body carry out daily activities. Examples such as writing, moving something, lifting objects and doing other things.

    3. Where the muscles are attached

    The next function of the ulna is to place the muscles attached. The muscles attached to these bones are the muscles in the forearm. Another muscle attached to the ulna is the hand muscle.

    4. Forms the humerus and elbow joint

    The next function of the ulna is to form the humerus and elbow joints. This happens because the joints in the elbow have an important role. The role of these joints is to stretch the arm and bend the arm. This will help the forearm to move. Therefore there is no longer any need for elbow joint movement.

    5. Save mineral intake

    One of the main functions of the ulna is to store mineral intake. Minerals that enter the body are stored in the ulna. Then these minerals will produce blood cells. These blood cells are called marrow.

    The presence of mineral intake in the ulna also supports movement. Movement in the upper back and shoulders. In addition, the minerals in the ulna will connect vital ligaments to all the muscles in the body.

    Learn other interesting facts about the human body through the book Come on, Find Out! The Human Body is equipped with interesting pictures and illustrations.

    The function of the lever bone

    The radius bone is a tube-shaped bone in the human hand. The radius bones are the bones that make up the forearm. The radius bone is elongated from the lateral side, or away from the midline. This bone originates from the thumb of the wrist to the elbow.

    The size of the ulna is shorter than the ulna. This bone has two ends on the sides of the forearm. The lifting bone will connect thick fibrous tissue or commonly called the interosseous ligament.

    The shape of the claw bone is strong and dense. However, not all radius bones in humans are perfectly shaped. Due to several factors such as disability, the radius bone may be shorter than it should be.

    In maintaining complete bone health, we can also learn from You in the book For Healthy Bones, which explains tips and tricks that you can learn.

    There are several functions of the lever bones, including the following:

    1. Assembling the forearm frame

    The most important and most important function of the radius bone is to make up the framework of the forearm. The arrangement of this framework is part of the framework for the locomotion apparatus of humans, or commonly called the extremities of humans.

    2. Where the muscles are attached

    The next function of the ulna is the same as the ulna. The function of this ulna is to place the muscles attached. The muscles will be attached to the arm.

    3. Drawing up the lower arms

    Another function of the ulna is to make up the arms. The arms that are arranged are the lower arms. This arrangement occurs together with the ulna.

    Bones, which are part of the components and structures of the human body, can be studied by You in the book Anatomy of the Human Body for Nursing Students, Edition 2, which explains the whole and part of the relationship between the organs of the body with each other.

    4. Where the biceps attach

    The biceps is attached to the radius bone. This bicep extends all the way from the end of the upper arm. The lever bones and bicep muscles will work so that the hands are able to lift objects up.

    In addition, another function of the biceps muscle and the lever bone is to allow extension and flexion movements to occur. Besides that, it can cause movements such as bending and straightening the hands.

    5. Move the wrist

    The next function of the lever bone is to play a role in moving the wrist. In this case, the muscles and joints in the wrist. In addition, the lifting bones also have a role in the production of blood cells. This is because there is a lot of bone marrow or pipe bones.

    Apart from the above functions, the ulna also works together with the ulna. The ulna and ulna work together. The two bones connect to the upper arm bones. The connection is through a hinge joint in the elbow.

    To understand the human body, regarding body systems and important concepts that You must know, the book At A Glance Anatomy & Physiology can be the right choice which is accompanied by a full color visual display of anatomy and physiology.

    Upper Arm Function

    The upper arms are located at the joints. Located between the elbow and shoulder. To connect to the shoulder, the upper arm is connected via the scapula. Meanwhile from the elbow, the upper arm will be connected to the ulna at the end.

    There are several functions of the upper arm, including the following:

    • – To connect the swivel joint on the shoulder
    • – Abduct or extend the hand
    • – Raise your hands up
    • – Lower your hands downwards
    • – Returning the hand to its original position, after abduction
    • – Move the arm behind the body or extension
    • – Move the arm to the front of the body or flex it
    • – Stretching or straightening the elbow or extension
    • – Bending the elbow or
    • – Protects muscles because there are ligaments
    • – Provides movement in the shoulder joint

    Here is some information about the function of the ulna, radius and upper arm. Find other interesting things about the human body at www.Sinaumedia.com .

  • Functions of the Tongue and Its Parts

    Functions of the Tongue and Its Parts – One part of the body that has no bones is in the human mouth. That part is the tongue. The tongue is an arrangement of a group of muscles that have joined together. The color of the tongue is red, besides that the surface of the tongue is uneven.

    However, the tongue has many functions that can help the mouth and body. To be able to carry out this task, the tongue is assisted by several muscles and nerves. The muscles and nerves are directly connected to the brain. Thanks to these muscles, the tongue can move freely in all directions in the oral cavity.

    On average, the male tongue is 8.5 cm long. while the size of the female tongue is 7.9 cm long. However, the longest human tongue has ever been recorded. Reaches a size of about 10.1 cm. This article will discuss the parts that are in the tongue. In addition, the benefits or functions of the tongue will also be explained.

    Tongue Function

    1. As a tool of taste

    The first function of the tongue is as a taster. It can also be said that this is the main function of the tongue. All papillae on the tongue have taste buds. The taste buds are used to taste food and drink. Apart from these two, the tongue immediately feels everything that enters the mouth.

    In general, the tongue can taste several flavors. There are four main tastes that can be felt by the tongue. There are sweet, bitter, sour and salty. In addition to these four tastes, there are other flavors that can be felt by the tongue. The taste is umami. Umami is a savory taste that can be felt through MSG or monosodium glutamate.

    2. Help communicate

    The next function of the tongue is to assist in the communication process. The tongue will work together with the teeth and lips. The result of this cooperation will be sound. The sound comes from the throat. As a result, the sounds that come out can be easily and clearly understood by the other person. If there is no tongue, then the words that come out of one’s mouth are difficult to understand because they are not clear.

    3. Chew food

    Not only as a taste tool, the tongue also functions to help chew food. Thanks to the tongue, food can be chewed properly in the mouth. This is because the tongue can move freely in the mouth.

    The tongue will play a role in helping to process food. Not only food, drinks will also be assisted by the tongue in its processing.

    Because it can move freely in the mouth, the tongue functions to help process food and drinks from solid to soft, making it easy to swallow.

    4. Help swallow

    Besides helping in the process of chewing food, the tongue also has a role in the process of swallowing food. Food that is chewed in the mouth will turn out to be smooth. After that the tongue will help food to get into the throat.

    You do this by pushing food. Food that is pushed will enter the stomach. After that, it will experience a process with the digestive organs.

    5. Help suck

    One of the functions of the tongue is to suck. The tongue will be one of the tools for sucking liquids. This can be seen clearly in babies. Generally, babies will use their tongue when sucking their mother’s milk.

    6. Help touch

    The tongue can also help to touch. The tip of the tongue is one of the most sensitive parts of the body. This allows the tongue to feel the texture of objects. In addition, thanks to the tongue, food can also be felt in the mouth.

    This is what makes the body can be protected from the dangers that will befall the mouth. An example is the presence of fish spines. Or a small foreign object that accidentally enters the mouth through food.

    Another function of the tongue can also help find food scraps. Sometimes, the food we eat will leave marks or residue in the mouth. It is the tongue that will look for it so that the mouth is kept clean.

    7. Protect the mouth from germs

    The tongue can also protect the mouth from various germs that can enter. At the base of the tongue, there is a collection of protective cells. These cells are called lingual tonsils.

    The lingual tonsils have a duty to protect the body. Sometimes, germs in the body enter through food that enters the mouth. This is the time for the lingual tonsils to protect the body from these incoming disturbances.

    Tongue Parts

    1. Base of the tongue

    The first part that is on the tongue is the base of the tongue. The base of the tongue is located on the back third of the tongue. The base of the tongue is located at the back of the mouth. In addition, the base of the tongue is also close to the throat.

    Unlike the other parts of the tongue, the base of the tongue cannot be moved freely. Movement is limited. This part is attached to the mandible and hyoid bone.

    2. Body of the tongue

    The next part of the tongue is the body of the tongue. The body of the tongue lies in the other two-thirds of the tongue. Unlike the base of the tongue, the body of the tongue can be moved freely. In addition, the body of the tongue also holds several important responsibilities for the function of the tongue.

    This book will explain about one of the five human senses, namely the tongue. Will be explained about the parts, anatomy to the function of the tongue. This book is suitable for both children and adults who want to learn about the tongue.

    3. The tip of the tongue

    The tip of the tongue is also a part of the tongue. As the name implies, the tip of the tongue is the part of the tongue that is located at the very front. The tip of the tongue is located adjacent to the back of the incisors. Just like the body of the tongue, the tip of the tongue can also be moved freely.

    4. Dorsum of the tongue

    The dorsum of the tongue is the part of the tongue that is located between the body of the tongue and the base of the tongue. The dorsum of the tongue is the part whose surface looks slightly higher than the body of the tongue. In this section, it can be seen that there is a hollow line. The concave line forms like the letter V. This depression on the dorsum of the tongue is called the sulcus terminalis.

    5. Under the tongue

    The next part is the bottom of the tongue. The bottom of the tongue will be seen when the tongue is lifted. At the bottom of the tongue, there are veins. The veins are clearly visible and have a bluish purple color.

    The underside of the tongue serves as a site for drug administration. There are certain types of drugs whose absorption occurs quickly. This can happen if the drug is placed on the underside of the tongue.

    Those are the parts and some of the important functions of the tongue. The tongue is a part of the body that needs to be kept healthy. If the health of the tongue is disturbed, then the condition of the mouth will also be disturbed.

    Find various other interesting information about the tongue and other body parts at www.Sinaumedia.com.

    Source: from various sources

  • Functions of the Spine and How to Take Care of It

    Spinal Function – The spine has an important role to support the human body. By recognizing the structure of the spine, Sinaumed’s will be able to understand its function more closely and to anticipate disturbances that may occur.

    Human Spine Anatomy

    The spine is the main supporting structure in your body . Based on its shape, the vertebrae include short bones that are useful for connecting various parts of the movement system or also known as the musculoskeletal system.

    The following is the structure or anatomy of the backbone which consists of a pile of 33 small bones, namely:

    1. Small bony discs

    In the spine, intervertebral discs or small bony discs stack together to form a canal.

    The spinal canal is a tunnel that contains and protects the spinal cord and protects the nerves from injury.

    These small bones also allow Sinaumed’s to perform various movements. However, the small bones at the bottom (sacrum and coccyx) are fused and immobile.

    2. Cervical spine (cervical)

    The cervical spine (cervical or cervical) is the topmost part of the spine which has seven vertebrae. The function of the cervical vertebrae is to rotate, tilt and nod the head.

    The cervical spine forms a C-shaped inward so it is also known as a lordotic curve.

    3. Mid back (thoracic)

    The thorax or better known as the sternum of the spine has 12 small bones. Sinaumed’s’s ribs are attached to the mid back.

    This section bends slightly to form a backward C shape which is also known as a kyphotic curve .

    The main function of the thoracic spine is to support the ribs as well as protect the heart and lungs.

    4. Lower backbone (lumbar)

    There are five small bones that form the lower backbone. The lumbar spine is useful for supporting the upper part and being a link to the pelvic area.

    The lumbar region has the function of supporting most of Sinaumed’s’ body weight . These bones help provide stability and mobility to the spine, as well as being the point of attachment for many muscles and ligaments.

    Most back pain occurs in the lumbar spine.

    5. Sakrum

    The sacrum is an anatomy of the spine that is shaped like a triangle and is connected to the hip area. There are five short bones in the sacrum.

    Its development begins when the fetus enters the uterus. The sacrum and hip bones form a ring called the pelvis.

    6. Tailbone

    The coccyx is made up of four small bones that form a small piece of bone at the bottom of the spine. Pelvic floor muscles and ligaments attach to the coccyx.

    Then, there are also tissues that make up this backbone or spine, namely:

    • Facet joints for stability and flexibility.
    • Intervertebral discs, round pads for shock absorption in the spine.
    • The spinal cord and nerves carry messages between the muscles and the brain.
    • Soft tissue, consisting of ligaments, muscles, and tendons.

    What is the Function of the Spine?

    As with other types of castings, the backbone also has a very important function for the movement and growth of the human body. The main functions of the backbone are as follows:

    1, As Body Support

    The first function of the backbone is to support the human body. The cervical part has the responsibility to support the skull, while the thorax has the responsibility to provide stability and strength to the body. The lumbar part has the task of allowing more flexible movements but not rotating and at the same time to support most of the body weight.

    The spine has a structure that fits perfectly to support the body and allows it to adapt to changes in Sinaumed’s’ body, such as during pregnancy or when he gains weight When carrying heavy loads, the curvature of the spine will become larger so that the body becomes balanced and strong and able to support it.

    2. Makes the body flexible and flexible in movement

    The structure of the spine is irregular with the arrangement of tendons, muscles, ligaments, and so on which serves as a support to help the body move more flexibly and flexibly, such as stretching, bending, turning and leaning.

    The cervical spine is responsible for assisting the movement of the neck and head due to the unique combination of the two bones in the  cervical region , namely the axis and atlas.

    3. Protects Nerves

    The next function of the spine is to provide protection to the spinal cord and fine nerves. The spinal cord is an important part for controlling the function of the main organs of Sinaumed’s . In addition, certain shapes and positions of the spine and ligaments can form a protective network that has the ability to protect the spinal cord from being injured.

    4. Produces Red Blood Cells

    The spine contains a lot of bone marrow which produces red blood cells as well as minerals (Remember, we are not talking about the spinal cord or spinal cord). Bone marrow is in the interior cavity of the bones and consists of two types, namely red marrow and yellow marrow. Red marrow is responsible for making red blood cells, platelets, and white blood cells. Meanwhile, yellow bone marrow contains high levels of fat cells and also produces white blood cells.

    5. Main Organ Protector

    Another function of the backbone is to protect the main organs. The skeleton protects by surrounding the main organs of the Sinaumed’s body . All human ribs attach to the spine, but only the top 7 pairs attach to the sternum. The ribs form the framework around the lungs and heart.

    6. Vibration Dampers

    The spine has the effect of damping vibrations when Sinaumed’s’s body moves like he is standing, squatting or sitting. This is due to the presence of pads in the form of intervertebral discs that are between the vertebrae and to prevent friction between one bone and another.

    Spinal Disorders

    Spinal disorders or also known as spinal disorders are abnormalities in the bones that can affect the position and curvature of the spine. The spine itself has a function to support the upper body and to form body posture.

    In general, a healthy spine is a spine that has an appropriate curve. However, if there is an excess of the curve in one part of the spine, then the function of the spine will be disturbed and can cause discomfort and even pain.

    The backbone has 26 bones or also known as vertebrae . This spine has a function to protect and support the nerves and spinal cord. If there is an abnormality in the spine, there will be pain that can interfere with activities and damage that can limit Sinaumed’s’ body movements .

    Abnormalities in the spine can be caused by many factors. Apart from that, there are also various types of spinal disorders that Sinaumed’s needs to know about.

    Causes of Spinal Disorders

    1. Certain Health Problems

    Bone abnormalities can be triggered by various health problems. Among them are:

    1. Scheuermann’s disease or accelerated growth condition experienced before puberty;
    2. Cerebral palsy which affects the nerves and brain;
    3. Muscular dystrophy which causes muscle performance to weaken;
    4. Bone cancer that attacks the spinal area, requiring the patient to undergo radiotherapy or chemotherapy;
    5. Osteoporosis or thinning of the bones.

    2. Genetic Factors

    Spinal disorders can also be triggered by certain genetic factors. For example, when the spine in the body tends to be thinner than usual. Genetic conditions like this can make a person more susceptible to fractures or fractures and other spinal problems.

    3. Congenital Abnormalities from Birth

    When the child is still in the womb, it is possible that the spine does not develop properly. This is what causes the backbone to not fit and crooked.

    4. Certain Injuries and Activities

    Injuries can trigger spinal disorders. For example, injuries that can cause fractures or fractures that can cause bones to shift and bend. In addition, certain activities related to heavy loads on the spine can trigger disturbances in that area.

    Various Disorders of the Spine

    Spinal disorders can be divided into the following conditions:

    1. Kyphosis

    Abnormalities in the spine can be seen from the posture that tends to stoop. This is due to the condition of the spine that is curved forward so that it looks bent. In fact, this condition can also cause the spine to appear to protrude in the back.

    Common causes of kyphosis are porous bones, wrong posture, carrying too much weight, arthritis, tumors in the spine, spina bifida, spinal infections, congenital kyphosis, osteoporosis, and Scheuermann’s disease. Kyphosis can also cause pain in the spine.

    2. Lordosis

    Sufferers of lordosis have the shape of the spine that is excessively curved forward in the lower back. The condition of lordosis is often referred to as swayback which makes the buttocks appear more prominent. The spine is generally curved, but in patients with lordosis, the curve protrudes too much forward.

    This condition can also cause pain. This spinal disorder can be caused by obesity, displacement of vertebrae, bone injury, muscular dystrophy, poor posture, osteoporosis, and discitis or inflammation of the space between the vertebrae.

    3. Scoliosis

    In scoliosis, the spine tends to curve excessively to the side. Most cases of scoliosis tend to be mild, but the condition can get worse with age. This bone disorder can cause the spine to bend and can lead to paralysis and impaired lung function.

    This problem is caused by the curvature of the spine which reduces the amount of space in the chest. In fact, a type of scoliosis called levoscoliosis causes the spine to bend to the left side of the body and is similar to the letter C.

    4. Spondylosis

    Spondylosis bone disorder is also known as spinal degeneration which not only affects the spine but also the joints and bone bearings. Spondylosis can interfere with the movement of the spine and affect the nerves. This disorder is generally caused by a sedentary lifestyle, smoking habits, obesity, and old age.

    5. Spondylolisthesis

    The condition of spondylolisthesis is caused by a shift in the spine (vertebrae) from its original position due to stress fractures that are always repeated. The part of the spine most prone to spondylolisthesis is generally in the lower back. Even so, it is also possible if the area behind the neck and upper back is affected by spondylolisthesis.

    Exercise For Spine Health

    Keeping the spine strong and healthy is one of the keys to living a healthy and independent life in old age. One way to maintain a healthy spine is to do sports. Besides that, standing straight with a perfectly straight posture can also help the spine to stay in its proper position. Here are some recommended exercises to keep the spine strong and healthy.

    1. Yoga

    Yoga is a sport that greatly maximizes the function and flexibility of the spine. Movements from yoga will train the flexibility and strength of the spine and practice stretching, thus providing space for all the muscles surrounding the spine to always move according to the joints. Some yoga poses that can maximize the function of the spine are half moon pose, balancing stick pose, cobra pose , and many more.

    2. Swim

    Apart from yoga, swimming is also a great choice of exercise to keep your spine healthy and strong. Swimming movements that pedal the arms and legs indirectly can help the spine to always stay in its perfect position. In addition, the body’s pressure on the water, one of which is by doing the back stroke, can provide maximum stretch and flexibility to the spine.

    3. Run away

    If yoga and swimming provide more benefits for bone flexibility, running sports can be done to train the endurance and strength of the spine. The reason is, running can strengthen the bearing between the segments in the spine.

    4. Push Up dan Sit Up

    Other types of exercise that can help train the spine to stay healthy and strong are push ups and sit ups. In fact, there are many muscles that are activated when Sinaumed’s does push-ups and sit-ups , namely the back, chest, shoulders, triceps, biceps, and also the abdominal muscles. The reason is, when doing push-ups and sit-ups, Sinaumed’s is forced to straighten his back, which in essence keeps the spine in the right position.

    5. Squat

    As with push ups and sit ups , squat movements are also useful for training the spine to stay strong and healthy. Doing squats regularly can also improve the performance of the muscles in the lower body, especially in the pelvic bones and coccyx. Squats can also trigger the release of hormones and the growth of muscle mass. In addition, practicing squats can also improve the body’s balance ability and shape the buttocks so that they become toned.

  • Functions of the Nose and Its Parts

    Functions of the Nose and Its Parts – The nose is a part of the human body that is located on the outside of the body and is right in the middle of the face. The nose is located in the skull bone which is composed of cartilage, bone, muscle and skin.

    The nose is an important part that is owned by every human being, because the nose has a function as a respiratory organ and also as a sense of smell.

    As the outermost part of the body, the nose will directly come into contact with various kinds of gas or air that will be received and entered into the human body. Therefore, the function of the nose is defined as a place for filtering air that enters the human body, this air filtering is done so that the body can receive good air for the body.

    Nose Parts

    1. Nostrils

    The nostrils in humans have 2 holes and both of them function as protectors of the nose from threats that come from outside. Then the nostrils also play a role in determining the size of something that can enter the nose and the nostrils are also directly related to the nasal cavity.

    2. Septum

    The septum is the separator that exists between the two nostrils. The septum consists of cartilage and the walls of the septum are lined with mucus and have blood vessels inside which are used to moisten and regulate the temperature of the air that enters through the nose.

    3. Nose Hair

    Nose hair is a part consisting of fine hairs that have a function as a filter for incoming air. The nose as a place for air to enter will easily enter various kinds of air, such as clean air or not. Nose hair serves to hold dirt from the incoming air so that it cannot enter other respiratory organs in the body.

    4. Nasal cavity

    The nasal cavity is located behind the nostrils and acts as the main cleaning channel for air entering the lungs. Inside the nasal cavity there is a mucous membrane and cilia (fine hair). The nasal cavity also has a role to continue the air that enters and leads to the throat. In addition, the nasal cavity also functions as a guard for humidity, temperature and air pressure.

    5. Nasal sinuses

    Sinuses are cavities that are located around the nose. Humans have paranasal sinuses which consist of 4 pairs of nasal sinuses which all end in the nasal cavities. The four parts of the sinuses are the maxillary sinuses (on the cheekbones), the frontal sinuses (in the middle of the forehead), the ethmoidal sinuses (between the eyes), and the sphenoidal sinuses (behind the nasal cavities). The nasal sinuses act as a moisturizer and air filter, maintaining air exchange in the nasal area, maximizing air quality, and producing mucus that flows in the nose.

    6. Nasal Nerves

    The nasal nerve, also known as the olfactory nerve, is a part of the cranial nerves that is directly connected to the brain. As cranial nerve 1, this nerve in the nose functions as the main receptor for the sense of smell, and this nerve also acts as a recipient of scent stimuli that are carried along with the inhaled air. The function of this nerve is also related to the taste of food and drink consumed by the body.

    7. Nasal Cartilage

    Cartilage is the bone that forms the nose itself. Nasal cartilage is an elastic and strong part that also forms the tip of the nose and forms the shape of the nose.

    8. Nasal Tract (Nasopharynx)

    The nasal passages are a very important part of the cycle of the human body’s respiratory system. Because this part is the connecting part between the nose and the throat. Inside the nasopharynx are the eustachian tubes (the tubes that connect the ear and throat) and the adenoid tonsils. Then the nasopharynx functions as a regulator of air pressure and protection from infection.

    Nose Function

    1. As a means of respiration or breathing

    The function of the nose as a respiratory organ is the main thing why there is a nose in the human organs. As a breathing apparatus, the nose will inhale oxygen which will enter the body through other internal organs to the lungs. In addition, the nose also functions as a pathway for carbon dioxide to escape, which is also not much different from the mouth. As the main actor in the process of respiration, the nose as a place where air enters also of course has a place to filter, warm, and humidify the air that will be received by the body.

    2. As a sense of smell

    Apart from being the main respiratory organ, the nose also plays a major role in the body’s olfactory function. In this olfactory process, the nose will be connected to the brain through the cranial nerves and will generate and create memories of smelling something. In the process of smelling, the nose is assisted by the olfactory mucosa in the upper nasal cavity which contains nasal glands called olfactory glands.

    3. Connection with taste

    The point here is that the nose as the sense of taste and the respiratory organs have a relationship in influencing the taste felt by the tongue of the sense of taste. The role of smell here is as a complement to the taste associated with smell. Not infrequently that humans will be able to know the taste of something just by smell alone. That is one result of the relationship between smell and taste.

    4. Connect with memory

    As the sense of smell, it certainly has many functions than the sense of smell itself. One of them is indirectly remembering something when smelling an aroma or smell. For example, when you smell a perfume, the nasal nerves that are connected to the brain will immediately respond to this with memories or memories of someone you know who uses that perfume. Likewise with the smell of food that smells from afar, in this case sometimes the memory will also affect the smell and aroma of the food that is in the memory of the brain. By remembering a food, you will immediately be able to remember and even feel the aroma of the food.

    5. As an air filter

    As the main organ that regulates the entry and exit of air needed in the respiratory system, the nose certainly has a function as an air filter. This function can be said to be very important for the continuity of the health of the air that enters through the nose. The nose has several parts such as fine hairs that can filter incoming air along with dirt. With this air filter, the body will get the air it wants, namely air that is clean and free from dirt, insects or even other things.

    In addition, the nose also has a natural function as a warmer of cold air and the nose can also function as a humidifier for air that is too dry, so that after passing through the nose, the incoming air is air that has adapted to the body’s condition.

    That’s an explanation of the nose, starting from its parts to the function of the nose. To keep getting good air when it enters the body, one way is to maintain a healthy nose.

    Author: Wida Kurniasih

    Source: from various sources

  • Functions of the Human Excretory System and its Organs

    Functions of the Human Excretory System and Its Organs – Discussing about the functions of the human excretory system, of course we can analogize when someone is exercising, then that person will sweat. This is actually because there are many toxic substances from the rest of the metabolism that are released and are no longer useful for the body. Well, the process of removing these toxic substances from the body is commonly known as excretion.

    However, the excretory process is not just sweating. Another excretion process is when a person urinates or defecates. This is done to remove toxic substances that precipitate and become residual substances from metabolism. All of these elimination processes are basically run and regulated by the excretory system.

    In this article, we will discuss the function of the human excretory system in full and depth. The human excretory system consists of the kidneys, liver, large intestine, skin, and lungs. Let’s see in full so that you better understand how the exhaust system works in your body.

    A. Human Excretory System

    The excretory system is basically a biological system that has the function of disposing of or removing various substances that are no longer used by living bodies. Substances from the rest of the metabolism itself in the form of compounds that are toxic or toxic. If it is not removed, of course it can cause the body to experience disturbances in some of its organ functions.

    That way, we can call the excretory system the way the body does to remove toxic substances from the human body. This mechanism itself has a very important function for the body in maintaining homeostasis (balance of the body’s internal conditions) and preventing damage to the body.

    Referring to the notes written by Fictor Ferdinand and Moekti Ariebowo in Practical Learning Biology (2007:138), the human body itself is known to contain several waste products of metabolism that are not needed, and even tend to be harmful, namely carbon dioxide, excess water, and urea.

    This is certainly not the same as excess water caused by drinking too much or consuming liquids. Meanwhile, carbon dioxide is a waste product of metabolism resulting from the process of respiration (breathing). Meanwhile, urea is a residual substance from the process of breaking down protein.

    B. Organs and Functions of the Human Excretory System

    All living things in this world are basically equipped with the ability to maintain a balance of metabolism in the body so that it remains in normal conditions. Of course this can be done by keeping the water levels in the body in balance. Balanced itself can be interpreted in a condition that is not excessive and not lacking.

    If there are residual substances from the body’s metabolic processes that are not needed, then the excretory system in humans has a function as a tool to remove these waste substances. Biologically, humans have organs that function as excretory systems. The following is an explanation of the organs responsible for carrying out the human excretion process, including:

    1. Kidneys

    When humans consume food, drink, and other medicines, residues or waste substances that have gone through the digestive process of the body will be found. The human body itself actually produces waste products when repairing various damaged cells or when carrying out the body’s metabolism to produce energy.

    The human organ that has the most important function in the excretory system is the Kidney. The kidneys themselves function to remove residual substances that have toxic properties in the blood and other excess fluids. If it is not immediately removed from the body, it could be that these waste substances will accumulate in the blood. This of course can cause some problems in the health of the human body.

    We know for ourselves that the entire human body consists of blood that flows in and out of the kidneys many times for 24 hours without stopping. The kidney is an organ of the human body which also has the function of filtering incoming blood as well as disposing of waste in it through urine. Then, the blood that comes out of the kidneys will return to flow throughout the body.

    The body itself is known to excrete urine through the urethra when urinating. There are about two liters of waste substances that can be excreted from the body in the form of urine. The process of excretion in the kidneys has a very important function to maintain the balance of fluids and other chemicals in the human body.

    2. Heart (Liver)

    The function of the kidney in the human excretory system as a tool for excreting waste has a close relationship with liver function. In the human excretory system of the kidneys, the process of filtering blood is first carried out in the liver to separate some of the waste.

    One of the residual or waste substances removed by the liver can be called ammonia. Ammonia itself is a substance that comes from the process of breaking down proteins in the body. If the human body cannot get rid of ammonia, it can cause health problems, such as kidney disease, impaired brain function, and even coma.

    Therefore, the liver is an organ that has an important function for the human body to break down ammonia into urea. After being successfully broken down into urea, this substance will be carried by the blood to the kidneys to go through the next filtering process. As previously stated, the kidneys will filter urea from the blood and excrete it through the urine along with other waste substances.

    While this process is taking place, the liver is also known to produce another by-product, namely bile. This dark colored bile will be stored temporarily in the gallbladder. Then, the new bile will drain the liquid towards the intestine when humans want to digest fatty foods.

    3. Colon

    The large intestine actually does not only have a function to regulate fluid levels in the results of food digestion. One part of the digestive tract apparently also has other side tasks as part of the excretory system in the human body.

    The food that you initially swallow and enters the stomach can be turned into fine mush. This fine porridge is often referred to as kim. After that, the kim then moves towards the small intestine to go to the next process, namely the absorption of nutrients. When all the nutrients have been absorbed optimally, the kim will move back to the large intestine.

    In the human excretory system, the large intestine is known to have a function that can be used to separate liquids, waste substances, and various food wastes that do not contain nutrients. This process itself can produce feces that will come out through the anus during bowel movements.

    4. Skin

    As previously stated, the human body sweats to cool down its temperature. This occurs when a person feels hot or is doing physical activity. Meanwhile, in the human excretory system, sweat has a function as a medium for removing waste substances and impurities from the body.

    Sweat itself comes from glands in the dermis layer of the skin. Apart from being made of water, sweat is also known to contain various waste products from the body’s metabolic processes, including oil, sugar, salt, and so on. One of the residual substances in sweat comes from the process of breaking down proteins commonly called ammonia.

    Basically, sweat glands are spread all over the body of humans. So, here are the two main types of sweat glands that you need to know about, including:

    a. Eccrine glands, namely glands that produce sweat without protein and fat content. This gland turns out to be located in parts of the human body such as the hands, feet, to the forehead.

    b. Apocrine glands, namely glands that produce sweat with protein and fat content. This type of gland is known to be located in certain parts of the body, such as the armpits and genitals.

    5. Paru-paru

    The human organ that functions as the last excretory system is the lungs. The lungs themselves have a very important role in the human respiratory and excretory systems. The lungs are known to be able to help get rid of waste substances which have a gaseous form consisting of carbon dioxide (CO2), water vapor, and several other exhaust gases.

    Most of the carbon dioxide gas basically comes from the process of burning glucose which turns into energy. The process of burning glucose into energy itself begins when the intestine absorbs glucose from food that is being digested by humans. This is done by the blood by taking glucose from the intestine and then distributed throughout the body’s cells.

    Inside the cells of the human body, a process of converting glucose into energy occurs with the help of oxygen (O2). Not only can form energy, this process can also produce several amounts of other waste substances, including CO2 gas. Gas carried by the blood will return to the lungs to be disposed of.

    The blood itself contains CO2 which flows towards the small balloons in the lungs as a place for gas exchange or often called the alveoli. After successfully swapping places with O2. Furthermore, CO2 gas will come out of the body when someone exhales.

    Therefore, living things should always be in a state of homeostasis. This is necessary for body functions to work normally. The purpose of a normal body itself is that the body temperature is always stable, the fluid balance is maintained, and the body is able to get rid of various residual substances that may be harmful.

    If you can maintain the health of the five organs in the excretory system, then you will also facilitate the function of the five organs in eliminating all factors that have the potential to disturb the balance of the human body.

    C. Disorders of the Human Excretory System

    Like organs in the body in general, organs that have a duty as the excretory system can also experience interference. This is of course caused by infection by bacteria and viruses, overwork, or a lack of certain substances. So, here is a complete review of some of the disorders that can occur in the excretory system, including:

    1. Diabetes Insipidus

    Diabetes insipidus is a disorder of the excretory system that attacks one of the most important organs in the body, namely the kidneys. People with diabetes insipidus will usually pass too much urine. This is known because the body experiences a deficiency of the hormone ADH or Anti Diuretic Hormone. ADH itself is a type of hormone that can regulate the process of fluid reabsorption in the kidneys. This hormone deficiency can make a person’s urine amount increase even up to 30 times.

    2. Kidney Stones

    Not only diabetes insipidus, other disorders that can occur in the kidneys are kidney stones. Kidney stones themselves usually appear due to the formation of calcium salt deposits in the kidney cavities, renal tracts and bladder. This disorder is usually a crystal stone made of calcium oxalate, uric acid, and calcium phosphate crystals. In addition, please note that kidney stones cannot be dissolved.

    Therefore, the most common cause of kidney stones is lack of water consumption in the body and excessive consumption of mineral salts. If this disorder is not treated as soon as possible, it may cause hydronephrosis or it can be interpreted as enlargement of the kidneys because urine cannot be wasted due to obstruction from kidney stones.

    3. The urethra

    Apart from the kidneys, organs that can experience interference with the excretory system are the ureters. The ureter itself is an organ that has a tube-like shape. The ureters are also known to have muscles that are used to help urine flow from the kidneys to the bladder.

    One of the diseases that can attack the ureter is commonly called the urethra. Uretris can be interpreted as inflammation of the ureter that occurs due to bacterial or viral infection. For male and female sufferers have quite different symptoms. Urethral symptoms in men are usually marked by the presence of blood in the urine and semen. Not only that, when you urinate you will also feel a burning sensation. Meanwhile, urethral symptoms in women can be seen if you feel abdominal pain, pain when urinating, to fever.

    4. Pneumonia

    Apart from the kidneys, the lungs are also included in the organs that serve as excretion. The lungs themselves are known to be the place of exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide. One disease that usually affects the lungs is pneumonia. Pneumonia itself is known to arise due to infection by bacteria, viruses, or fungi in the alveoli.

    Disturbances in the lungs can cause a person to experience difficulty when trying to breathe or introduce oxygen to the body. This is because the alveoli as a place to exchange oxygen and carbon dioxide are filled with fluid.

    5. Asma

    Still on disorders that often attack the lungs, namely Asthma. Asthma is a lung disorder that many people may be familiar with. Asthma itself appears due to narrowing of the airways in the lungs. Asthma sufferers will usually display symptoms of difficulty breathing and even tightness in the chest.

    Asthma is a non-communicable disease, it’s just that this disease can be passed on to offspring. Someone who has asthma is often caused by an environment that has bad air. Therefore, the first way that needs to be done to treat someone who has an asthma attack is to give medicines to loosen the respiratory tract. Some of these drugs include injections (Hydrocortisone), ventolin syrup (Salbutamol), or nebulizers (Salbutamol gas).

    Thus is the discussion of the function of the excretory system in humans. There are five human excretory systems, namely the kidneys, liver, large intestine, skin and lungs. By always maintaining the health of these five organs, you can have a healthy body.

  • Functions of the Calf Bones, Shin Bones, and How to Take Care of Them

    Functions of the Calf Bones – Did you know, Sinaumed’s , that basically there are many functions of the fibula? The human fibula in this case has an important role in supporting the implementation of daily activities, especially those related to movement.

    As we know, the foot as one of the components of body movement which is at the bottom, is composed of various types of bones, starting from the femur, fibula, tibia, ankle bones, to the soles of the feet.

    So what are the functions of the calf and shin bones? For more details, this article will discuss the anatomy of the calf bone and its function for the human body.

    Calf Bone Anatomy

    The calf bone is basically one type of long bone that has a thin and slender shape which is located at the back of the leg. Like other types of long bones, this fibula has a proximal end which has a head and neck, a shaft, and also a distal end.

    The fibula lies parallel to the tibia, and is approximately the same length. Even so, these two bones were very different, even their shape was different. The fibula has a shape that looks thinner, while the tibia has a shape that looks thicker.

    Even though it doesn’t have a direct contribution to supporting body weight, this fibula basically has a function that is no less important, especially those related to maintaining balance and stability in the ankle. For more details, here is the function of the fibula that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

    Calf Bone Functions

    Previously it was explained that the shape of this fibula is thin. Even so, it should be noted that this calf bone has a fairly good level of density. Even though it has limited movement, because it has to follow the movement of the shinbones, the fact is that the fibula also has a number of other important functions, such as:

    1. Protecting the Feet

    As one of the bones located in the foot, it is clear that the fibula has a function, namely to protect the foot from impact and other things.

    2. Stabilize the Leg

    Of course, the function of the fibula to stabilize the leg is very clear, namely so that Sinaumed’s’ leg can be more stable when moving.

    3. Motion control

    The function of the other fibula is as the main regulator of body movements when walking. In this case, the fibula has a function to make the legs move according to their needs and desires.

    4. Weight Support

    Although supporting body weight is not the main function of the fibula, this secondary function can be said to be quite crucial. In this case, the fibula helps the tibia to support the weight of the human body, especially when walking and running.

    5. Become a Place for Forming Red Blood Cells

    The calf bone has a quite crucial function for the human body, namely as a place where red blood cells are formed as other bones function in general.

    6. Maintain Body Balance

    When you are walking or running, and even when you are still, the fibula has a function to maintain body balance.

    7. Shin Support

    As explained in the previous point, the presence of the fibula which is right next to the shinbone is very necessary. In this case, the calf and shin bones simultaneously run the propulsion system of the lower body.

    Shin Anatomy

    In general, the shinbone can be categorized into three parts, namely the proximal (upper border), body, and distal (lower border).

    1. The proximal part

    The proximal or upper border of the tibia is also known as the tibial plateau. Because this part is directly adjacent to the knee which is located above the shin.

    The head of the shinbone has two flat, slightly dilated parts, which are called condyles. The condyles that are in and near the midline of the body are called the median condyles.

    Meanwhile the other one, located on the outside away from the midline of the body, is called the lateral condyle. These two condyles will be connected to the part of the femur or femur and form the knee joint.

    2. Body parts

    The body of the shin does not have a round, tube-like shape. This section is shaped like a prism which has three surfaces, namely:

    1. The medial part, the part that faces outwards is only protected by a little fat. This part will be felt when Sinaumed’s is feeling the shins.
    2. The lateral part, the position is more to the side when compared to the medial side and is surrounded by the leg muscles.
    3. The posterior part, which is located at the back, faces towards the fibula.

    3. The distal part

    On the underside of the tibia, it sits on the medial aspect of the talus. The distal part of the shin bone is also slightly widened in shape and has a bony prominence on the medial side that is closer to the midline of the body.

    Dry Bone Function

    The tibia, known as the tibia, is one of the second largest bones in the leg. Following are the functions of the shins in the body, namely:

    1. Knee and Ankle Connectors

    The main function of the shin bone is as a connector between the knee and ankle. The presence of shin bones will help the movement that occurs in the ankle to be more optimal.

    2. Leg Muscle Support

    Not only does it function to connect the knees and ankles, the shin bone has the function of supporting the muscles in the leg area. Well-supported muscles can make the movement of the leg area better and optimal.

    3. Weight Support

    Healthy shins can make feet strong. That way, the feet become able to support the body weight they have.

    4. Maintain Body Balance

    Many of the activities undertaken are affected by the condition of the shins. Healthy and optimal shin conditions can keep the body’s balance well maintained when doing activities such as walking, running and jumping so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t fall easily.

    5. Ankle Drive

    Ankles that can move freely are affected by the condition of the shins. Healthy and optimal shins can make Sinaumed’s move more freely.

    Causes of Calf Pain

    Generally, calf pain can be a sign of cramps or tight muscles. However, this condition can also be a sign of a more serious condition. Then, what are the conditions that can cause this pain and how to deal with it? Check out the full explanation below.

    Here are some health problems that may be the cause of calf pain, namely:

    1. Muscle cramps

    Pain in the calf is usually caused by a muscle cramp, which is when the muscle contracts suddenly. Usually, this condition naturally occurs if Sinaumed’s is just starting a new type of sport, so the muscles are still not used to it. Apart from that, muscle cramps can also occur when Sinaumed’s is dehydrated or lacks minerals.

    Even so, Sinaumed’s need not worry too much. The reason is, muscle cramps which can also appear in the calves and cause pain can heal by themselves.

    2. Muscle injury (Calf strain)

    As mentioned in several previous points, the calf consists of two muscles that are directly connected to the heel bone. Well, overusing the muscles in the calves can cause injury to these muscles.

    If this is the case, pain will usually appear suddenly in the calf. Not only that, when experiencing tense muscles, Sinaumed’s may also experience several other conditions, such as:

    • A sudden pain in the back of the leg.
    • Calves feel stiff and weak especially during Sinaumed’s
    • Sinaumed’s had difficulty getting up and resting on his feet.
    • Bruising appears on the calf after 1-2 days.

    3. Tendinitis Achilles

    Achilles tendinitis or Achilles tendon injury is a serious condition that can cause calf pain. This condition can occur due to activities that overuse the Achilles tendon. The Achilles tendon is the tendon that connects the two calf muscles to the heel bone.

    Actually, the structure of the Achilles tendon will indeed weaken with age so that it will be susceptible to injury. However, it’s possible for Sinaumed’s to injure this tendon if it’s overused. Generally, this condition often occurs in people who suddenly exercise intensely.

    4. Skiatika

    Sciatica is an injury to the sciatic nerve. The nerve runs from the lower back, to Sinaumed’s’ hip, buttocks, and legs . However, this condition usually only affects one side of the body.

    Sciatica often occurs when a bone spur in the spine or a narrowing in the spine presses on the sciatic nerve. This can even cause inflammation, pain, and numbness in the affected leg, including the calf.

    5. Neuropati perifer

    Painful calves can also occur as a sign of peripheral neuropathy. This is a condition that occurs due to damage to the nerves that are outside the brain and spinal cord. Besides being able to cause weakness and numbness, this condition also causes pain that generally appears in the hands and feet.

    Peripheral neuropathy is a condition that may result from a traumatic injury, infection, metabolic disorder, or hereditary disease. In fact, this condition can occur due to exposure to toxic substances. Even so, the main cause of this condition is diabetes.

    6. Deep vein thrombosis (Deep vein thrombosis)

    Deep vein thrombosis is the formation of blood clots in one or more veins in the body. However, this condition generally occurs in the foot area. Deep vein thrombosis can cause pain to cause swelling in the leg area, including the calf.

    However, it is not uncommon for this condition to appear without any symptoms. Blood clots in the leg area can also occur if Sinaumed’s doesn’t move his legs for a long time. For example, when Sinaumed’s just had surgery or an accident, went on a long trip, or had to go on bed rest.

    How to Overcome Calves That Feel Pain

    Sinaumed’s can treat calf pain according to the cause. This means that this condition can be resolved if Sinaumed’s addresses the cause. Therefore, it is better to check this condition with a doctor to get a diagnosis.

    That way, Sinaumed’s can carry out treatment according to the conditions that Sinaumed’s is experiencing. There are several easy ways to help relieve pain in the calves, namely:

    1. Rest

    To overcome this condition, the most effective and easiest way is to rest the calf that hurts. Usually, sore calves occur due to physical activity that is too strenuous. Therefore, reducing activities that are too heavy is actually enough to overcome them.

    Not only that, by resting, Sinaumed’s can also relieve other accompanying symptoms, such as acute inflammation. However, if the symptoms are severe enough, Sinaumed’s may need an assistive device to walk.

    2. Compress

    Apart from resting, Health Direct belonging to the Australian Ministry of Health recommends that Sinaumed’s treat calves that feel pain using compresses, either with ice or warm water. Usually, this method is effective enough to relieve pain caused by problems in the tendon area.

    Meanwhile, the use of cold or hot compresses depends on Sinaumed’s’ condition . Compress for about 20 minutes and do it several times until the pain in the calf subsides.

    3. Stretching

    Sinaumed’s can also relieve calf pain by stretching the muscles. This will be very useful especially for reducing pain caused by cramps or muscle tension.

    Not only for overcoming, Sinaumed’s can stretch the muscles to prevent sore calves in the future.

    4. Physical therapy

    At a level that is classified as severe, Sinaumed’s usually needs to do physical therapy for this one musculoskeletal disorder. A physical therapist will help Sinaumed’s deal with calf pain that doesn’t respond to normal home care.

    5. Drugs

    In a special condition, the doctor may prescribe some medicines that are useful for reducing pain in the calves. The drugs used generally include NSAID class drugs.

    Drug use should be in accordance with a doctor’s prescription. Usually, this method can help with pain from tendinitis, muscle strains, and muscle cramps.

    Prevent Pain In Calf

    Actually, to prevent calves from feeling pain is not difficult. Sinaumed’s only needs to stretch regularly before and after exercising to strengthen the calf muscles.

    In addition, Sinaumed’s should not exercise too much. Better, increase the intensity of exercise little by little so that the muscles in the body are not shocked.

    Sinaumed’s is also recommended to consume lots of water so you can avoid dehydration which can be one of the causes of muscle cramps. Not only that, taking magnesium supplements can also be useful for preventing cramps, especially in pregnant women. Even so, the use of supplements should still be consulted with a doctor to prevent unwanted side effects.

  • Functions of Protein, Examples of Foods Containing Animal and Vegetable Proteins

    The function of protein – Protein is one of the nutrients the body needs to stay healthy. Everyone has a different amount of protein needs, depending on age and gender. Therefore, consumption of foods that contain protein is also important to note.

    There are many functions of protein for the body, because protein is in every cell of the human body. Although many other nutrients are also needed by the body, you must know what are the benefits and uses of protein for the body. That way, you can estimate the daily protein needs that must be consumed.

    What Are Proteins?

    Protein can be categorized into two types, namely complete and incomplete protein. Complete protein is protein that contains 20 amino acids, examples are soy, quinoa, and animal products. Then, incomplete proteins, namely proteins that do not contain 20 amino acids, nuts and seeds are examples of incomplete proteins.

    Protein is one of the three macronutrients that the body needs in large quantities. This nutrient consists of 20 amino acids consisting of arginine, alanine, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamine, glycine, glutamic acid, lysine, histidine, isoleucine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, threonine, serine, tryptophan, valine, and trison.

    You need to understand that amino acids can actually be produced by the body without food intake. However, these amino acids are non-essential amino acids. While essential amino acids can be obtained from food intake. Therefore, the function of amino acids for the body is also obtained from the consumption of protein foods.

    The essential amino acids consist of nine types, namely histidine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, valine, methionine, threonine, tryptophan, and phenylalanine. Eleven of the other 20 types of amino acids can be produced by the body itself.

     

    Examples of Foods Containing Animal Protein

    In animal protein, the amino acids contained are complete essential amino acids. Needs the same as the amino acids that exist in the body. Meanwhile, vegetable protein does not have amino acids as complete as animal protein.

    So, the nutritional content of animal protein is indeed more complete than vegetable protein. The following are types of foods that contain animal protein:

    1. Counts

    Eggs contain lots of nutrients the body needs, such as minerals, vitamins, healthy fats, and antioxidants. There is a protein content of 6 grams and 68 calories.

    2. Keju Cottage 

    Cottage cheese is made from cow’s milk, so it is low in fat and calories. Cottage cheese contains phosphorus, calcium, selenium, vitamin B12, and vitamin B2. One cup of cottage cheese contains nutrients in the form of 2% fat, 27 grams of protein and 194 calories.

    3. Tuna fish

    The next type of food with animal protein is tuna. This fish has low fat and calories. So, tuna is highly recommended to be a healthy food menu. Tuna is the same as other types of fish, rich in omega 3 fatty acids. One ounce of tuna contains 30 grams of protein and 157 calories.

    4. Lean beef and chicken

    The best chicken meat is the breast, because of its low fat content. If cooked properly, chicken breast is very easy to cook anything. The protein content in one skinless chicken breast is 53 grams, while for beef it is 22 grams.

    5. Yogurt and milk

    The next delicious food that is also rich in protein is yogurt and milk. This food has a soft texture and is rich in nutrients. In 170 grams of yogurt there are 17 grams of protein and 100 calories. Meanwhile, in one cup of milk contains 8 grams of protein and 1 percent fat.

    Examples of Foods Containing Vegetable Protein

    So, apart from animal protein sources, you can also get nutrition from vegetable protein. There are many types of plants that provide protein to the body. Such as red beans, soybeans, and other types of nuts. Here are some examples of food sources that contain vegetable protein:

    1. Lentils

    Lentils are one of the foods that are rich in protein. In one cup of these beans, the nutrition you have is 18 grams of protein, and calories of 230. Lentils are also good and good for health, because they contain fiber and minerals, such as phosphorus, iron, folate and thiamin.

    2. Almonds

    Furthermore, the function of protein can also be obtained from consuming almonds. These nuts are very popular because the nutrients they have are also very rich. Almonds contain vitamin E, fiber, magnesium and manganese. Don’t forget about 6 grams of protein in 1 ounce of almonds.

    3. Broccoli

    Then there’s broccoli, a food that’s not recommended for those of you who have a lot of gas in the stomach, in fact it’s rich in protein. In one cup of broccoli, there are 2.8 grams of protein. Broccoli is also rich in other nutrients, such as vitamin K and vitamin C. Both of these vitamins are useful for reducing the risk of cancer.

    4. Wheat

    Healthy foods that also contain lots of protein are oats. Oats also have fiber, minerals, vitamin B1, manganese, magnesium, and other good nutrients. The protein content in raw oats is as much as 13 grams, and calories as much as 303 grams.

    Those are some types of food that contain animal and vegetable protein. Everyone certainly needs protein intake from these various foods. Not only adults, of course, but children also need it. If you have small children or babies, their protein needs must also be met. This is because a lack of protein will hinder its growth and development.

    If you want to know more about protein menus for babies and toddlers, read sinaumedia’s book entitled Protein Menu for Babies and Toddlers , or you can click on the book image below.

    Function of Proteins

    After knowing what foods contain protein, both vegetable and animal, then you need to know the function of protein. Protein is needed by children and adults. The amount of protein requirement for the body is quite large and varies for each person.

    These nutrients are known to be needed by the body for health. Especially for those who are sick, and more needed by those who have had surgery. Because protein is needed to heal wounds. Well, apart from that, what are the functions of other proteins? Here’s a list of the functions of protein for the body:

    1. Protein to form enzymes

    The first function of protein is to form enzymes. We know that there are several enzymes needed by the body. Enzymes are responsible for all the biochemical reactions that occur in the body. Starting from blood clotting, destroying poisons, digesting food, and in muscle contractions.

    If you want to know how proteins and enzymes work in the body, read sinaumedia’s book entitled Proteins and Enzymes , or you can click on the book image below.

    2. Increase body immunity

    Furthermore, protein also functions to form immunoglobulin or an antibody that functions against bacteria in the body. With these antibodies, the body will be protected from various diseases and infections from viruses and bacteria. Including foreign objects that enter the body and have the potential to cause disease.

    3. Protein serves to store and transport nutrients

    Protein in the body is also useful for distributing the nutrients you consume. In every food, of course there are nutrients that the body needs. Well, it’s the protein that functions to spread it through the bloodstream. The nutrients distributed by protein include oxygen, cholesterol, blood sugar, vitamins, and minerals. Then for the nutrients stored by protein are nutrients, such as ferritin which stores iron.

    4. Protein to form body structure

    Certain proteins also function to build cells and body tissues to make them stronger. Protein has an important role in building body structures such as collagen, keratin, and elastin. Protein plays a role in the formation of a structural framework so that they are related to each other.

    You can find keratin in your nails, hair, and skin. Then, the protein collagen will be found in every part of the body to support the healthy structure of the skin, tendons, ligaments and bones. Then the protein elastin can be found in the lungs, blood vessels, and in the uterus.

    5. Protein to accelerate chemical reactions in the body 

    The next function of protein is to accelerate chemical reactions that enter the body. This function is carried out by a combination of molecules in the cell, which are called substrates. In addition, enzymes also work with minerals and vitamins. Because the system in the body also depends on the function of enzymes. Such as the digestive system, blood clotting, energy production, as well as muscle contractions.

    6. Protein to build and maintain tissue

    The next function of protein is to build and maintain body tissues. The amount of protein absorbed by each person’s body depends on each person’s health. If someone is recovering after surgery, for example, the protein needed is certainly much greater.

    This is because protein is used to build tissues. Therefore, large amounts of protein will be needed by those who have had surgery or been injured after an accident, including nursing mothers and pregnant women.

    7. Protein as a tool for communication

    Furthermore, protein functions as a means of communication between parts of the body. Similar to enzymes, proteins also work as messengers between tissues, cells, and organs. Endocrine glands produce and secrete hormones, which are then transported to tissues or organs. Transport will be carried out by the protein through the bloodstream.

    Well, in general these hormones are categorized into 3 groups, namely peptides or proteins, amino acid derivatives, and steroids. Peptides are responsible for forming most of the hormones in the body. Examples are glucagon which is used to break down glucose, insulin to absorb glucose, and human growth hormone to grow tissue.

    8. Protein to balance acid-base in the body

    Protein also serves to balance the levels of acids and bases in the body. Everyone has different pH levels. For normal people, the pH in stomach acid is 2, while in blood the pH is normally 7.4. If the amount of pH changes, there will be interference with the organ concerned. So, it takes a compound that maintains and regulates its balance, namely protein.

    What If the Body Lacks Protein? 

    As mentioned above, protein is needed by the body. Its functions are very vital for the body. So, if the body lacks protein, health problems will appear in a person. If you lack protein, you will be more susceptible to disease. Because when the amount of protein is low, the production of white blood cells will also decrease. So that the body is susceptible to germs, bacteria, or viruses that cause disease.

    Especially if you are sick, especially when you have an injury, it will take much longer to heal. Why? Because protein functions to maintain tissue. That’s why people who have had surgery need a lot of protein. In addition, if there is a lack of protein, other problems that can arise include dull nails, easily broken nails, and dry skin. This includes hair falling out more easily, and changes in hair texture.

    Lack of protein can also interfere with brain function. Because the amino acids in protein are needed to form various types of neurotransmitters. These neurotransmitters are chemical compounds that have the function of delivering stimuli to the brain’s nerve cells or muscles. In addition, this amino acid is also needed by the brain to form dopamine and serotonin. Where both are related to brain function in regulating one’s mood. If a person is deficient in serotonin or dopamine, it can put them in a bad mood or cause other symptoms.

    Furthermore, it was also stated above that the function of protein is also very important for pregnant and lactating women. This is because children need a fairly high amount of protein to support their growth and development. If their protein needs are not fulfilled, it is feared that their growth and development will also be disrupted. This also applies to babies who are still in the womb. One of the disorders that can be experienced by children is having a body that is shorter than the average height of children of their age.

    There are also several features that you can identify to find out whether someone is protein deficient or not. Some of these characteristics include getting tired easily, looking tired and lethargic, the appearance of sleep disturbances, frequent hair loss. Decreased body immunity, easily broken toenails or fingers, and fluid retention.

    Some of the features above can be a sign that the body needs more protein injections. So, try to be more aware and pay attention to your health.

    So, those are some very important things for you to know about protein. Protein deficiency can also cause many other disorders. So, meet your protein needs by consuming food or drink as exemplified above.

    Don’t let protein deficiency make you susceptible to disease. Also remember other healthy food menus, which consist of 4 healthy 5 perfect menus. Greetings, yes.

     

  • Functions of Art Along with Their Definitions and Types

    The function of art – Art is a human work which is an expression or self-expression through audio, visual, literary forms, and so on. Art has certain goals and functions that can be applied in various fields such as religion, education, entertainment, health, communication, information, artistic, and so on.

    According to KBBI, the definition of art is a work created using extraordinary expertise, such as dance, painting, carving, and so on. While the definition of art in general is a human activity to create visual, audio, and performance works that express imagination, ideas, or techniques in making them with the aim of being appreciated for their beauty and emotional strength.

    People who create works of art are usually referred to as artists. There are various kinds of art that are widely known, for example music, fine arts, dance, theater, literature, and so on. Based on the dimensions, art can also be divided into 2 types, namely 2-dimensional art and 3-dimensional art.

    Art has many functions. The main function of art, namely for artistic media and beauty, and as a form of expression from the artist which is used as a work of art. Besides that, there are also other benefits and functions of art, both the function of art for individuals or individuals as well as the function of art for society socially.

    Functions of Art in General

    In the following, we will explain what are the functions of art in general along with their discussion, both functions for individuals and functions for society.

    1. As a tool to fulfill physical needs

    Art can have a function as a means of fulfilling physical needs for certain individuals. Humans are creatures that have an ability to appreciate the beauty and use of various objects. Therefore, artists have a role to create various objects that have aesthetic and artistic artistic value.

    2. As an Expression of Artists

    The next function of art is also important, namely as an emotional expression of the artist. Works of art are the thoughts and expressions of their creators which are based on the emotional state of the artist, whether they are feeling sad, happy, angry, confused, and so on.

    3. As an Artistic Media and Aesthetic Value

    Art can have a function as an artistic medium that gives beauty or aesthetic value. In every room or location that is displayed with works of art, it will certainly add aesthetic value. This artistic function is generally considered to be the primary function of pure art.

    4. As a Media for Education and Learning

    Art can also have a role as a medium of education and learning. Art can make the learning process more interesting and entertaining. In addition, the values ​​contained in art can be taught and become important knowledge in the field of education.

    5. As Media of Faith and Religion

    The function of art is also important in religious and belief media. This is manifested by various things related to religion and belief, for example religious rituals, clothing and clothing, wedding ceremonies, religious songs, and so on.

    6. As Entertainment Media

    Art has a function as an entertainment medium which is generally in the form of audio, visual and audio-visual shows. Various kinds of works of art such as music, dance, and theater arts certainly present elements of entertainment that can give a sense of satisfaction and pleasure to the audience.

    7. As a Health and Medical Media

    Art also has an important role in the medical and health fields. Treatment can be done through artistic stimulation, for example by using music or visual art. Of course, medical media using works of art are still being studied today.

    8. As Information and News Media

    The last function of art is as a medium of information and news. Through art, humans can explain information to others more easily, for example through posters or infographics or through the media of songs or drama performances that contain certain messages from their creators.

    Definition of Art

    Art can be interpreted as an attempt to achieve the desired result by using intelligence. So art is an act of applying the knowledge one has and the expertise that has existed since childhood (talent).

    Definition of Art in General

    Art is everything created by humans in which there is beauty and is able to evoke feelings for himself and others. The term art comes from the word sani (Sanskrit) which means offering, worship, and services which are closely related to religious ceremonies which are called art. According to Padmapusphita, the art comes from the Dutch language “genie” which in Latin is called genius which means extraordinary abilities that have been innate from birth.

    Definition of Art According to Experts

    Along with the times, many experts have expressed their views and opinions regarding the definition of art. The following are some definitions of art according to experts:

    • The definition of art according to Sudarmaj, art is all inner manifestations and aesthetic experiences that use the media of fields, graphics, texture, color, darkness, light and volume.
    • Understanding Art according to Aristotle, art is a form whose appearance and expression never deviate from reality and that art is imitating nature.
    • The definition of art according to Ki Hajar Dewantara, art is the result of beauty so that it can move the beautiful feelings of those who witness it. Therefore, human actions that can influence and create beautiful feelings are art.
    • Understanding Art according to Alexander Baum Garton, art is beauty and art is a positive goal and makes the audience feel happy.
    • The definition of art according to Hilary Bel, art is a term used for all works that can change the heart to find out who created it.
    • The definition of art according to Immanuel Kant, art is a dream because formulas cannot ignore reality.
    • The definition of art according to James Murko, art is an explanation of the beautiful feeling contained in the soul of every human being, born through an intermediary means of communication into a form that can be captured by the senses of sight (painting), the sense of hearing (sound art), or born through intermediaries. movements such as (drama and dance).
    • The definition of art according to Leo Tolstoy, art is an expression of the feelings of the creator which is conveyed to others so that they can feel what the painter has felt.
    • The definition of art according to Popo Iskandar, art is a result of emotional expression that wants to be conveyed to other people in the awareness of living in groups / communities.
    • The definition of art according to Eric Aryanto, art is an inner activity or spiritual activity that is reflected in the form of works that can evoke the feelings of others who listen and see it.

    Art History and Polemics

    There is a problem of language translation when Indonesian is exposed to Western concepts, such as what we now call art, even though art phenomena existed before and the equivalent term vusa was extracted from local vocabulary, such as the word kagunan in Javanese or kapangkitan in Sundanese. Comparing the word art for kunst or art actually sounds very odd because until the 19th century, the word art was only often used in the context of urine which is a euphemistic term for urine. Meanwhile, there are not many examples of using the word art to refer to something small or soft in other contexts.

    Before the term popular art as it is today, the term kunst in the Dutch-Malay dictionary (Klinkert or Mayer or Badings, which was published at the end of the 19th or early 20th century) was translated into science, knowledge, wisdom, intelligence and craftsmanship. It is suspected that the General Dictionary of the Indonesian Language (first published in 1953) by Purwadar Minta is a dictionary that records the word art using a new meaning for the first time. Even though Purwadar Minta was not the first person to use the terms “art” and “fine art”, this created a polemic among artists because it seemed to create an imbalance in perceptions between art in Indonesia and art in the West.

    The terms “visual arts”, “music arts”, “theater arts”, “literary arts” and so on in the Indonesian language are suspected of causing adverbial symptoms. This symptom shows various important words (visual, music, dance, literature) which are mere adverbs (adverbs) for the word art. The virtue of these terms lies in the word “art”. The term “art” itself in Indonesian does not carry material characteristics, even though it is an abstract noun. Thus, all expressions of art have an equal position and art becomes an ‘open’ term.

    Artistic expressions are not even limited to fine arts, dance, music, and theatrical arts (known as showing personal expressions). This series of terms can be extended to keris art, batik art, ronggeng art (and so on) which are known as arts in the world of tradition. Thus, the word art does not only have forms and is a mental condition that can take the form of many things as long as it has artistic symptoms. These symptoms can make the notion of art in Indonesian closer to aesthetics.

    Therefore, there are various difficulties when balancing the development of art discourse in Indonesia and the West, for example dance if translated literally into dance art may not make sense to English users, as well as sculpture, music, and the like. English and several other languages ​​also provide a distinction between the terms art (for the concept of art in general) and (the) arts (in the creative fields of art).

    Various Kinds of Art

    There are several kinds of art that we can know and study carefully, namely as follows:

    1. Fine Arts

    The first types of art are fine arts which are a branch of art that can be seen and is in a visual form. Examples of visual arts are drawing, painting, sculpture, graphics, handicrafts, crafts and multimedia.

    2. Art of Music

    The next types of art are music which is a work that produces sound as its main element. In the art of music there are elements of melody, harmonization, and also a combination of sounds that give a beautiful effect to those who hear them.

    3. Art of Movement

    The third type of art is called the art of movement or what is commonly called the art of dance, which is a type of art that utilizes body movement as beauty. The flexibility and fit of body movements accompanied by a melody or beat makes the movement interesting and can be seen and enjoyed.

    4. Theater or Performing Arts

    The next types of art are theatrical art which is an art that visualizes imagination or describes an event that is real or not real. Theater arts can also be combined with music and motion arts and even fine arts.

    5. Literary Arts

    The next kinds of art are literary arts which can be enjoyed through hearing and sight. Usually literary art will be in the form of interesting words that are memorable and conveyed in a beautiful way. Examples of literary arts are poetry and calligraphy.

    Art In Everyday Life

    There are many examples of art in everyday life. Therefore, in the following, we will provide some examples of art that can be taken in everyday life based on the following types of art.

    According to its function, art is divided into 2 parts, namely pure and applied. An example of pure art is the art of making sculptures, paintings, graphics, etc. Meanwhile, examples of applied art include handicrafts such as folding, lace and embroidery. Then there is billboard art (making posters, banners, advertisements), and also decoration art.

    There are other examples of other arts, namely the art of music which includes jazz, classical, bosa, pop, rock, traditional, and so on.

    In addition to the several examples described earlier, there are other examples of musical arts such as literary works, poetry, and so on.

    Other examples of audio visual art are films, theater plays, and musical performances. Where later it can function to give a feeling of joy, emotion, sadness when seeing the performances in the film.

    Examples of literary arts are poetry and prose. That is an art that consists of spoken and written language. So that the audience will definitely feel happy after enjoying the works of art in the form of oral and written.

    •  
  • Functions and Types of Cash Equivalent Assets

    One type of asset that is usually present in a business is cash equivalent assets. Where this type of asset is a short-term investment that can be converted into cash in a fairly short time. Understanding the meaning of cash equivalent assets is a must for business people. Therefore, this article will explain the meaning of cash equivalent assets, their types, functions, advantages, and disadvantages.

    Definition of Cash Equivalent Assets

    The definition of cash equivalent assets is a short-term investment that can be converted quickly into cash. For example, such as balances in savings accounts or checking accounts, short-term certificates of deposit, and short-term government securities, for example, government securities. Another example of cash equivalent assets is short-term securities such as notes receivable that can be negotiated and issued by other companies.

    Cash equivalents are a measure of the financial health of a business. Where this type of asset is a pretty good idea for investors so that they first look at the business’s cash equivalents when deciding whether to invest in a company or not. This is because it can give investors an idea of ​​whether the company will be able to pay its bills in the short term or not.

    This cash equivalent has a function as one of the most important indicators of the health of a company’s financial system. This analysis can also estimate whether it is good to invest in a particular company through its ability to generate cash and cash equivalents because it reflects how the company can pay its bills in a short time.

    Companies with large amounts of cash equivalents are the main target of large companies that plan to acquire small companies. When reported in the financial statements, this type of investment is often equated with cash. Therefore, cash equivalents include a company’s total cash holdings as well as similar investment advice.

    Types of Cash Equivalent Assets

    As we discussed earlier, cash equivalents are all currencies, be it paper or coins. This also applies at home or abroad. Where all correspondence that has a rupiah value is also included in cash equivalent assets. The following are several types of cash equivalent assets that need to be understood, including:

    1. Currency

    Currency is a unit that is agreed upon by the government and also the people within a country. As we know that every country has its own currency. Currency itself is useful as a medium of exchange and has its own nominal value. For example, 1 USD is equivalent to 14,000 rupiah in Indonesia. It is influenced by the exchange rate and also the exchange rate of a currency. Exchange rates here can generally change at any time depending on the rising US dollar.

    Not only that, currency exchange rates are also influenced by the inflation rate of a country. Where countries have a high level of prosperity, the inflation they have will be lower. This is also influenced by the economic and political conditions of a country. Political and economic conditions of a country have an impact on currency exchange rates. Meanwhile, government control is also a factor in the high and low currency exchange rates.

    2. Notes Receivable

    Notes receivable are usually used by large companies to receive funds to later answer short-term debts such as company payroll. They will be supported by a bank or issuing company that promises to fulfill and pay the nominal amount on the maturity date specified and given on the note.

    3. Securities

    Securities are assets as well as instruments that can be easily converted into cash and are highly liquid. Marketable securities are liquid because their maturities tend to occur within one year or less. Then, the level at which these securities can be traded has a minimal effect on mutual funds.

    4. Mutual funds

    Mutual funds are an investment medium that is similar to a checking account that pays the higher interest rates provided by the money deposited. Where money market mutual funds provide a fairly effective and efficient tool for companies and organizations in managing their money. This is because they tend to be more stable than other types of funds.

    5. Short Term Government Bonds

    Short-term government bonds are usually provided by the government to finance various government projects. Where these bonds are issued using the domestic currency of that country. Investors will look at political risk, inflation risk, and interest rate risk when investing in government bonds.

    6. Certificate of Deposit

    A certificate of deposit is an agreement made with a financial institution to give the bank access to your business capital for a certain period of time. In return, for sacrificing liquidity for your money, financial institutions will often pay higher interest rates for the equity. Savers can choose the duration of their certificate of deposit.

    7. Acceptance of Bankers

    Banker’s acceptance is a form of payment that has been guaranteed by bank appraisers compared to individual account holders. Because the bank itself has become payment, short-term issuance by the bank is considered to be quite tight with cash. This banker’s acceptance is often used to facilitate transactions where there is little risk on one side.

    8. Bank Current Accounts

    Giro is a type of savings issued by a bank and can be used by its customers. The term giro savings customer has a special symbol called a giran. Giran can withdraw their money using a check issued by the bank. This is clearly very different from ordinary savings which can be disbursed through an ATM.

    9. Petty cash receipts

    Petty cash receipts are records of cash payments used to make small transactions. Where this petty cash receipt will be forwarded to the person responsible for office expenses.

    10. Check

    A check is a letter that is printed by the bank and can be used by the customer as an order to withdraw money. In the check itself will be written the nominal amount of money to be withdrawn. Before getting a check, you will be required to have a checking account. A checking account is a savings or savings account for a customer or a company. Where the account can make withdrawals at any time during working hours the bank is still open.

    Using a check to withdraw the amount of money you need, there are several conditions that must be met before withdrawing the money. Starting from the name of the interesting person and determining where the transaction will be carried out and must include the date when the check was cashed. In addition, checks also have a validity period of six months from the date the check was submitted. Checks themselves have several types, such as blank cheques, checks on bearer, checks on behalf, and so on.

    Characteristics of Cash Equivalent Assets

    Various types of cash equivalent assets have the same characteristics, the following is a complete explanation:

    1. Liquid Market

    This cash equivalent must be in a liquid market. That’s because this one investment must be easy to convert into cash if the holder has to liquidate his position. If an investment is illiquid, it cannot be considered a cash equivalent. One item worth mentioning is the certificate of deposit with a specific term. Although these certificates of deposit are often considered cash equivalents, companies or investors cannot get out of their position before the certificate matures. However, many certificates of deposit products allow for early exit through payment of several months’ interest waiver fees.

    2. Short Term Investment

    Cash equivalents are intended to be held for a relatively short period of time. Because of this, the maturity of the underlying investment is often very high and cash equivalents are also often considered the most liquid current assets behind cash.

    3. Low Risk or Volatility

    Cash equivalents are intended as a more efficient way for investors to use their cash without incurring greater risk. While there are some considerations to be made about default risk as well as insurance, cash equivalents should also be included in low-risk investments that don’t see a lot of volatility.

    4. Unlimited Access

    Finally, cash equivalents are relatively unrestricted, because investors must be able to convert their cash equivalents into cash according to demand. All objectives of cash equivalents are to have a profitable investment that is liquid and cash equivalent. So that investments with inflexible ownership periods or liquidity problems are not included in cash equivalents.

    Functions of Cash Equivalents for Business

    There are several reasons why companies keep their capital in the form of cash equivalents. The first is part of the company’s net working capital, namely current assets minus current liabilities, which are usually used to purchase inventory, cover operational costs, and make other purchases.

    In addition, cash equivalents can also act as an emergency fund for companies and investors. Instead of allowing inflation to depreciate in the bank account, an investor can earn a little more income with these cash equivalents.

    Then finally, the company can deliberately carry a higher cash equivalent balance when needed to finance acquisitions. Instead of locking capital into long-term or volatile investments, companies can choose to use cash equivalents when they need to raise funds quickly.

    Advantages and Disadvantages of Cash Equivalents

    There are certain conditions where companies or investors must have cash equivalents. However, the advantages of cash equivalents alone also come with some drawbacks.

    1. Cash Equivalent Profits

    Cash equivalents are a more efficient use of capital than holding cash directly. Where cash equivalents often generate more interest than cash, although cash equivalents often sacrifice various features or accessibility in cash. Cash equivalents are reported as current assets on the balance sheet. Therefore, these assets remain highly liquid, where the benefits are expected to be received in the short term.

    Unlike the case with other types of financial instruments or investments with no set time limits or very long storage requirements, these cash equivalents are not intended to be stored for a long time. Finally, many cash equivalent products carry a fixed interest rate. For example, a certificate of deposit locks investors into a fixed interest rate for a certain period of time and generates a steady income.

    During that period, the investor is guaranteed this interest rate or waives any fees or penalties for breaking the term earlier. That level of security may be desirable for certain savers.

    2. Shortage of Cash Equivalents

    Even though cash equivalents generate higher interest or appreciation than cash, cash equivalents still have a much smaller potential income compared to other investments. In general, an investor should strive to have cash equivalents. However, capital is more likely to grow and generate business value when it is invested in companies or invested in riskier, higher-yielding products.

    This is an explanation of the meaning of cash equivalent assets and their types. From the explanation above, we can conclude that the definition of cash equivalent assets is a short-term business asset that can be easily converted into cash in a predictable amount. For You who want to know more deeply about economics and other accounting, they can read related books by visiting Sinaumedia.com.

  • Functions and how lightning rods work and how to install them

    Lightning Rod – The thunderous sound and flash of lightning is often the first sign of rain. Apart from being aware of flooding, you also need to be aware of the danger of lightning strikes. Did you know that lightning contains a very large electric voltage. If not controlled properly, lightning strikes can threaten human life and damage the environment. This is the reason you need a lightning rod for housing.

    If in the past lightning rods were hard to come by for reasons of cost, not anymore. Antidotes are increasingly affordable and installation is even easier. If you are planning to install this device, first know the concept of a lightning rod, how it works, the type of rod, the price of the rod, and the installation of a conventional rod.

    Come on, listen to the discussion in the following points!

    What is a Lightning Arrester?

    A lightning rod is a simple device consisting of a pointed metal rod and wire. There are 3 main component parts of this device, namely the splitzen or rod, conductor wire, and grounding or grounding place.

    This circuit is a path for electric current from lightning to be forwarded directly to the earth’s surface. It is not surprising that lightning rods are often found in skyscrapers because high-rise buildings are relatively close to the sky, so they are very vulnerable to lightning strikes.

    1. Lightning Protection Function

    The main function of the lightning rod is as a medium for conducting electricity from lightning strikes which are forwarded to other media such as the ground. In addition, lightning rods can also reduce the harmful effects of lightning strikes. An antidote can prevent short circuits from occurring during bad weather and lots of lightning.

    2. How Lightning Arrester Works

    The function of this device is actually not to prevent lightning from striking objects under the clouds. This tool actually captures the attraction of electric charges originating from the lightning to be channeled into the ground.

    At the time of lightning, with enough negative electric charge under the cloud, the positive electric charge on the ground will immediately be pulled up. The electric charge rises through the conductor cable to the end of the lightning rod. When the negative electric charge is close enough on the roof, the attraction between the two gets stronger. The positive charges at the ends of the rod are attracted towards the negative charges.

    The meeting of these two charges produces an electric current. The electric current will flow into the ground, through the conductor cable, so that lightning strikes do not directly hit the building. However, lightning strikes can still occur through the electrical network wires and damage electronic equipment in buildings that are connected to the electricity network. It may also cause fire or explosion.

    To prevent major damage due to electrical grids that are struck by lightning, buildings are usually equipped with surge arresters or electric current stabilizers.

    3. Lightning Protection Type

    When you want to install a lightning rod, of course you have to know the appropriate type. There are three types of lightning rods, namely conventional arresters and electrostatic arrestors. Here’s an explanation.

    a. Conventional Lightning Arrester

    A simple device that usually only waits for lightning to strike the tip of the rod. The working principle is to catch lightning passively. Shaped like a pole and requires a conductor cable. Because it is passive, buildings with a large area often use several antidotes at the top of the roof. Can be installed and applied anywhere.

    More ideal for buildings with narrow areas, such as homes. Lightning arresters are used worldwide as a lightning protection system and are mounted on tops and heights.

    b. Electrostatic Lightning Arrester

    Using the ESE ( Early Streamer Emission ) system which is more active in capturing lightning. This device has one additional element, namely the head terminal which contains a static electric charge at the finial end (splitzen). Head can store positive ions in large quantities that come from within the earth. Like a magnet, this head will attract negative ions in the cloud before these ions produce powerful lightning.

    The appliance mounts high to protect a larger area and requires no cables. The higher the terminal head is installed, the wider the area that can be protected. Can be installed and applied anywhere. More ideal for buildings with large areas, such as multi-storey houses, skyscrapers, industrial areas and plantations, because they can reach a radius of more than 50-150 m.

    c. Radioactive Lightning Arrester

    This type of radioactive lightning rod is prohibited based on international agreements against the use of radioactive substances that can disturb living things and cause disaster from the substances used. Well, how does this lightning rod work with ion neutralization reactions that use active radio station materials.

    This tool inhibits the ionization system by using radioactive substances such as Radiun 226 and Amersium 241. It is able to neutralize the cloud’s electric charge. This type is not recommended for use.

    Considerations of Having a Lightning Rod for the Home

    Many homeowners lack knowledge about the importance of electrical protection at home. In fact, Indonesia is a country that has the potential to be affected by the La Nina climate anomaly every year. When weather conditions worsen lightning is often the cause of disaster. Do not underestimate the danger of being struck by lightning which can harm the occupants of the house.

    Statistically, lightning is the most frequently experienced weather hazard. If you live in a very tall house, are surrounded by taller trees than your house which are less than 10 feet from the building structure, or live in an area with high lightning strikes then it is highly recommended to install lightning rods. Congested areas with tall skyscrapers are prone to large lightning strikes.

    Electrical Protection Parts

    Before deciding to buy and install a lightning rod, it’s good for you to get to know the parts. You need to know it so you can check the completeness of the components or parts when buying. The following are the important parts of an electrical rod:

    1. Air Terminal (Head)

    Air terminal or head is at the top end. In conventional antidotes, the shape resembles the tip of a spear. Meanwhile, in electrostatic antidotes, the head tends to be larger and wider in the shape of an umbrella. The function of the terminal air is to become a target for lightning strikes.

    2. Conductor

    The conductor is a cable that functions to transmit power captured by the terminal water to grounding.

    3. Grounding

    Grounding is part of the antidote that is in the ground. Making and placing grounding should not be too close to the house building.

    Conventional Lightning Protection Installation

    Compared to the electrostatic type, conventional antidotes are relatively easy to install and can even be done alone. But before installation, you should first consult with the seller of the tool and read the correct installation guide.

    Here are the installation steps:

    • Prepare a grounding system in advance, by looking at the layout and structure of the land you have. Plant the ground rod until it reaches the depth of the groundwater so that the lightning can be channeled into the ground.
    • Make a lightning path connection with a conductor cable that connects between grounding and Avoid installing curved cables or forming sharp corners so that there is no jump in electric charge during lightning.
    • Determine the splitzen position on the highest part of the building, namely the roof.
    • Make sure the entire device network is properly installed.

    Lightning Protection Prices

    The price of a lightning protection device and its installation costs can vary greatly, depending on individual needs. You can buy lightning rods at shops that sell electrical equipment or order them through the installation service provider.

    To build a home lightning rod installation, of course, requires a lot of money, especially if you choose a more practical type of electrostatic rod because it doesn’t require a lot of splitzens and a network of conductor cables to be installed. The cheapest electrostatic protection installation packages are sold at a price range of around 8-9 million Rupiah for a radius of up to 150 meters.

    For small-scale needs, you can buy and install ordinary or conventional antidotes yourself at a lower cost. Packages of conventional type deterrence devices are sold starting at 2-3 million Rupiah including installation costs.

  • Frontliner Bank: Definition, Types, Qualifications, and Duties

    Frontliner bank – Frontliner is a position that is truly important for the company’s success. In addition, this profession is usually under the customer service department and is tasked with creating a positive environment for customers. In fact, frontliners can be regarded as a profession that describes the face or voice of a company’s business.

    Frontliners are also the first to interact with customers or customers. In larger companies, they are expected to be able to become ambassadors of the organization’s business. Even so, this job is quite rarely heard of by job seekers who are looking for work.

    Most people only know the more general positions or rather the customer service department . In fact, according to Chron’s research, this job is currently on the rise and is expected to grow by 5% by 2026.

    If in a bank, this frontliner is better known as a bank frontliner . Then, what exactly is meant by a bank frontliner? You can find the answer in this article, Sinaumed’s. However, before discussing it, it’s better if we will discuss the meaning of the frontliner first.

    Definition of Frontline

    Frontliner is a profession in the field of customer service that deals directly with customers. In addition, they can also work in many fields, such as sales , food and beverages , marketing , retail and banking. For example, the host and waiter greeting customers in a retail store can then be considered as front liners. Because they have to greet customers directly, the frontliners themselves are often seen as an important part of the customer service team.

    In fact, they also have to pay attention to customers, deal with their problems, and answer various questions related to a company’s product. Not only that, they (frontliners) must also be able to build comfortable and positive interactions. This needs to be done in order to increase company sales.

    If a company already has a frontliner, it means that the company has made more efforts to serve customers and this is a good thing. Reliable frontliners can also put customers at ease and leave positive reviews. The results of their work can also be expected to bring in new customers for the company’s business.

    Definition of Frontliner Bank

    After discussing frontliners in general, the next discussion is frontliners in banks or in the banking industry. As the name suggests, these frontliners work in a bank where their main task is to deal with complaints from bank customers. Because the bank’s frontliners will meet with customers, they are required to look neat and polite.

    Apart from having to look polite, the bank frontliner must also be able to help find complaints experienced by customers. To deal with various kinds of customer complaints requires patience, so the bank frontliners need to listen to customer conversations while thinking calmly.

    Types of Bank Frontliners

    In fact, frontliners are officers who will first interact with customers. In addition, they also have to communicate actively with customers to meet their needs. In order for this to work more effectively, banks divide bank frontliners into two types.

    Each type of frontliner certainly has different duties and responsibilities. The following below is an explanation of the types of frontliners contained in a bank.

    Customer Service

    The type of bank frontliner whose services are often needed by many companies is customer service , especially in the banking industry. They must be able to find solutions and solutions to problems faced by bank customers.

    In addition, they are also assigned as receptionists and communicators. The communicator himself is then responsible for providing information about banking products to customers.

    Teller

    The next type of bank frontliner is the teller. Their (teller) role includes serving customers in financial transaction matters. Therefore, often they will be seen withdrawing money or sending money. In addition, this bank teller also performs tasks in the form of providing proof of transactions and managing client invoices.

    Tellers must also be able to operate financial tools properly and not make mistakes. The teller is also responsible for reconciling the amount of money to avoid miscalculations. Even though he is under the auspices of the customer service department , they will also often work with the finance team and banking management.

    Frontline Bank Duties

    Bank frontliners can be said to have the main task of managing customer complaints. Apart from that, they also have to deal with any problems and questions raised by customers or customers quickly and responsively.

    There are several bank frontliner responsibilities that they must complete. These tasks are the responsibilities that will be borne by each bank frontliner, both by customer service and by tellers.

    To find out more about the duties of a bank frontliner, here is an explanation.

    1. Fostering and maintaining relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers.
    2. Understand the needs and problems of customers or prospective customers, so that they can provide solutions that are responsive.
    3. Answer questions that have been submitted by customers or prospective customers correctly and in detail.
    4. Providing good solutions in overcoming problems that have been submitted by customers or by prospective customers.
    5. Communicate well with customers and by prospective customers.
    6. Negotiating with customers or prospective customers with good results and satisfying each other.
    7. Helping customers to be able to make transactions if needed and cooperating with related divisions.
    8. Knowing and mastering bank products and services well.
    9. Understand the principles of customer satisfaction.
    10. Be friendly and courteous to all customers he meets while on duty or off duty.
    11. Responsive to every complaint, question or customer request that has been submitted by providing the best solution.
    12. Able to control himself in various conditions, if there are things that require handling directly or indirectly.
    13. Have high empathy in all conditions that can occur with full attention.

    Frontline Qualification

    If you want to become a bank frontliner , you need to have an adequate educational background. According to Chron, frontliners need education as well as majoring in communication and management.

    In addition, the company also prioritizes candidates who have experience in marketing and customer relations . However, every company has different preferences. If you have a different background, it is possible that you will pass the selection.

    Even so, you still have to understand exactly what a frontliner is and the skills that must be mastered.

    Skills Required by Bank Frontliners

    After seeing the types and their duties, it can be said that the job of a bank frontliner is a job that cannot be underestimated. Those of you who are interested in this profession, then need a number of skills in order to complete the tasks in it.

    Remember, listening to and solving customer problems is not an easy thing to solve. If you make a wrong move, then customers and clients will not want to do business with your company again.

    Basically, the skills required to become a bank frontliner are the same as those of a frontliner in general. So, below is a list of skills that you must have if you want to serve as a frontliner.

    1. Verbal and Nonverbal Communication

    First of all, to be a frontliner , you must have verbal and nonverbal communication skills. The reason is, frontliners must be able to communicate solutions and issues clearly to customers. Not only that, frontliners also have to read the customer’s body gestures and facial expressions so they can draw conclusions about their problems properly.

    2. Active Listening

    Next, frontliners must also have good active listening skills. This skill is arguably very much needed because frontliners are able to answer questions or solve customer problems more quickly. So, by using active listening, they can also listen attentively to customer complaints.

    3. Empathy and Problem Solving

    The next two abilities that must be mastered by a frontliner are empathy and problem solving. Frontliners must use empathy to better understand and connect more with customers or clients.

    In addition, this skill can help them build positive relationships and increase customer satisfaction. On the other hand, problem solving skills are needed so that frontliners can provide the best solutions to customers.

    4. Resilience

    Facing many people can sometimes be draining of energy and mind. However, someone who works as a frontliner must have high resilience. This skill itself refers to the ability to adapt and remain firm in difficult situations.

    With good resilience, it can help them to serve customers or customers in the most difficult times. You don’t need to worry, you can train the resilience of this skill from time to time.

    5. Critical Thinking

    Customer problems that are more complex than usual then require frontliners to be able to think critically. This critical thinking ability will then help them produce the best problem solving . Critical thinking skills include the ability to understand the root of a problem, analyze a situation, and consider alternative solutions rationally.

    6. Flexible

    frontliner must be able to deal with various types of people with different attitudes and problems. The interactions that are formed will also be unique. Each complaint requires a different response and handling. Therefore, a frontliner must be flexible in responding to their needs.

    7. Basic Computer Skills

    Some frontliner jobs may not involve overly complicated administration. Even so, they are still required to be able to have basic computer skills. Most of the information management in a company now must have switched to using digital devices.

    This one skill consists of several abilities, such as being able to use several software, such as Microsoft Office, as well as other software used by companies.

    Closing

    From all the discussion above, it can be said that frontliners are not only in banks, but also in other businesses. In addition, frontliners are jobs that deal directly with customers, so special abilities are needed, especially in dealing with various characteristics of customers or customers.

     

  • Freelance is a Flexible Freelancer, Interested in Freelancing?

    Freelance is – Freelance or also known as freelance is a type of work that is not tied to any company. Freelancers can also engage in various fields of work, such as videographers, editors, writers, translators and even software engineers.

    Usually people who become freelancers are students or university students. Because this one job can be done flexibly and doesn’t need to go to the office.

    In general, office workers or company employees are different from freelancers. This is because casual workers are not bound by a contract with the company.

    Besides that, the workplace of a freelancer is also more flexible, they can do their work anywhere, anytime according to their personal schedule.

    Interested in becoming a freelancer? Let’s look at the explanation first.

    Freelance is Freelance Worker with Flexible Time

    Freelance is a type of work done by someone who offers services to one or more companies. Freelancers are also referred to as freelancers who can work flexibly and can take on more jobs.

    Freelance workers are a type of work that works for a company or agency without a long-term work agreement and without a strict work bond.

    From this understanding of freelancers, of course, Sinaumed’s already knows that freelancers are usually not bound by time and the routines of office workers in general.

    Freelance can also be interpreted as independent workers who make money based on every job they complete. Usually freelance work in the short term for a particular company or agency.

    Usually freelance workers are referred to as independent workers because they do contract work as a side job or just to complement their main job.

    Usually the contract for freelancers contains the work to be done, the nominal wages to be given and the duration of the project or work.

    Being a freelancer means they work in their own hands. The workload and career are in their hands, a freelancer must be responsible for doing his work according to deadlines, setting working hours, and paying income tax.

    Freelancers or also called freelancers can work based on days, hours or work deadlines that they define themselves. Generally, freelancers will make contracts with companies if needed and provide services online or online.

    The purpose of being a freelancer is to earn money on the side, free from full time work, time management for work and improve skills.

    Because of this, many students or students choose to become freelancers in order to gain experience as well as learn. Advances in technology are helping freelancers to get jobs online more easily, there are even several special sites for freelancers to get jobs such as upwork, fiverr, and others.

    The wages of a freelance worker are usually calculated per hour, per day, per project or per task that has been completed. Freelancers usually work in the creative sector, special skills, art, design, film, tutoring, language translators, photography, media, copywriting, marketing, music, journalism, and so on.

    Advantages of Working as a Freelance

    According to the SSRN Electronic Journal, freelancers have their own business risks, one of which is from the work contract. Because formal written contracts do not prevent opportunistic behavior from clients, although such contracts will help resolve conflicts.

    Even though it has its own business risks, being a freelancer also has some advantages. Here’s an explanation.

    1. Have flexible working time

    Unlike office workers who work full time and are bound by time, freelancers can work differently from office employees in general. They can work the way they want and set their own hours. Freelancers are free to schedule what time they will work, rest and when the work will be completed.

    A freelancer can freely use and manage his time as effectively as possible, as long as his work can be completed on time and according to the company’s expectations.

    2. Can do several jobs at once

    If possible, freelancers can freely take on several jobs at once. Because freelance is work that is done freely and workers can choose jobs that are more diverse and not monotonous.

    3. Have a greater income than permanent employees

    A freelance worker does not have a fixed income every month like an office worker in general, even though he does not have a fixed income, a freelancer has the potential to have a higher income than a regular employee.

    Because the source of income for a freelancer is not only from one company or one job.

    However, how much a freelance earns depends on their creativity, skills, networking, expertise, skills and gathering of valuable information.

    4. Can work according to hobbies and expertise

    Freelance work usually requires special skills and expertise, therefore, in general, freelancers will work according to their hobbies and expertise. This will make freelance workers enjoy their work.

    5. There will be no shortage of work

    Currently, there are many companies that need freelance workers, judging by the many websites providing special vacancies for freelance workers.

    In addition, freelance workers are considered not to be a burden to the company like permanent employees. Because of this, it is assumed that freelancers will not be short of work for the next few years.

    Disadvantages of Working as a Freelance

    Even though being a freelancer has many advantages, there are some drawbacks that Sinaumed’s who are interested in working as a freelance need to know. By knowing the advantages and disadvantages of freelance work, Sinaumed’s can measure and prepare for the risks that will be faced when becoming a freelancer.

    1. Have irregular income

    Even though a freelance has the opportunity to earn a greater income than a permanent employee, this income can change every month, it can be higher or lower.

    This is because the income of a freelance is very dependent on the number of clients, the quality of the project and how much work they have completed. At certain times, freelancers can get a lot of projects and clients but they can also happen the other way around. Therefore, the financial condition of freelancers is usually less stable than that of contract workers.

    Therefore, a freelancer must have a strategy to be able to get projects and clients. No less important, so that clients and companies are interested in working together, a freelancer also needs to improve his skills.

    2. Work facilities not provided by the company

    If Sinaumed’s decides to become a freelancer, then Sinaumed’s will need to spend a little capital to invest in work facilities that are not provided by the company. Examples include laptops, internet connections, chairs, desks and even certain paid software to support the Sinaumed’s project.

    Because freelance is different from contract workers who usually get work facilities and work equipment according to the needs of business owners. So that contract workers usually do not need to spend excess funds to buy certain equipment.

    3. Need to take care of insurance independently

    Although insurance is generally not always someone’s priority, workers need to be advised to continue to have health and work accident insurance. For contract workers, health insurance will be taken care of by the company. But of course this is different from a freelancer.

    A freelancer has to take care of insurance administration matters independently, starting from choosing the right type of insurance and making payments every month.

    4. Loss of inspiration

    Because there are many projects to work on and to do several jobs at once, it is not impossible for a freelancer to lose inspiration in his field of work. This will be more common for freelancers who work in creative industries, such as web developers, designers or even content writers.

    5. Difficulty socializing

    A freelancer usually prefers to work from home, so in general freelancers will go out less often and meet new people.

    In addition, they do not have a permanent company and are not required to go to the office, because of this work habit, a freelancer can find it difficult to socialize and find it difficult to make new friends.

    6. Social status in society

    For people, especially the generation above the 80s, a permanent position and job in a company is a must. This mindset often creates a misunderstanding that a freelancer is an unemployed person.

    Most Wanted Fields of Freelance Work

    If you are interested in becoming a freelancer, Sinaumed’s needs to know the different types of freelance work that can be considered.

    However, there are several fields that are arguably quite sought after and needed at this time. Here’s an explanation.

    1. Business analyst and consultant

    The first profession that is needed and sought after today is a business analyst and consultant. However, this work cannot be done by just anyone. Because of this, even as freelance business analysts and consultants are usually rewarded with a sizable salary.

    The task of a business analyst and consultant is to collect and analyze data and information from a business problem. This profession is a type of work with varying levels of stress, but offers a more flexible work schedule.

    2. Voice over

    Voice over is a job that looks fun. There is no need to have a wild voice as long as the voice that Sinaumed’s has matches the type of voice the company is looking for, then Sinaumed’s can become a freelance voice over worker.

    This one field has many opportunities, there are voices needed to fill video games, audiobook reading, e-learning instruction and more. This work can also be done at home or according to the agreement of the client.

    3. Data entry

    The data entry field is usually quite attractive, because the task of the job is quite easy, namely by entering data into a database through an online form that has been provided by the company. Because of the ease of the task, many students and students choose to become freelance data entry.

    4. Graphic designer

    Graphic design is suitable for Sinaumed’s who have special abilities in this field and like to draw. Not just anyone has expertise in graphic design.

    As with business analysts and consultants, not just anyone can become a graphic designer because it requires special skills. So do not be surprised if graphic design services are valued quite expensive. This one job requires a lot of special skills, such as making illustrations, logos, brochures and so on.

    5. Web designer

    A web designer has quite high demands, be it skills, facilities and working capital. A web designer generally has special software to design and has mastery over HTML, JavaScript and CSS.

    In addition, a web designer must also be proficient and understand using various tools such as Photoshop or Corel Draw.

    A web designer must be able to design a website that not only has a beautiful appearance, but is also unique, attractive and effective. Even though this work is considered quite complicated, the fees that web designers get are also quite high.

     

    6. Digital marketer

    In today’s online era, digital marketing professions are increasingly sought after and needed by companies that market their products and services via the internet.

    This profession is required to master various kinds of online marketing strategies. Because of the demands of this job, a digital marketer must understand email marketing, PPC or pay per click, search engine marketing, SEO management and social media.

    7. Content writer

    If Sinaumed’s wants to be a freelancer who doesn’t need a lot of capital, then Sinaumed’s can become a content writer. The job of the content writer is to write articles and publish them on the website.

    If Sinaumed’s masters a foreign language, of course this job will be easier and there will be many job opportunities.

    A content writer is usually required to master one or even more than one foreign language. Apart from that, content writers also need to make interesting writing with good and correct grammar.

    8. SEO expert

    SEO experts are no less popular with digital marketers. SEO is a technique to improve the position of a website or website page in search engines. The goal is that the site or website is easily found by internet users.

    Website owners are usually willing to pay quite a fortune to hire an SEO expert, because this job is considered easy and takes a long time to learn SEO techniques.

    9. Java programs

    Java is a multiplatform programming language, meaning it is a programming language that can run on multiple platforms. This field of work is considered to have quite promising prospects, especially for programmers who master programming languages.

    Why? This is because many companies need programmers, besides that the fees earned by java programmers are quite high.

    10. Content creator

    Freelancing jobs that are much sought after and needed today are content creators . Actually, content creators are not much different from influencers because both of them use social media as their main platform.

    The type of content produced by a content creator is usually in the form of photos, audio to creative videos according to an agreement or contract with the client.

    The main income of content creators is usually from collaborating with brands to promote or introduce a product. In addition, there are several platforms that also provide commissions to content creators for the content they watch.

    We already know that freelancing is a job with many advantages and disadvantages. If you are interested in becoming a freelancer, Sinaumed’s can learn certain skills or find out more information by reading books available on sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits always provides interesting, informative and original books for Sinaumed’s.

     

  • Fragrance is a fragrance with a distinctive aroma

    Everyone wants to look neat, smell good, beautiful, handsome and pleasing to the eye. Choosing clothes that suit the situation is important. Likewise, a fragrant body odor will increase self-confidence. One effort to make the body smell good is to use perfume, hand body, and soap that has a strong smell and according to taste.

    One of the ingredients that can make the body smell good is fragrance in skincare products and other beauty products. Fragrance can be interpreted as fragrance. Fragnance is a fragrance with a distinctive aroma that has a wide variety of types.

    The level of resistance and aroma between one fragrance and another is different. To find out the type of fragnance, Sinaumed’s can start to get to know the aroma structure and the durability of the fragrance itself.

    Type of  Fragrance

    The aromas used as fragrances are very diverse. They have their own uniqueness. The various fragrances can be grouped based on the aroma category or fragrance families. Meanwhile, the indicator for determining the fragrance category is in the form of an emotional reaction that appears after smelling the fragrance .

    Like a food, fragrance family has its own characteristics. However, still can be categorized in the same scent. Knowing the aroma of the fragrance will make it easier for Sinaumed’s to choose a scent that suits his tastes and needs. Here are some of the fragrances summarized from the Gatsby.co.id page.

    1. Fresh

    When Sinaumed’s uses fresh fragrance, it will be uplifting, cool, and light. It has a scent that seems clean, not overwhelming, and is suitable for use in summer.

    The majority of content in fresh fragrance is lemon, basil, bergamot, lavender, and grapefruit. However, it does not rule out the possibility of containing other ingredients as well. The aroma of fresh fragrance usually fades faster, but now there are many that are made to last longer.

    2. Leather

    Leather fragrance is usually used by men because it gives a macho, sensual and slightly smoky impression. This scent is used by men, especially those working in the professional world. This fragrance is akin to a new leather jacket, leather cover book, or library. Old school but comforting.

    This scent seems to transport Sinaumed’s to the Alps in Switzerland, relaxing on a leather sofa while warming himself by the fireplace. Leather fragrance is included in the category of fragrances that are difficult to create.

    This is influenced by materials that are difficult to mix to produce this aroma. In general, to make leather fragrance using birch tar, patchouli, juniper, tobacco, and black tea. However, it is not uncommon to add floral or woody accents to enrich the fragrance.

    3. Oriental

    If Sinaumed’s is confused about the smell of oriental fragrance. Sinaumed’s simply imagines the aroma of spices, warm tones, and the continent of Asia. Just like a country in the Eastern hemisphere which is sunny, warm, and rich in spices.

    Oriental fragrance has a sweet, warm and sensual aroma. He is able to make anyone who kisses him stunned with his strong and attention-grabbing scent. It has a strong scent that lasts a long time on the skin.

    Some people consider oriental fragrances to be very mature scents. However, recently some perfumers have been concocting oriental fragrances that are lighter and suitable for activities during the day.

    The raw materials used to make oriental fragrances are sandalwood, vanilla, and heliotrope. This scent is also suitable for events at night.

    3. Woody

    Woody fragrance will bring Sinaumed’s to the atmosphere of sitting in the middle of the forest around a bonfire. This scent gives a macho, nostalgic impression. It is made of cedarwood, amber, sandalwood, pine cone, vetiver and resin.

    In general, woody scents are categorized into two types, namely mossy woods which have a slightly sweet aroma and dry woods which have a stronger aroma like leather fragrances. This scent is suitable for use during the day or night.

    5. Citrus

    Citrus Fragrance has a scent like citrus fruits such as oranges, lemons and grapefruits. This scent gives the impression of refreshing, energetic, clean, and can be accepted by many people. Therefore, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry, this scent will disturb other people’s sense of smell and make them dizzy.

    6. Gourmand

    Gourmand fragrance began to be known to the public after the trend of popular edible fragrances . To make it easier to guess the fragrance of gourmand, Sinaumed’s can imagine the aroma of biscoff bubble tea and milk coffee. Sweet aroma.

    The ingredients used are usually in the form of caramel, chocolate, vanilla, toffee and cognac. Gourmand scents are usually paired with other scents, such as woody and oriental to re-balance the scent.

    7. Fruity

    Fruity fragrance gives a light and fresh impression. This scent falls into the versatile scent category, meaning it can be made sweet and playful or sophisticated and complex. Commonly used ingredients are peaches, melons, pears, and cherries. This scent is more suitable for use during the day because of its light aroma.

    8. Spicy

    Spicy fragrance has a stronger aroma than other scents. it gives a mysterious impression and adds confidence. Meanwhile, the ingredients used usually consist of cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, and cloves whose strong aroma is so warm.

    9. Aquatic

    Aquatic fragrance is a fragrance category that describes the charm of the beach and sea. This type of fragrance is generally made for men. It gives the impression of staying fresh and fragrant even though it has been hot under the hot sun.

    The ingredients that are mixed for this fragrance use synthetic ingredients. However, it is not uncommon for aquatic fragrances to be made with the help of natural ingredients in the form of citrus.

    Benefits of Fragrance pada Skincare

    In the view of the US Food & Drug Administration, fragrance is defined as a combination of chemicals that give each perfume a different aroma. Fragrance is not only used in perfume products, but also in skincare.

    Launching from the Anessa.id page, the benefits of fragrance in beauty products are as follows.

    • Improve the experience when using beauty products.
    • Natural dyes such as essential oils can add certain benefits, such as softening, moisturizing and calming the skin.
    • Neutralizes odors coming from other skincare ingredients used.

    Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry if the fragrance penetrates into the skin. Products with fragrance are safe to use for the skin. Beauty products with fragrance are categorized into two, namely synthetic and natural.

    Both types of perfume are considered by several dermatologists to be equally safe for use on the skin. With a note that the composition used is balanced and does not increase skin sensitivity when exposed to the sun.

    Types of Fragrances that are Safe and Harmful for the Skin

    Fragrance can be categorized into two types, namely synthetic and natural. Synthetic fragrance consists of stearic acid, isododecane, isopropyl myristate, butylene glycol, and glycerin. Meanwhile, the natural fragrance consists of almonds, citrus, vanilla, linalool, limonene, citronellol, amber, mango, coconut and shea butter.

    Meanwhile, there are also fragrances that are harmful to the skin, including musk ketone, styrene, phthalates, benaldehyde, benzyl acetate, camphor, ethyl acetate, and methylene chloride. If Sinaumed’s uses beauty products that use fragrances from natural ingredients, there’s no need to worry. Because, it has been confirmed safe to use.

    Characteristics of Skin Exposed to Hazardous Fragnance

    Skin that has been exposed to harmful fragrances will give a certain reaction. Launching from the Anessa.id page, the following are the signs experienced by skin exposed to harmful fragrances .

    1. Skin Rash

    Redness or rashes on the skin often appear when the skin is exposed to harmful fragrance ingredients. This sign can last a long time if Sinaumed’s has certain allergies. The rash is also usually accompanied by skin that feels itchy and sore.

    2. Black skin

    When the skin is exposed to harmful fragrances in the long run it will cause black skin. This can occur due to repeated scratching of the skin that feels itchy. If Sinaumed’s experiences itching, rashes, and sore skin, it’s best not to scratch the area of ​​the skin.

    3. Swollen Skin Area

    In some cases, skin that is exposed to harmful fragrances can also experience swelling accompanied by pain or pain. In general, swollen skin will also be reddish in color with skin that looks dry or cracked.

    4. Acne appears

    Acne does not only appear due to excessive oil or sebum production and sun exposure. Acne can also appear due to harmful ingredients in beauty products, including fragrances.

    Acne that appears due to the harmful content of fragrances is usually small in size and in large quantities. These pimples are also known as breakouts.

    5. Increased Skin Sensitivity

    Higher-than-usual sensitivity of the skin may occur when exposed to harmful fragrances . The sign is that there are rashes, itching to swelling and pimples caused by incompatibility with the fragrance content in skincare.

     

    Skincare Recommendations Without Fragrance

    Sinaumed’s who have a high level of sensitivity or are often not compatible with beauty products that contain fragrances can try some of the products below. The following are recommendations for skincare without fragrance which are summarized from the Kompas.com page.

    1. CeraVe Hydrating Facial Cleanser

    CeraVe Hydrating Facial Cleanser can help clean dust, make-up residue, and other dirt that sticks to the face. It also helps the skin feel moisturized. It can be concluded that this cleanser is able to clean the face without disturbing the skin’s natural protection or removing the skin’s natural moisture.

    This product is included in a gentle cleanser that contains ceramide ingredients and hyaluronic acid which work to restore the skin’s natural barrier so it can help lock in skin moisture. This cleanser is suitable for use by Sinaumed’s who have sensitive skin.

    2. Cetaphil Daily Facial Cleancer

    Cetaphil is a facial cleansing product designed with a soft gel formula that is able to clean the face deeply without making the skin dry afterwards. Not only that, this product has also been clinically tested to be hypoallergenic and non-comedogenic so it does not cause clogged pores and skin irritation.

    This product does not have a strong scent and has been clinically tested to be safe for use on sensitive skin.

    3. Kiehl’s Uktra Facial Oil-Free Gel Cream

    This moisturizing product has a gel texture with a cooling effect and moisturizes and refreshes the skin. This moisturizer can also help reduce excess oil production, so it is safe for Sinaumed’s who have oily skin to use.

    This product can absorb quickly into the skin. Micronized amino acid is one of the ingredients in this product which can help reduce excess oil production, reduce shine, and disguise pores.

    Kiehl’s Ultra Facial Oil-Free Gel Cream contains several ingredients including glacial glycoprotein, this moisturizer also functions to provide hydration and maintain skin moisture.

    4. Klairs Supple Preparation Unscented Facial Toner

    Klairs Supple Preparation Unscented Facial Toner is claimed to have a light formula to maximize the use of serum or essence that is used afterwards. This product is safe for use by Sinaumed’s who have sensitive skin.

    This product contains amino acids. This toner can be used as a mainstay for cleaning the face from the remnants of dirt and make up. This toner also contains licorice root extract and aloevera which are useful for preventing irritation so it is safe to use for all skin types.

    5. COSRX Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence

    COSRX Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence is made from snail mucus. Not only that, this product also contains betaine, butylene glycol, sodium hyaluronate, and other anti-allergy ingredients to make it chewy.

    This product is claimed to be suitable for all skin types and is effective for disguising acne scars and restoring damaged skin texture. COSRX Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence also does not contain perfume and can treat various skin problems including acne and hyperpigmentation, making it suitable for use by sensitive skin.

     

    Fiction Book Recommendations About Perfumes

    Inspiration to write can be obtained from things around you. One of them is a perfume that is always used in everyday life. The following are recommendations for fictional stories about perfumes and their summary as material for consideration before buying it.

    1. Perfume: The Story of a Murderer

    Jean-Baptiste Grenouille was born odorless, but has an extraordinary sense of smell. He is able to sort out all the smells that exist. From a famous perfumer, he inherited the art of concocting various oils and herbs. But his genius has transcended it all. After smelling the scent of a virgin, he was obsessed with creating the best perfume ever. The obsession that turned him into a killer. Mysterious serial killers occur. Twenty-five virgin girls died miserably.

    Their clothes and hair and scalp were gone. Their bodies completely withered, as if they had never lived before. It was as if all the life force that had ever existed had been sucked away. All kills are identical. Very neat and planned. Masterpiece of a genius artist. Set in France before and after the French Revolution, this novel also describes the changes in the social order that were spreading massively in Europe at that time.

    The Industrial Revolution, the rise of interest in exploring the oceans and the north pole, the discovery of micro-organisms, to the great works that will be deeply remembered in the future. The sadistic aura in this book is rather dominating at the beginning, but in the middle the reader will be treated to a kind of reportage of social conditions in France in the mid-17th century. There are lots of historical events that serve as the background or just sweeten the storyline. And everything is arranged in such a way, resulting in a novel that is like a work of art that is perfectly created. For those of you who like to study how France was in crucial times in history, namely the industrial revolution and the French revolution, then read this very weighty novel.

    2. Perfume Butterfly, Perfume Butterfly

    This book tells the story of Betty as the leader of a beautiful butterfly colony. They are a perfume making colony. Once upon a time his country was hit by a drought. Because of her patience, finally Betty was able to get out of her problem.

    3. Karsa scent

    From an ancient lontar, Raras Prayagung learned that Puspa Karsa, which he knew as a fairy tale, was actually a real plant hidden in a secret place. Raras’s obsession with hunting down and finding Puspa Karsa, a magical flower that is said to be able to control wills and can only be identified through her scent, brought her together with Jati Wesi. Teak has an extraordinary sense of smell.

    At the Bantar Gebang TPA, where he grew up, he was nicknamed the Rat Nose. Of the various jobs he does to survive, the one that Jati is most proud of is concocting perfume. Teak’s ability to smell is able to lure Raras who wants to find Puspa Karsa. In order to be closer to Jati and take advantage of Jati’s abilities, Raras even employs Jati in his company.

    Raras also invites Jati into his personal life. Meet Jati with Tanaya Suma, Raras’ only child, who has similar abilities to him. The further Jati gets involved with the Prayagung and Puspa Karsa families, the more mysteries he discovers, about himself and a past he has never known. Will all the mysteries behind Jati’s life, Raras’ intentions, and the magic of Puspa Karsa’s flower be revealed? Reveal all the secrets in the mystery novel Aroma Karsa by Dee Lestari with a signature edition.

  • Founder of the United Nations (United Nations)

    We often hear about the founder of the United Nations – the United Nations (UN) in various information about international issues. As the largest international organization in the world, the United Nations has a central role in maintaining relations between countries in the world, including relations between countries and individuals who are citizens of the countries concerned.

    The United Nations also has a major role in maintaining world peace which in this case includes preventing any potential conflicts that might arise between its member countries.

    In addition, the United Nations has a major role in protecting the human rights of every individual in the world, not only because it considers the individual as a citizen, but also because it recognizes that every individual is a person with human rights inherent in himself as a human being.

    Through the United Nations, countries in the world that are members have seriously committed to creating a cooperative atmosphere between countries, not only in the political and military fields, but also in the economic, social and cultural fields. The cooperation built by UN member states now is not only meaningful as maintaining national security stability, but also includes increasing the prosperity and welfare of each member country, which in this case has an impact on the progress of all civilizations in the world.

    In this article, we will briefly describe how the UN was formed as a reaction to the second world war and has survived to this day as the largest international organization in the world. Next, we will discuss the characteristics of the United Nations as an international organization in terms of various classification aspects.

    We will also discuss the role of the UN as an international organization that maintains the stability of world peace, including protecting the human rights of every individual or group of people in the world. Apart from that, to make it easier to understand how the UN works, we will also discuss the organizational structure of the UN and the functions of each of the bodies in it. Here’s the full discussion.

    A Brief History of the United Nations as an International Organization

    Long before the United Nations was formed, the League of Nations (LBB) had been born as a reaction to World War I. LBB was the result of the Versailles Peace Conference on April 28, 1919 which then prompted the formation of an international organization that had higher power than the state. Here, LBB has the goal of maintaining international solidarity and preventing a repeat of world wars.

    In its development, the LBB failed in carrying out its role, partly because it did not have the authority to punish the aggressor , authoritarian countries such as Japan and Germany left the LBB, the LBB’s covenants contained many weaknesses and the country’s lack of political will for peace. -member countries, member countries still adhere to the doctrine of absolute sovereignty, and are unable to prevent the Japanese aggression against Manchuria, the German aggression against Austria, and the conquest of Ethiopia by Italy, triggering World War II.

    LBB’s failure to maintain world peace eventually prompted the formation of a new international organization, namely the UN or United Nations (UN) on June 26, 1945, where the UN Charter itself came into effect on October 24, 1945. The UN was born with improvements in several aspects, including: structure cooperation; work procedures and authorities; technical cooperation/special institution which is revived; detailing purposes more or less the same but improved.

    The formation of the United Nations itself has been planned since World War II, when United States President Franklin D. Roosevelt opened a discourse regarding an international organization to succeed the LBB with British Prime Minister Winston Churchill aboard the warship Augusta in Newfoundland Bay. The General Assembly was first held on January 10, 1946 in London and was attended by representatives from 51 countries after previously the United Nations Charter was ratified by five permanent security members, namely France, the United States, the Soviet Union, China and the United Kingdom, as well as 46 other countries.

    As an institution that plays a major role in the international world, the United Nations recognizes several official languages ​​that can be used in its institutional activities, including English, French, Spanish, Russian, Chinese and Arabic. The main headquarters of the United Nations itself is located in New York, United States. The number of countries that are members of the United Nations itself has so far reached 193 countries.

    United Nations Specialized Agencies

    In an effort to achieve its goal of maintaining world peace as well as the welfare of member countries, the United Nations has various special agencies that have roles and tasks in their respective fields. Some of these specialized agencies include the following:

    1. International Labor Organization (ILO)

    The ILO has the task of formulating international standards in the field of labor. This body also plays a role in helping workers around the world to organize and negotiate with the companies where they work and local governments. The agency, which is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, also provides support for the movement to abolish forced labor and strives for equal rights and opportunities for every worker from various backgrounds.

    2. International Telecommunication Union (ITU)

    This special agency headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland handles a variety of communications, technology and information affairs in an international scope. ITU also has a big role to play in connecting various communities spread across the world.

    3. World Health Organization (WHO)

    WHO is a UN special agency that deals with international health issues which aims to achieve equal and quality health standards for all member countries. This special agency headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland also has an important role in assisting various health problems faced by member countries.

    4. International Monetary Fund (IMF)

    Headquartered in Washington DC, United States of America, the IMF has a role in providing loan funds for UN member countries that have financial difficulties. This special agency contributes to investing in various projects planned and to be implemented by member countries.

    5. United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

    UNESCO has a role to play in supporting the advancement of education and science throughout the world. In addition, this special agency headquartered in Paris, France also has a role in protecting various cultural and historic sites around the world.

    6. United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)

    UNWTO plays a role in promoting tourism destinations around the world. This special agency is based in Madrid, Spain.

    7. United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO)

    UNIDO plays a role in industrial development to alleviate poverty while promoting sustainable globalization in member countries. This special agency is headquartered in Vienna, Austria.

    8. World Meteorological Organization (WMO)

    WMO plays a role in facilitating the exchange of information and meteorological data for aviation, goods delivery, security, and agriculture between member countries. This UN special agency is based in Geneva, Switzerland.

    9.Universal Postal Union (UPU)

    Headquartered in Bern, Switzerland, UPU accommodates all the activities and operations of postal companies in each member country. This special agency is tasked with ensuring that postal products and services are up-to-date.

    10. World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO)

    WIPO plays a role in protecting intellectual property rights for individuals and organizations originating from UN member countries.

    11. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)

    FAO has a role in fighting hunger worldwide, connecting developed and developing countries in terms of food supply and agriculture, and supporting the development of agricultural technology in member countries. This special agency is based in Rome, Italy.

    12. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)

    ICAO plays a role in the development of international standards for the aviation industry in member countries. This special agency is headquartered in Montreal, Canada.

    13. International Maritime Organization (IMO)

    IMO plays a role in drafting regulations related to the framework for shipping and shipping goods by international sea routes. This special agency also has a focus on security, legality, technical, security, and efficiency issues. In carrying out its duties, IMO is headquartered in London, England.

    14. International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD)

    IFAD is tasked with overcoming poverty in underdeveloped and underdeveloped areas, hunger in poor countries, and malnutrition in the international community by increasing productivity, quality and standard of living. This special agency is based in Rome, Italy.

    15.World Bank

    The World Bank has a role in providing loans with low or no interest to developing countries so that these loans can be used as capital to improve the welfare of the country concerned. It is hoped that the role of the loan can also encourage the borrowing country to improve the economy. This special agency is headquartered in Washington DC, United States of America.

    Characteristics of the United Nations as an International Organization

    As an international organization, the United Nations has several characteristics in terms of several aspects of classification, starting from the aspect of time, membership, member recruitment mechanism, organizational nature, and scope of functions which are detailed as follows:

    1. Classification Based on Time

    The United Nations is a permanent international organization, which is established for an indefinite period. In general, the articles of association do not mention a clause when the organization will be disbanded. This is the opposite of non-permanent international organizations, which are established within a predetermined period of time, for example in 3 years, 5 years or if the goals of the organization have been successfully achieved then the organization will disband. In this kind of international organization, generally the articles of association include the rules regarding the dissolution of the organization.

    2. Classification based on who is a member

    PPB is included in a public international organization, which was founded by countries in the world or its members are the legitimate governments of countries in the world. This type of organization has three characteristics, namely being established based on international agreements, having equipment/organs, and the law that applies is international law. This is different from private international organizations whose membership is not a state, but are international corporations and international non-governmental organizations.

    3. Classification Based on Member Recruitment Mechanism

    The United Nations is an example of an organization of universal character , whose membership consists of various countries without distinguishing their government system or economic system. This type of organization is the opposite of closed organizations, where membership is based on certain criteria, for example based on region, the same background, and limited functions and goals.

    4. Classification Based on the Nature of the Organization

    The United Nations is part of supranational organizations, which have the authority to make decisions or issue regulations that are directly binding on member countries, and some are even directly binding on individuals from member countries or member state companies.

    This type of international organization has conditions, including: having the authority to make decisions so that it is not entirely dependent on the cooperation of all members; the organization has the power to make rules binding on member states; the organization can enforce its decisions; and has an autonomous financial organization. This type of international organization is the opposite of intergovernmental organizations, in which the organization obtains legal status from its member countries and is coordinative in nature.

    5. Classification Based on Scope of Function

    The United Nations is included in an international organization that has a versatile ( comprehensive ) function, which is an organization whose goals cover all the problems faced by its member countries.

    United Nations Organizational Structure

    The United Nations has six main organs in carrying out its functions, including:

    1. General Assembly (General Assembly)

    The General Assembly is the main deliberative assembly of the UN which consists of all UN member states. This assembly meets annually under a leader who is elected from member countries with the provision of one vote per member (one vote for one member).

    2. Security Council (Security Council)

    The Security Council consists of 15 member countries, each of which comes from 5 permanent members who have veto rights (absolute rights), namely China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom and the United States and 10 non-permanent members, which are replaced every two years , which is currently Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Colombia, Gabon, Japan, Germany, India, Lebanon, Nigeria, Portugal, and South Africa. The Security Council has a role in maintaining international peace and security among UN member states.

    3. Secretariat (Secretariat)

    The UN Secretariat is led by a UN Secretary General who in carrying out his duties is assisted by a staff of international civil servants who come from all over the world. The Secretary-General has several duties, including providing research, information and facilities required by UN agencies for their meetings.

    In addition, the Secretary-General is tasked with assisting in resolving international disputes, administering peacekeeping operations, organizing international conferences, gathering information on implementing Security Council decisions, and consulting member governments on various initiatives. In carrying out his duties, the Secretary General serves for five years.

    4. Economic and Social Council (Social and Economic Council)

    The Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) assists the General Assembly in promoting international economic and social cooperation and development. ECOSOC consists of 54 members, all of whom are elected by the General Assembly for a term of three years. The President of ECOSOC is elected for a term of one year. ECOSOC’s institutional functions include gathering information, advising member countries, and making recommendations.

    5. Trusteeship Council

    The United Nations Trusteeship Council is a further international trusteeship system that has been established by members of the United Nations to administer local governments placed under United Nations supervision through individual trusteeship agreements. The council which consists of five members regulates that areas without self-government are managed by paying attention to the local population so as to achieve international security and peace.

    6. International Court of Justice (International Court)

    The International Court of Justice or ICJ has a role in adjudicating and resolving disputes between UN member states and providing advisory opinions to the official organs and specialized agencies of the United Nations to resolve problems. The ICJ judges consist of 15 judges, who are elected for nine-year terms by the General Assembly and the Security Council. These judges are assisted by the Registry, their administrative organ. Apart from that, ad hoc judges can also be formed to handle several cases where it is deemed necessary to present them.

    We have seen how the UN can be formed, including knowing the characteristics of the UN as an international organization. In addition, Sinaumed’s is also familiar with the various organs that are part of the United Nations, including a number of special agencies that support the role of the United Nations. Hopefully this article is useful.

    Author: Savero Aristia Wienanto

  • Founder of Samudera Pasai Kingdom, First Islamic Empire

    Founder of the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, the First Islamic Kingdom in the Archipelago – The Sultanate or Kingdom of Samudera Pasai was the first Islamic kingdom to appear in the archipelago. The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai was present in the 13th to 16th centuries AD in the archipelago and was founded in 1267 and its heyday ended in 1521. Semuderan Pasai itself has experienced its heyday and left several traces through some of its legacies.

    The founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was Marah Silu and when he converted to Islam, Marah Silu also had the title Sultan Malik Al Saleh. Then, who is the founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom? Check out this article to find out more, Sinaumed’s!

    The Founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom and Its Beginning

    According to some sources, it is stated that the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was established earlier than the Ottoman dynasty in Turkey which was founded in 1297 AD. According to Marcopolo’s notes, it is also stated that there was a trader who came from Venice, Italy and stopped at Samudera Pasai in 1292 AD.

    From Marcopolo’s notes, Marcopolo explained that he had seen an Islamic empire that had developed at that time. It is known that the Islamic empire that Marcopolo saw was Samudera Pasai with its capital in Pasai.

    Apart from the two notes from Ibn Battutah and Marcopolo regarding the time when Samudera Pasai was founded, there is also a saga, namely the Hikayat Raja Pasai as well as several writings from the investigations of a number of historians in Europe.

    According to historians in Europe, the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai emerged around the middle of the 13th century with its first king, Sultan Malik Al Saleh. Some sources state that Sultan Malik Al Saleh could become the first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom because of Nazimuddin Al Kamil.

    Nazimuddin Al Kamil is a marine admiral from Egypt. In 1238 AD, Nazimuddin Al Kamil was ordered by the Mamluk Sultanate in Cairo to seize a port called Kambayat in Gujarat India. The seizure of the port aims to make the port a place for marketing trade goods originating from the east.

    On orders from the Mamluk Sultanate, Nazimuddin Al Kamil then appointed Marah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh as the first leader or first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom in Aceh with the title Sultan Malikussaleh or Sultan Malik Al Saleh in 1267 to 1297 AD.

    Even though it is believed that Sultan Malik Al Saleh got the throne of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom from Nazimuddin Al Kamil, Sultan Malik Al Saleh still gets recognition as the founder and first ruler of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom.

    Meanwhile there are several sources that mention different stories about how Marah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh got the title as the founder and first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom.

    According to historians in Europe, it is explained that Nazimuddin Al Kamil, a sea admiral from Egypt who came from the Fatimid dynasty succeeded in conquering the Hindu Buddhist kingdom in Aceh and then establishing a kingdom in Pasai.

    Nazimuddin Al Kamil also died and then Pasai was ruled by an admiral named Johan Jani who came from Pulau We who came from the Mamaluk dynasty, the dynasty that replaced the Fatimid dynasty.

    Johan Jani then intends to seize the kingdom from his predecessors. The Mamaluk dynasty then sent a preacher named Shaykh Ismal and Fakir Muhammad who had previously preached around the West Coast of India and then moved to Pasai.

    In Pasai, the two preachers met Marah Silu, a member of the army from the Kingdom of Pasai. Shaykh Ismal and Fakir Muhammad then persuaded Marah Silu to embrace Islam and then founded the Samudera Kingdom with the aim of rivaling Pasai.

    After embracing Islam, Marah Silu also received the title of Sulran Malik Al Saleh and became the first king of the Samudera Kingdom. Samudera Kingdom itself is located on the left side of the Pasai River and faces the Malacca Strait.

    Sultan Malik Al Saleh then married the daughter of Ganggang Sati, a descendant of Sultan Aladdin Muhammad Amin who came from the Kingdom of Perlak. Then since then, the two Islamic empires have merged into one and become the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai.

    The name Samudera Pasai itself actually comes from Samudera Aca Pasai which means the good Ocean Kingdom with its capital city in Pasai. After Sultan Malik Al Saleh died, the royal throne was replaced by his son, namely Sultan Muhammad or Malik Al Tahir in 1297 AD to 1326 AD.

    As additional information, Sultan Malik Al Saleh received the title Al Malikush Zahir, while his son was given the title Al Malikul Mansu Azh Zahir, which is the title used by the second Mamalik Sultan in Egypt, namely Al Malikuzh Zhair Bibars in 1260 to 1277.

    Al Mansur itself is the title given from the third Sultan Mamalik. Sultan Al Malikuz Zhahir, son of Merah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh, became the second sultan in Samudera Pasai and had the nickname Raja Muhammad.

    From these two sources, it can be seen that the recognized founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom is Meurah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh as the founder and first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom.

    The heyday of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom

    Ibn Battuta had the opportunity to visit the Samudera Pasai Kingdom during its heyday, namely during the reign of Sultan Al Malik Az Zahir II who reigned until 1349 AD. At that time, Samudera Pasai traded lad as one of its main commodities and had a role as a major trading port at that time. .

    Even at that time, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom had issued a form of exchange in the form of gold coins or dirhams with the composition of the gold in the medium of exchange being 70 percent pure. Apart from being successful because of trade, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was also the center of the spread of Islam. This is because the location of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom is considered strategic and easy to visit by people from various regions with various religions.

    The Samudera Pasai Kingdom was also attacked by the Majapahit Kingdom during its heyday. However, the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai succeeded in embracing the golden era again in the era of the reign of a female sultan with the title Sultanah Malikah Nahrasyiyah who held the throne from 1406 to 1428 AD.

    Sultanah Nahrasyiyah also had a big role in advancing the Samudera Pasai Kingdom, including in making Samudera Pasai one of the centers for the development of the large and strong Islamic religion in the archipelago at that time.

    The End of the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai and the Invasion of the Portuguese

    According to Chinese records, the son of Zainal Abidin should have the right to be able to occupy the royal throne in Samudera Pasai. However, a fisherman managed to seize the throne. Because he was not happy, Zainal Abidin killed the fisherman who seized his throne, then Zainal Abidin ascended the throne which was his right before.

    King Iskandar, the son of Raja Samudera Pasai in 1412, was also brought by Admiral Cheng Ho to visit China and then came and met the Chinese Maharaja. Then when he arrived in China, King Iskandar died because he was killed. Since the killing of King Iskandar, it is rarely heard of diplomatic relations between Pasai and China. It is recorded that the last visit of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom to China was in 1434.

    Meanwhile, Malacca was beginning to rise and the Samudera Pasai Kingdom began to decline. The port in Pasai is slowly getting quieter and the beach is getting shallower. Thus, many ships choose to anchor their ships at the Port of Malacca.

    Since then, the center of Islamic activity which was originally in Pasai has moved to Malacca. In addition, many residents from Samudera Pasai chose to leave their hometown after the Portuguese invaded and attacked Samudera Pasai in 1521.

    Then more and more people in Samudera Pasai went and chose to migrate to Java, especially to migrate to East Java and settle there, namely to the Majapahit power center.

    One of the residents from Pasai who came to Java was named Fatelehan or Fatahillah or Syarif Hidayatullah. He decided to chain fairies to Java because at that time the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, his country, was being attacked by the Portuguese. In Java, Fatahillah decided to have a career as a warlord in Demak to defeat Galuh and Pajajaran. Until finally Fatahillah succeeded and founded the city of Banten and Cirebon.

    Relations and Rivalry of Samudera Pasai Kingdom

    The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai rose again during the reign of Sultan Zain Al Abidin Malik Az Zahir in 1383 who ruled until 1405. According to Chinese chronicles, Sultan Zain was also successfully known by the name Tsai-nu-li-a-pi-tingki and it was stated that he died at the hands of King Nakur. Then, the government of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was continued by his wife, Sultanah Nahrasiyah, who also succeeded in bringing the Samudera Pasai Kingdom to its glory and golden age.

    In 1405, 1408 and 1412 Admiral Cheng Ho visited Pasai with a fleet of around 208 ships. According to sources, the journey undertaken by Cheng Ho was recorded by his assistants named Ma Huan and Fei Xin.

    Geographically, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom is described as having boundaries with high mountains to the south and east of Pasai, and if it continues to head east, Pasai is bordered by two kingdoms, namely the Nakur Kingdom and the Lide Kingdom.

    Meanwhile, if you continue to head west, you will meet the Kingdom of Lambri or Lamuri, which states that the distance from Pasai to the kingdom is three days and three nights. With the border between Pasai and the kingdom’s territories, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom also has competition with its border areas.

    Meanwhile, Pasai also has a relationship with China whose relationship is strengthened by the relationship of the kings or nobles of Pasai with Admiral Cheng Ho who at that time often visited Pasai along with his fleet troops.

    Government of the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai

    The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai has a government center which is between the Krueng Jambo Aye or the Jambu Air River and the Krueng Pase or the Pasai River in North Aceh. According to Ibn Batuthah’s search records, it is stated that the Samudera Pasai Kingdom at that time did not have stone fortifications, but had fenced its cities with wood which was several kilometers from its port. In the central government area, this kingdom also has mosques, markets and is traversed by fresh water rivers that empty into the sea.

    In the government structure in the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, there are the terms minister, syahbandar and kadi. While the sultan’s children at that time, both male and female, received the title Tun, this title was also given to several royal officials in Samudera Pasai. The Sultanate of Pasai at that time had several lower kingdoms and the ruler of this kingdom had the title of sultan.

    During the reign of Sultan Muhammad Malik Az Zahir, the Kingdom of Perlak also became part of the sovereignty of Pasai. Then, Sultan Muhammad Malik Az Zahir also placed one of his children named Sultan Mansur in Samudera.

    However, during the reign of Sultan Ahmad Malik Az Zahir, the Samudera area at that time had become a single unit under the name Samudera Pasai which had a permanent center of government, namely in Pasai.

    During the reign of Sultan Zain Al Abidin Malik Az Zahir, the Kingdom of Pedir or the Kingdom of Lide was said to be one of the subordinate kingdoms of Pasai. Meanwhile, Pasai at that time also had quite a bad relationship with the Nakur Kingdom, a kingdom that was near the border of the Pasai region. The bad relationship between the two kingdoms was exacerbated by the Nakur Kingdom which attacked Pasai and resulted in the Sultan of Pasai being finally killed.

    The economy of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom

    Pasai is a trading city that relies on pepper as its mainstay commodity. In Ma Huan’s note it was also stated that 100 kati of pepper was sold at a price of 1 tahil silver. In trade matters, the Sultanate of Pasai issued gold coins as a means of transaction to its people, this currency is also called Deureuham or Dirham whose composition is made of 70% pure gold with a medium of exchange weight of 0.60 grams and a diameter of 10 mm and a quality of 17 carats.

    Meanwhile, people in Pasai generally also plant rice in their fields. The rice can be harvested twice a year. Apart from rice, the people in Pasai also have dairy cows to produce cheese. Meanwhile, the houses of the residents have an average height of 2.5 meters and have insulation that makes the house divided into several cubicles. The houses of the Pasai people are also made of floors made from coconut wood or areca wood and arranged with rattan, then a rattan or pandan mat is spread on top.

    That is an explanation of the figure of the founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom and how the founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom, Sultan Malik Al Saleh, got the throne based on several literacy sources written by historians.

    Sinaumed’s can learn about the kingdom or Sultanate of Samudera Pasai as the first Islamic kingdom in the archipelago through books available on sinaumedia.com. As #SahabatUnlimits, sinaumedia provides books with related materials that can be purchased online or offline. So what are you waiting for? Buy and own the book right now!

    Recommended Books & Articles Related to the Founder of Samudera Pasai Kingdom

  • Founder of Indomaret, Pioneer of Franchise Business in Indonesia

    Founder of Indomaret – The story of the founder of Indomaret has become one of the most well-known inspirational stories among the people of Indonesia. Certainly, many of us often shop at minimarkets. This is because minimarkets have a wide variety of household products that we need. One of the most popular minimarkets in Indonesia is Indomaret. One of these minimarket brands stands under the auspices of a founder who is quite popular in Indonesia, namely the Salim Group.

    The Salim Group is a company founded by Soedono Salim or Liem Sioe Lion who came from China and migrated to Indonesia since the Dutch colonial period. He then succeeded in developing various kinds of large companies. Until now, the company he founded is still run by his son, Anthony Salim.

    History About Indomaret

    Indomaret is a minimarket outlet or retail store established using a franchise system by a subsidiary of the Salim Group. Since 1988 until now, Indomaret has succeeded in developing a target market for selling household products and various services in more than 18,939 outlets throughout Indonesia.

    Products or goods sold at Indomaret include snacks or ready-made, ready-to-drink packaged drinks, cosmetics, skincare, household equipment, vegetables, fruits, medicines, electronic payments, and so on. This makes it very easy for consumers to buy the products they need and make payments at one time.

    Indomaret Vision

    Like companies in general, Indomaret also has a vision that has also been developed from the past until now. Its vision is “To become a national asset in the form of a franchise retail network that excels in global competition”.

    The meaning or meaning of the vision above is that Indomaret is developed as a national scale asset. Where the way of development is by opening retailers that offer a franchise system. The best service will always be provided by its employees to consumers who buy various needs at Indomaret. This makes Indomaret one of the minimarkets that can compete globally.

    Get to know the Founder of Indomaret

    Many people already know about the figure of the founder of Indomaret, namely someone who comes from a conglomerate family and also comes from China, then in the end he succeeded in establishing a business in Indonesia. His name was Soedono Salim or Liem Sioe Liong as mentioned above. Born in China on July 19, 1916, Soedono Salim later died in 2012 in Singapore.

    Behind the success of the business he built, Soedono Salim was indeed someone who had an agile personality, was nimble, quick in every job from a young age. At the beginning of his career, Soedono Salim was able to establish a spice business as well as a textile business. In addition, gradually, he was able to develop several types of businesses or businesses and is still standing today. One of the businesses that is very well known by the general public is Indomaret.

    The beginning of the establishment of Indomaret was in 1988 in the Ancol area. At that time the building was still a shop in general. Starting from there, Indomaret began to develop from a single store in Jakarta, expanding to various regions in Indonesia. After Soedono Salim began to enter his old age, until he finally passed away in 2021, Indomaret was then directly handled by his son, namely Anthony Salim.

    Indomaret successor

    One of the sons of the founder of Indomaret named Anthony Salim or Liem Hong Sien, became the owner of the Salim Group company as a substitute for his father. Anthony was born in the Holy City on October 25, 1949. Various kinds of businesses or companies that had been built by his father are now being continued by Anthony and his wife named Franciscus Welirang. However, the current CEO of Indomaret is no longer Anthony, but has been replaced by Sinarman Jonathan.

    Various kinds of innovations have been developed in Indomaret’s retail business. Where these innovations have generated considerable profits. Until 2019, Anthony Salim was highlighted by Forbes Magazine. In the article, it was written that Anthony Salim has a net worth of 5.5 billion USD. This is of course because the business he holds does not only reach the local market share, but has reached the international market.

    Then, Indomaret, which is known by most people, is under the auspices of a subsidiary company, PT Indomarco Prismatama. However, after being acquired by PT Dyviacom Intrabumi, PT Indomarco Prismatama was replaced with the name PT Indoritel Makmur Internasional, Tbk. Where the company has the status of the parent company Dyviacom.

    Franchise Business Concept

    Indomaret became one of the pioneers in the development of the franchise concept in the field of retail stores or minimarkets that sell various kinds of household products in Indonesia. Starting in 1997, Indomaret has opened around 230 minimarket outlets. Then Indomaret can gradually establish thousands or even tens of thousands of new outlets in various regions in Indonesia. Because the franchise business concept is very popular in the retail world, Indomaret won an award as the Excellent Franchise Company in 2003. In addition, Indomaret also has partners with various types of business partners, including business entities, individual businesses, and cooperatives.

    Indomaret Revenue

    Recorded in the accumulated revenue earned in 2020, Indomaret managed to achieve revenue of up to Rp. 15.86 trillion from various Indomaret outlets throughout Indonesia. Meanwhile, the net profit earned was Rp. 328.8 billion. This is also accumulated in the 2020 profit which comes from all Indomaret outlets in Indonesia.

    The distribution of Indomaret retail stores up to July 2031 was noted to have spread across the Maluku, Sumatra, Kalimantan, Java, Sulawesi, NTB, Bali and many more. So it is only natural that Indomaret can achieve huge revenues and profits. This is because almost 18,939 stores in all regions of Indonesia experienced an increase in the conversion of sales of goods or products.

    Not only that, promotional or advertising techniques are also carried out to attract many consumers. So that every day, Indomaret stores will never experience a lack of customers. One of the promotions developed by Indomaret itself is the Indomaret shopping system through its official money website called Klik Indomaret.

    So that besides customers being able to shop at the physical store, you can also shop via gadgets only online. This will make it easier for customers who don’t want to leave the house to only buy supplies for their daily needs. Especially during the virus season like now. Where the activities carried out outside the home are very limited.

    Characteristics and Characteristics of Indomaret

    Each type of business or field of business certainly has its own characteristics and characteristics. Like Indomaret, where the business has a motto, “Easy and Economical”. The logo used consists of several color elements such as blue, yellow and red. Each of these colors has its own philosophy that can describe the field of business.

    Where the blue color in the logo is a symbol that can provide warmth, serenity, and also maturity when Indomaret serves its customers. Meanwhile, the red color is a symbol of Indomaret’s courage to become a pioneer retailer with superior quality. Finally, yellow is a symbol of joy and sincerity in serving consumers.

    Apart from the logo and color, there is also a mascot which is the hallmark of Indomaret. Where the mascot is named Si Domar and is described as an ant animal. Why choose an ant as Indomaret’s mascot? This is because ants are royal, hardworking, diligent and friendly in their environment. Not only that, ants also have excellent teamwork. Likewise with the hope that Indomaret has for the figure of Si Domar.

    Awards Won by Indomaret

    Because it has provided considerable services to the development of the retail business in all regions of Indonesia, Indomaret has repeatedly received awards from various parties, including:

    a. In 2003, President Megawati awarded Indomaret the 2003 Franchise Company. This was the first award received by Indomaret.
    b. Then in 2009, Indomaret made it into the Top Franchise in ASEAN
    c. In 2012, Indomaret again won its third award, namely entering the ranks of the 250 Top Indonesia Original Brands
    d. In 2013, Indomaret was again included in the awards in the form of the Franchise Brand Awareness Survey, the Franchise TOP of minds, and the Social Media Award.
    e. Until 2016, Indomaret received an award from President Jokowi, the 2016 Franchise Cup.

    How to Join the Indomaret Franchise Business

    Currently, Indomaret is one of the franchise businesses that is most in demand by entrepreneurs. Along with the changing lifestyles of the Indonesian people, the Indomaret franchise business has become a business with great potential. Besides being more profitable, the franchise business is also very minimal risk, because the system has been built. The following are several ways you can try to join Indomaret as a very profitable franchise business.

    1. Prepare Documents and Files

    The document referred to here is one of the main requirements when you are going to open an Indomaret franchise business. One of the conditions that you must meet to be able to join Indomaret is that you must be an Indonesian citizen. So the mandatory documents that must be collected are KTP, KK, and other identities. These documents will later be used as proof that you are a genuine Indonesian citizen under the law.

    2. Preparing a Strategic Location

    After all the documents are complete, the next step is that you have to prepare a strategic Indomaret development location. This location will later be used to build your Indomaret store. There are several things that need to be considered when choosing a location, namely the Indomaret location must be easy for consumers to reach with their vehicles, close to main roads or crowded centers, and can also be close to public facilities such as schools or hospitals.

    A strategic location will certainly make it easier for your business to reach more consumers. In this case, location is a very important factor so that your Indomaret is visited by consumers. Meanwhile, for the area of ​​the construction site, you have to prepare a land area of ​​120 to 200 square meters.

    3. Take care of Business Completion Letters

    Apart from other documents and identification, there are other things that you need to prepare, namely one of the permits for business completeness. The documents required are a Building Permit or IMB, a Permit for a Company or SIUP, and a Taxpayer Identification Number or NPWP. You can manage all these files through the relevant agencies. You only need to come directly to the One Stop Integrated Service Office to take care of the documents required above. Meanwhile, for NPWP, you can come directly to the tax office.

    4. Preparing Investment Capital

    One of the most important things that you have to prepare to open an Indomaret franchise is capital. Capital here is an investment that you need to provide when Indomaret has agreed with our request to be able to join. The amount of capital that must be provided usually depends on the type of franchise business you choose.

    Do you choose to open your own Indomaret store or take over an existing Indomaret business? To be able to open an Indomaret business that we build ourselves from scratch, the capital you need ranges from 300 to 400 million.

    Meanwhile, if you choose to take over an existing Indomaret, the required investment capital ranges from 150 to 200 million. The investment capital includes royalties during the contract period, which is about 5 years.

    5. Register Through the Call Center

    After the conditions are complete and fulfilled, then you must register so you can join and open your own Indomaret store. You can register through the call center to number 1500-580 or you can directly visit the Indomaret official website to download the registration form.

    6. Presentation Stage

    The next step after you have gone through the registration process and have been registered, the verifier team will immediately make a presentation. Where the presentation will be carried out in two stages. The first stage will be carried out by explaining the shop’s profit per month, the amount of investment, the cooperation mechanism, and the operational system.

    In the presentation, you need to bring copies of documents in the form of identity documents, copies of building certificates, SIUP, IMB, and NPWP. Meanwhile for the second stage of presentation, the verifier team will provide the results of the feasibility survey, the amount of investment, and budget planning. At the presentation there will also be a contract signing between Indomaret and the franchisor.

    7. Store opening

    After all the steps and requirements have been met, the next step is the inauguration or opening of the Indomaret store. All opening processes and promotions will be provided by Indomaret. During the process of opening Indomaret, a 5-year contract will be signed at the same time.

    When the contract expires, Indomaret will re-evaluate whether the franchisor wants to continue the collaboration or not. Therefore, you must really understand the factors of loss or failure in entrepreneurship so that later you will not experience that failure again.

    That was the discussion about who is the founder of Indomaret that you should know. From the story above, we can conclude that the success that Soedono Salim achieved was due to his persistence. Whatever type of work we are doing, we must remain grateful and always ready to develop our potential. Because, business opportunities will always be wide open for all of us.